Document:

Exhibit 10.6

PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL GROUP

PROTOTYPE

FOR

SAVINGS PLANS

THIS IS A 401(k) PROFIT SHARING PLAN.

	
  

  
	
  

  

ADOPTION AGREEMENT

NONSTANDARD

IRS SERIAL NO. K305394b
 ADOPTION AGREEMENT PLAN NO. 001
 TO BE USED WITH BASIC PLAN NO. 02

APPROVED: JULY 22, 2003
 103

	
  
 
  	
  
Principal   Life
  
	
   
  	
  
Insurance   Company
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Des Moines, Iowa   50392-0001
  

DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY
 INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE
 WASHINGTON, D.C. 20224

Plan Description: Prototype Non-standardized Profit Sharing Plan with CODA
 FFN: 50307440002-001          Case: 200302005          EIN: 42-0127290
 Letter Serial No: K305394b

	
  
 
  	
  
Contact Person: Ms.   Arrington 50-00197 
  
	
  
PRINCIPAL LIFE INSURANCE   CO 
  	
  
Telephone Number: (202)   283-8811 
  
	
  
710 9TH STREET
  	
  
In Reference to:   T:EP:RA:T2
  
	
  
DES MOINES, IA 50309
  	
  
Date: 07/22/2003
  

Dear Applicant:

In our opinion, the amendment to the form of the plan identified above does not in and of itself adversely affect the plan’s acceptability under section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code. This opinion relates only to the amendment to the form of the plan. It is not an opinion as to the acceptability of any other amendment or of the form of the plan as a whole, or as to the effect of other Federal or local statutes.

You must furnish a copy of this letter to each employer who adopts this plan. You are also required to send a copy of the approved form of the plan, any approved amendments and related documents to Employee Plans Determinations in Cincinnati at the address specified in section 9.11 of Rev. Proc. 2000-20, 2000-6 I.R.B. 553.

This letter considers the changes in qualifications requirements made by the Uruguay Round Agreements Act (GATT), Pub. L. 103-465, the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, Pub. L. 104-188, the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, Pub. L. 103-353, the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997, Pub. L. 105-34, the Job Creation and Workers Assistance Act of 2002, Pub. L. 105-206 and the Community Renewal Tax Relief Act of 2000, Pub. L. 106-554. These laws are referred to collectively as GUST.

Our opinion on the acceptability of the form of the plan is not a ruling or determination as to whether an employer’s plan qualifies under Code section 401(a). However, an employer that adopts this plan may rely on this letter with respect to the qualification of its plan under Code section 401(a), as provided for in Announcement 2001-77, 2001-30 I.R.B. and outlined below. The terms of the plan must be followed in operation.

Except as provided below, our opinion does not apply with respect to the requirements of: (a) Code sections 401(a)(4), 401(a)(26), (401(l), 410(b) and 414(s). Our opinion does not apply for purposes of Code section 401(a)(10)(B) and section 401 (a)(1 6) if an employer ever maintained another qualified plan for one or more employees who are covered by this plan. For this purpose, the employer will not be considered to have maintained another plan merely because the employer has maintained another defined contribution plan(s), provided such other plan(s) has been terminated prior to the effective date of this plan and no annual additions have been credited to the account of any participant under such other plan(s) as of any date within the limitation year of this plan. Likewise, if this plan is first effective on or after the effective date of the repeal of Code section 415(e), the employer will not be considered to have maintained another plan merely because
the employer has maintained a defined benefit plan(s), provided the defined benefit plan(s) has been terminated prior to the effective date of this plan. Our opinion also does not apply for purposes of Code section 401 (a)(1 6) if, after December 31, 1985, the employer maintains a welfare benefit fund defined in Code section 419(e), which provides postretirement medical benefits allocated to separate accounts for key employees as defined in Code section 419 A(d)(3).

PRINCIPAL LIFE INSURANCE CO
 FFN: 50307440002-001
 Page 2

Our opinion applies with respect to the requirements of Code section 410(b) if 100 percent of all nonexcludable employees benefit under the plan. Employers that elect a safe harbor allocation formula and a safe harbor compensation definition can also rely on an opinion letter with respect to the nondiscriminatory amounts requirement under section 401(a)(4) and the requirements of sections 401(k) and 401(m) (except where the plan is a safe harbor plan under section 401(k)(12) that provides for the safe harbor contribution to be made under another plan).

An employer that elects to continue to apply the pre-GUST family aggregation rules in years beginning after December 31, 1996, or the combined plan limit of section 415(e) in years beginning after December 31, 1999, will not be able to rely on the opinion letter without a determination letter. The employer may request a determination letter by filing an application with Employee Plans Determinations on Form 5307, Application for Determination for Adopters of Master or Prototype of Volume Submitter Plans.

This letter with respect to the amendment to the form of the plan does not affect the applicability to the plan of the remedial amendment extension period of section 19 of Rev. Proc. 2000-20, 2000-6 I.R.B. 553. The applicability of such provisions may be determined by reference to the initial opinion letter issued with respect to the plan.

If you, the master or prototype sponsor, have any questions concerning the IRS processing of this case, please call the above telephone number. This number is only for use of the sponsor. Individual participants and/or adopting employers with questions concerning the plan should contact the master or prototype sponsor. The plan’s adoption agreement must include the sponsor’s address and telephone number for inquiries by adopting employers.

If you write to the IRS regarding this plan, please provide your telephone number and the most convenient time for us to call in case we need more information. Whether you call or write, please refer to the Letter Serial Number and File Folder Number shown in the heading of this letter.

You should keep this letter as a permanent record. Please notify us if you modify or discontinue sponsorship of this plan.

	
  
 
  	
  
Sincerely yours,
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Paul T.   Shultz
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Director
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Employee Plans Rulings   & Agreements
  

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	
  
A.
  	
  
ADOPTION AGREEMENT
  	
  
1
  
	
  B.
  	
  
EMPLOYER
  	
  
1
  
	
  
C.
  	
  
PLAN NAME
  	
  
1
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
	
  
D.
  	
  
EFFECTIVE DATE
  	
  
1
  
	
  
E.
  	
  
YEARLY DATE
  	
  
2
  
	
  
F.
  	
  
FISCAL YEAR
  	
  
2
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
	
  
G.
  	
  
NAMED FIDUCIARY
  	
  
2
  
	
  H.
  	
  
PLAN ADMINISTRATOR
  	
  
2
  
	
  
I.
  	
  
PREDECESSOR EMPLOYER AND   PRIOR EMPLOYER
  	
  
3
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
	
  
J.
  	
  
ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE
  	
  
4
  
	
  
K.
  	
  
HIGHLY COMPENSATED   EMPLOYEE AND TESTING METHODS
  	
  
6
  
	
  
L.
  	
  
ENTRY REQUIREMENTS
  	
  
7
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
	
  
M.
  	
  
ENTRY DATE
  	
  
9
  
	
  N.
  	
  
PAY
  	
  
10
  
	
  
O.
  	
  
ELECTIVE DEFERRAL   CONTRIBUTIONS
  	
  
12
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
	
  
P.
  	
  
MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS
  	
  
17
  
	
  
Q.
  	
  
OTHER EMPLOYER   CONTRIBUTIONS AND FORFEITURES
  	
  
19
  
	
  
R.
  	
  
NET PROFITS AND CONTRIBUTION   REQUIREMENTS
  	
  
26
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
	
  
S.
  	
  
CONTRIBUTION MODIFICATIONS
  	
  
27
  
	
  T.
  	
  
VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS   AND ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS
  	
  
29
  
	
  
U.
  	
  
INVESTMENTS
  	
  
30
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
	
  
V.
  	
  
VESTING PERCENTAGE
  	
  
33
  
	
  
W.
  	
  
VESTING SERVICE
  	
  
35
  
	
  
X.
  	
  
EQUIVALENCIES
  	
  
36
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
	
  
Y.
  	
  
WITHDRAWAL BENEFITS
  	
  
37
  
	
  Z.
  	
  
RETIREMENT AND THE START   OF BENEFITS
  	
  
38
  
	
  
AA.
  	
  
FORMS OF DISTRIBUTION FOR   RETIREMENT BENEFITS
  	
  
41
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
	
  
AB.
  	
  
ADOPTING EMPLOYERS
  	
  
42
  

i

PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL GROUP PROTOTYPE
 FOR SAVINGS PLANS

ADOPTION AGREEMENT - NONSTANDARDIZED FORM

(Use black ink to complete the Adoption Agreement.)

	
  
A.
  	
  
This ADOPTION AGREEMENT together with the
PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL GROUP PROTOTYPE BASIC SAVINGS PLAN constitutes (Select
(1), (2), or (3).)
 
	
   
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
  
o  a new plan.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
2)
  	
  
o  a restatement of an existing plan (and trust). Such existing
plan was qualifiable under 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code. The provisions
of this restatement are effective
on_______________________________________________. This is the RESTATEMENT DATE.
(Select if not currently on this Plan No. 001, Basic Plan No. 02 with the
approval date shown on the cover page.)
 
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
3) 
  	
  
x  Amendment No.   1   to the
Plan. It replaces all prior amendments to the Plan and the first Adoption
Agreement. The provisions of this amendment are effective on February 20, 2007. (Select
if currently on this Plan No. 001, Basic Plan No. 02 with the approval date
shown on the cover page.)
 
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
B.
  	
  
The terms we, us, and our,   as they are used in this Plan, refer to the EMPLOYER. We,
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
First Savings Bank of   Renton
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
are the Employer. (Fill in exact legal name.)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
C.
  	
  
The PLAN NAME is
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
First Savings Bank of   Renton Savings Plan
  
	
  
 
  	
  
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
  
	
  
 
  	
  
(For example: ABC, Inc.   401(k) Savings Plan.)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
D.
  	
  
The Plan’s original   effective date is January 1, 1995 . This is the EFFECTIVE DATE.
  

	
  
Amend No. 1   Effective February 20, 2007
  	
  
1
  	
  
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339
  

	
  
E.
  	
  
The YEARLY DATE is the   first day of each Plan Year. (Fill in the   Effective Date. If this is not a new plan and the Yearly Date has changed   more than once, fill in any Yearly Date that is not later than the   Restatement Date or amendment effective date.)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
The Yearly Date is January   1, 1995 and (Select one.) 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
  
x  the same day of each following   year.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
2)
  	
  
o  each following   __________________________________________. (The   first Plan Year is short.)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
3)
  	
  
o  (a) each following   ____________________________________________________ through
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
(b)   ________________________________________________and
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
(c) each following   ________________________________________. (A   later Plan Year is short. Complete (a) using the same month and day as   in Yearly Date above, (b) using the same month and day as in (a) and the   calendar year in which the short Plan Year begins, and (c) using the first   day of the new Plan Year.)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
If the first date in Item   E is after the Effective Date, Yearly Dates before the first date in Item E   above shall be determined under the provisions of the (Prior) Plan before   that date.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  F.
  	
  
The FISCAL YEAR is our   taxable year and ends on December 31 . (Month   and day.)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
G.
  	
  
We are the NAMED   FIDUCIARY, unless otherwise specified in (1) below.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
  
o
  	
  
________________________________________________________________________________________
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
________________________________________________________________________________________
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
________________________________________________________________________________________
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
is the Named Fiduciary. (Principal Life Insurance Company cannot be named.)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
H.
  	
  
We are the PLAN   ADMINISTRATOR, unless otherwise specified in (1) below.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
  
o
  	
  
________________________________________________________________________________________
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
________________________________________________________________________________________
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
________________________________________________________________________________________
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
is the Plan Administrator.   (Principal Life Insurance Company cannot   be named.)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
If (1) is selected,   complete the address, phone number, and tax filing number of the Plan   Administrator.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
Address     _______________________________________________________________________________
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
                  _______________________________________________________________________________
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
                  _______________________________________________________________________________
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
Phone No.   _____________________________________ Tax Filing No.   _____________________________
  

	
  
Amend No. 1   Effective February 20, 2007
  	
  
2
  	
  
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339
  

	
  
I. 
  	
  
PREDECESSOR EMPLOYER AND   PRIOR EMPLOYER.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
1) 
  	
  
A PREDECESSOR EMPLOYER is   a firm of which we were once a part (e.g., due to a spinoff or a change of   corporate status) or a firm absorbed by us because of a merger or acquisition   (stock or asset, including a division or an operation of such company). No   selections are needed for a Predecessor Employer which maintained this Plan   since the Employer is defined as including such Predecessor Employer, and   service with the Employer would therefore include service with such   Predecessor Employer.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
a)
  	
  
o  (Select if you wish to count service or pay with a Predecessor   Employer which did not maintain this Plan.) A Predecessor   Employer which did not maintain this Plan is deemed to be the Employer for   purposes of determining: (Select at least   one.)
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
o
  	
  
Entry   Service
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
NOTE:   The Entry Date for an employee of such Predecessor Employer shall be the   earliest Entry Date on or after he has both met the entry requirements and is   an Eligible Employee.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
ii)
  	
  
o
  	
  
Vesting Service
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
iii)
  	
  
o
  	
  
Hours of Service required   to be eligible for an Employer Contribution
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
iv)
  	
  
o
  	
  
Pay
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
b)
  	
  
o  (Select if service must be continuous.) Service with or   pay from such Predecessor Employer shall be counted only if service   continued without interruption.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
c)
  	
  
o  (Select if Self-employed Individual’s service and pay is to be   counted.) Service with or pay from such Predecessor Employer shall   include service or pay while a sole proprietor or partner.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
d)
  	
  
o  (Select if not counted for all such Predecessor Employers.) Service   with or pay from such Predecessor Employer shall be counted only as to   a Predecessor Employer which (Select (i),   (ii), or both.)
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
o
  	
  
maintained a qualified   pension or profit sharing plan (or) 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
ii)
  	
  
o
  	
  
is named below: (Exact legal name(s).)
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
_____________________________________________________________________________
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
_____________________________________________________________________________
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
_____________________________________________________________________________
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
_____________________________________________________________________________
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
_____________________________________________________________________________
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
_____________________________________________________________________________
  

	
  Amend No. 1   Effective February 20, 2007
  	
  
3
  	
  
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339
  

	
  
 
  	
  
2) 
  	
  
A PRIOR EMPLOYER is an   Employee’s last employer immediately prior to us which is not a Predecessor   Employer or a Controlled Group member, but for which service credit is   granted under the Plan. Service with such Prior Employer shall be counted only   if service continued without interruption.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
a)
  	
  
o  (Select if you wish to count service with a Prior Employer.) The   following are Prior Employers for which service credit is granted under the   Plan: (Exact legal name(s).)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
_______________________________________________________________________________________
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
_______________________________________________________________________________________
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
_______________________________________________________________________________________
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
_______________________________________________________________________________________
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
_______________________________________________________________________________________
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
_______________________________________________________________________________________
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
b)
  	
  
Service with such Prior   Employer shall be counted for purposes of determining: (If (a) above is selected, select (i), (ii), or   both.)
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
o
  	
  
Entry   Service
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
NOTE:   The Entry Date for an employee of such Prior Employer shall be the earliest   Entry Date on or after he has both met the entry requirements and is an   Eligible Employee.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
ii)
  	
  
o
  	
  
Vesting Service
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
J. 
  	
  
An ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE is (Select (1) or (2).)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
1)
  	
  
o  an Employee of ours or of an   Adopting Employer (See Item AB.).
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
2)
  	
  
x  an Employee of ours or of an   Adopting Employer (See Item AB.), provided   the Employee meets the requirement(s) selected below. (Select requirement(s) in (a)-(e) that apply.   Selections may affect testing done to determine if the minimum coverage   requirement of Code Section 410(b) is met, unless otherwise indicated.)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
a)
  	
  
x
  	
  
Employed in the following   employment classification: (Select at   least one.) 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
o
  	
  
Paid on a salaried basis
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
ii)
  	
  
o
  	
  
Paid on a commission basis
  
	
   
  	
   
  	
   
  	
   
  	
   
  	
   
  
	
   
  	
   
  	
   
  	
  iii)
  	
  o
  	
  Paid on an hourly basis
  

	
  Amend No. 1   Effective February 20, 2007
  	
  4
  	
  Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339
  

  

 
 

	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
iv)
  	
   
o    Represented for collective   bargaining purposes by (Select A or B.)

	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
A.
  	
   
o  any bargaining unit
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
B.
  	
   
o  specific bargaining unit   named below:
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
__________________________________________________________
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
__________________________________________________________
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
__________________________________________________________
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
v)
  	
   
x    Not represented for   collective bargaining purposes by (Select   A or B.)

	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
A.
  	
   
x  any collective bargaining agreement   between us and employee representatives, if retirement benefits were the   subject of good faith bargaining and if two percent or less of the Employees   who are covered pursuant to that agreement are professionals defined in   section 1.410(b)-9 of the regulations. For this purpose, the term “employee   representatives” does not include any organization more than half of whose   members are Employees who are owners, officers, or executives of ours. (This exclusion does not affect coverage testing.)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
B.
  	
   
o  a specific bargaining unit   named below:
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
__________________________________________________________
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
__________________________________________________________
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
__________________________________________________________
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
(This   exclusion does not affect coverage testing if requirements in (a)(v)A above   are met.)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
vi)
  	
   
o  Not a nonresident alien, within   the meaning of Code Section 7701(b)(1)(B), who receives no earned income,   within the meaning of Code Section 911(d)(2), from us which constitutes   income from sources within the United States, within the meaning of Code   Section 861(a)(3), or who receives such earned income but it is all exempt   from income tax in the United States under the terms of an income tax   convention. (This exclusion does not   affect coverage testing.)
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
vii)
  	
   
o    Not a Leased Employee.

	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
viii)
  	
   
o   Not an Employee who became an   Employee as the result of a Code Section 410(b)(6)(C) transaction. These   Employees will be excluded during the period beginning on the date of the   transaction and ending on the last day of the first Plan Year beginning after   the date of the transaction. A Code Section 410(b)(6)(C) transaction is an   asset or stock acquisition, merger, or similar transaction involving a change   in the employer of the employees of a trade or business. (This exclusion does not affect coverage testing.)
  

	
   
Amend No. 1   Effective February 20, 2007
  	
  
5
  	
  
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339
  

 

 

	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
ix)
  	
   
o  Not an Employee considered by   us to be an independent contractor, or the employee of an independent   contractor, who is later determined by the Internal Revenue Service to be an   Employee.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
   
b)
  	
   
If more than one   employment classification is selected in (a) above, the Employee must meet (Select (i) or (ii).)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
i)
  	
   
o
  	
   
all of the employment   classifications selected.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
ii)
  	
   
o
  	
   
any one of the employment   classifications selected.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
c)
  	
   
o
  	
   
Not covered under any   other qualified (Select (i), (ii), or   both.)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
i)
  	
   
o
  	
   
profit sharing plan (or)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
ii)
  	
   
o
  	
   
pension plan 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
to which we contribute.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
d)
  	
   
o  Employed at the following   location(s) or division(s) or in the following position(s) or   classification(s): (List those to be   included.)
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
__________________________________________________________
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
__________________________________________________________
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
__________________________________________________________
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
e)
  	
   
o  Not employed at the following location(s)   or division(s) or in the following position(s) or classification(s): (List those to be excluded. Cannot impose a   service-based exclusion such as part-time employees.)
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
__________________________________________________________
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
__________________________________________________________
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
__________________________________________________________
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
K. 
  	
  
HIGHLY COMPENSATED   EMPLOYEE AND TESTING METHODS.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
   
HIGHLY COMPENSATED   EMPLOYEE. The definition of Highly Compensated Employee in Plan Section   1.02 is modified below. (Select any that   apply.)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
a)
  	
   
o  TOP-PAID GROUP ELECTION. (Select if you wish to limit the number of Highly   Compensated Employees based on compensation to the top-paid group.) In   determining who is a Highly Compensated Employee, we make a top-paid group   election. The effect of this election is that an Employee (who is not a   5-percent owner at any time during the determination year or the look-back   year) with compensation in excess of $80,000 (as adjusted) for the look-back   year is a Highly Compensated Employee only if the Employee was in the   top-paid group for the look-back year.
  

	
   
Amend No. 1   Effective February 20, 2007
  	
  
6
  	
  
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339
  

 

 

	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
b)
  	
   
o  CALENDAR YEAR DATA ELECTION. (Select if you wish to change the look-back year   for compensation determination. This election has no effect if the Plan Year   begins on January 1.) In determining who is a Highly Compensated   Employee (other than as a 5-percent owner), we make a calendar year data   election. The effect of this election is that the look-back year is the   calendar year beginning with or within the look-back year.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
NOTE:   These elections must apply consistently to the determination years of all   plans of yours except as provided in the definition of Highly Compensated   Employee in Plan Section 1.02.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
2)
  	
   
TESTING METHODS. This Plan   shall use the prior year testing method for purposes of the ADP and ACP   Tests, unless otherwise specified in (a) below.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
a)
  	
   
o  (Must be   selected if 401(k) Safe Harbor Plan.) This Plan shall use the current year testing method for purposes of   the ADP and ACP Tests.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
NOTE:   The Plan cannot change from the current year testing method to the prior year   testing method for a Plan Year unless (i) the Plan has been using the current   year testing method for the preceding five Plan Years or, if less, the number   of Plan Years the Plan has been in existence or (ii) the Plan otherwise meets   one of the conditions specified in Internal Revenue Service Notice 98-1 (or   superseding guidance) for changing from the current year testing method.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
b)
  	
   
If this is not a successor   plan and the Plan is using the prior year testing method, for the first Plan   Year this Plan permits any Member to make Elective Deferral Contributions,   the prior year’s Nonhighly Compensated Employees’ ADP, as defined in Plan   Section 3.07, shall be three percent, unless otherwise specified in (i)   below.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
i)
  	
   
o  (Cannot be   used with (a) above.) The   Plan Year’s ADP, as defined in Plan Section 3.07, shall be used for the   Nonhighly Compensated Employees’ ADP.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
c)
  	
   
If this is not a successor   plan and the Plan is using the prior year testing method, for the first Plan   Year this Plan permits any Member to make Voluntary Contributions, provides   for Matching Contributions, or both, the prior year’s Nonhighly Compensated   Employees’ ACP, as defined in Plan Section 3.07, shall be three percent,   unless otherwise specified in (i) below.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
i)
  	
   
o  (Cannot be   used with (a) above.) The   Plan Year’s ACP, as defined in Plan Section 3.07, shall be used for the   Nonhighly Compensated Employees’ ACP.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
L. 
  	
  
ENTRY REQUIREMENTS.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
   
SERVICE REQUIRED to become   an Active Member: (Select (a) or (b).)
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
a)
  	
   
o
  	
   
Service is not required.
  

	
   
Amend No. 1   Effective February 20, 2007
  	
  
7
  	
  
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339
  

 

 

	
   
  	
  
 
  	
   
b)
  	
   
x  Service requirement is (Select (i), (ii), or (iii). Up to one year may be   used, 6 months if Entry Date is Yearly Date.)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
i)
  	
   
o  one year.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
ii)
  	
   
x  3     months. (Up to 12. Only available if   (2)(a) below is selected.)
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
iii)
  	
   
o  __________ days. (Up to 120. Only available if (2)(a) below is   selected.)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
2) 
  	
   
ENTRY SERVICE, subject   to the provisions of Plan Section 1.02, shall be determined as follows: (Select (a) or (b) if service is required for   entry.)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
   
a)
  	
   
x  ELAPSED TIME METHOD. Entry   Service is the total of an Employee’s Periods of Service without regard to   Hours of Service.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
b)
  	
   
o  HOURS METHOD. A year of Entry   Service is an Entry Service Period in which an Employee has at least 1,000   Hours of Service, unless otherwise specified in (i) below.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
i)
  	
   
o
  	
   
___________ (Up   to 999.) Hours of   Service.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
ii)
  	
   
CREDITING DATE. A year of   Entry Service shall be credited at the end of the Entry Service Period,   unless otherwise specified in A below.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
A.
  	
   
o  A year of Entry Service shall   be credited when the Employee has reached the specified number of Hours of   Service during the Entry Service Period.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
iii)
  	
   
ENTRY SERVICE PERIOD is   the consecutive 12-month period beginning on an Employee’s Hire Date and the   consecutive 12-month period ending on the last day of each following Plan   Year, unless otherwise specified in A below. Following Plan Years shall   include all Plan Years that begin after his Hire Date. (See Plan Section 1.02 for the crediting of Entry   Service during the first two periods.)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
A.
  	
   
o  An Entry Service Period is the   consecutive 12-month period beginning on an Employee’s Hire Date and each   following consecutive 12-month period beginning on an anniversary of that   Hire Date.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
iv)
  	
   
An ENTRY BREAK, when the   hours method is used, is an Entry Service Period in which an Employee is   credited with not more than one-half of the Hours of Service required for a   year of Entry Service, unless otherwise specified in A below.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
A.
  	
   
o  ___________or fewer Hours of Service (Fill in up to 500 hours but less than hours   required for a year of Entry Service.)
  

	
   
Amend No. 1   Effective February 20, 2007
  	
  
8
  	
  
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339
  

 

 

	
  
 
  	
  
3)
  	
   
AGE REQUIRED to become an   Active Member: (Select (a) or (b).) 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
a)
  	
   
x  A minimum age is not required.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
b)
  	
   
o  An Employee must   be ____________ or older. (Not over age 21,   20 1/2 if Entry Date is Yearly Date.)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
4)
  	
   
o  DUAL ELIGIBILITY. (Only available if (1)(b) or (3)(b) above is   selected. Cannot be used with Item O(8) or (9).) The service and   age requirements selected in (1)(b) and (3)(b) above shall not apply for   purposes of Elective Deferral Contributions. For purposes of Elective   Deferral Contributions, an Employee shall first become an Active Member   (begin active participation in the Plan) on the earliest Entry Date selected   in Item M on which he is an Eligible Employee, unless otherwise specified in   (a) below.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
   
a)
  	
   
o  IMMEDIATE ENTRY FOR ELECTIVE   DEFERRALS. (Cannot be used with Item M(5)   or O(7).) For purposes of Elective Deferral Contributions, an   Employee shall first become an Active Member (begin active participation in   the Plan) on the earliest date on which he is an Eligible Employee. This date   is the Member’s Entry Date.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
NOTE:   The earliest Entry Date shall be used to determine if a Member is an Active   Member for purposes of any minimum contribution under Plan Section 11.04.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
5)
  	
   
x  WAIVING ENTRY REQUIREMENTS. The   requirements selected below shall be waived on January 1, 1995.   This date shall be an Entry Date if the Eligible Employee has met all the   other entry requirements. (Select (a),   (b), or both.)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
a)
  	
   
x  Service requirement 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
b)
  	
   
o  Age requirement
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
   
NOTE:   This waiver applies only (i) to the primary Employer in Item B and (ii) on   the date you fill in. Must be the Effective Date or later. See Item AB for   the waiver of entry requirements for an Adopting Employer.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
M.
  	
  
ENTRY DATE. An Eligible   Employee shall enter the Plan as an Active Member on the earliest (Select one.)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
   
o  Monthly   Date
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
2)
  	
   
o  Semi-yearly Date
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
3)
  	
   
o  Quarterly Date
  

	
   
Amend No. 1   Effective February 20, 2007
  	
  
9
  	
  
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339
  

 

 

	
  
 
  	
  
4)
  	
   
o  Yearly Date (If selected, age and service required in Item L   cannot be over 20 1/2 or more than 6 months, respectively.)
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
5)
  	
   
x  date
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
on or after the date on   which he meets all the entry requirements. This date is his ENTRY DATE.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
N.
  	
  
PAY.
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
   
  	
  
NOTE:   Pay is used for ADP and ACP Tests and for contribution determinations other   than for top-heavy minimum contributions and 401(k) SIMPLE Plan   contributions. Compensation, as defined in Plan Section 3.09, is used for   401(k) SIMPLE Plan contributions.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
   
Pay is the same as   Compensation defined in Item S, subject to any modifications set forth in   this Item N.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
For years beginning before   January 1, 1998, Compensation, as defined in Item S, does not include   elective contributions, but Pay shall. For this purpose, elective   contributions are amounts excludible from the gross income of the Employee   under Code Sections 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 125, or 403(b), and contributed   by us, at the Employee’s election, to a Code Section 401(k) arrangement, a   simplified employee pension, cafeteria plan, or tax-sheltered annuity.   Elective contributions also include amounts deferred under a Code Section 457   plan maintained by us and employee contributions “picked up” by a   governmental entity and, pursuant to Code Section 414(h)(2), treated as our   contributions.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
2)
  	
   
SAFE HARBOR FRINGE BENEFIT   EXCLUSION. For the purpose of calculating Elective Deferral Contributions and   Matching Contributions only, Pay shall not include reimbursements or   other expense allowances, fringe benefits (cash or non-cash), moving   expenses, deferred compensation (other than elective contributions), and   welfare benefits, unless otherwise specified in (a) below.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
a)
  	
   
o  (Exclude fringe benefits for all purposes.) Pay for all   purposes under the Plan shall not include reimbursements or other expense   allowances, fringe benefits (cash or non-cash), moving expenses, deferred   compensation (other than elective contributions), and welfare benefits.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
   
  	
  
3)
  	
   
ANNUAL PAY for a Plan Year   is an Employee’s Pay for the Pay Year ending with or within the consecutive   12-month period ending on the last day of the Plan Year. (Annual Pay is used for calculating annual   contributions and annual allocations of Qualified Nonelective Contributions,   Additional Contributions, and Discretionary Contributions. Annual Pay is not   used for the Qualified Nonelective Contributions used to satisfy the ADP Test   Safe Harbor described in Item O(8).)
  

	
   
Amend No. 1   Effective February 20, 2007
  	
  
10
  	
  
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339
  

 

 

	  
	  
	 The PAY YEAR is the consecutive 12-month period ending on the last day of each Plan Year, unless otherwise specified in (a) below.

	  
	  
	  

	  
	  
	 a)
	 o  The Pay Year is the consecutive 12-month period ending on each

	  
	  
	  
	  

	  
	  
	  
	 _______________________________. (Month and day.) For an Employee whose date of hire is less than 12 months before the end of the consecutive 12-month period designated, Pay shall be determined over the consecutive 12-month period ending on the last day of the Plan Year.

	 
	  
	  
	  

	  
	  
	 ANNUAL PAY MODI FICATIONS: (Select any that apply.)

	  
	  
	  

	  
	  
	 b)
	 o  Annual Pay shall not include Pay over $ ____________.

	  
	  
	  
	  

	  
	  
	 c)
	 o  (Cannot use with (a) above.) Annual Pay shall only include Pay received while an Active Member.

	 
	  
	  
	  

	  
	  
	  
	 NOTE: Including only Pay received while an Active Member may result in additional Contributions needed to satisfy the top-heavy requirements, described in Plan Section 11.04, during any Plan Year in which this Plan is a Top-heavy Plan.

	  
	  
	  
	  

	  
	 4)
	 o  Pay for purposes of determining the allocation or amount of: (Select at least one.)

	  
	  
	  

	  
	  
	 a)
	 o  (Cannot use if 401(k) Safe Harbor Plan.) Elective Deferral Contributions and Matching Contributions (Exclusions for Matching Contributions only is not permitted.)

	 
	  
	  
	  

	  
	  
	 b)
	 o  Qualified Nonelective Contributions (Cannot select if ADP Test Safe Harbor is satisfied using Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Item O(8)(b)(ii) or (c).)

	  
	  
	  
	  

	  
	  
	 c)
	 o  Additional Contributions

	  
	  
	  
	  

	  
	  
	 d)
	 o  Discretionary Contributions (Exclusions are not permitted if integrated allocation formula is used.)

	 
	  
	  
	  

	  
	  
	 excludes: (Select at least one.)

	  
	  
	  

	  
	  
	 e)
	 o  bonuses 

	  
	  
	  
	  

	  
	  
	 f)
	 o  commissions

	  
	  
	  
	  

	 
	  
	 g)
	 o  overtime

	  
	  
	  
	  

	  
	  
	 h)
	 o  other special pay (Specify type of pay.)

	  
	  
	  
	  

	  
	  
	  
	 ______________________________________________________________________________________

	  
	  
	  
	 ______________________________________________________________________________________

	  
	  
	  
	  

	 
	 
	NOTE: Exclusions for purposes of any contributions other than Elective Deferral Contributions and Matching Contributions will require Code Section 414(s) nondiscrimination testing.

	
   
Amend No. 1   Effective February 20, 2007
  	
  
11
  	
  
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339
  

 

 

	
   
  	
  
5)
  	
   
o  For purposes of the ADP and ACP   Tests, Pay shall be limited to Pay received while an Eligible Member, as   defined in Plan Section 3.07.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
O.
  	
  
ELECTIVE DEFERRAL   CONTRIBUTIONS for a Member are equal to a portion of Pay as specified in the   elective deferral agreement. An Employee who is eligible to participate in   the Plan may file an elective deferral agreement with us. The Member shall   modify or terminate the elective deferral agreement by filing a new elective   deferral agreement. The elective deferral agreement may not be made   retroactively and shall remain in effect until modified or terminated.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
BEGINNING OF FIRST PAY   PERIOD. The elective deferral agreement to start or modify Elective Deferral   Contributions shall be effective on the first day of the first pay period   following the pay period in which the Member’s Entry Date (Reentry Date, if   applicable) or any following change date occurs, unless otherwise specified   in (1) or (2) below.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
1)
  	
   
o  FOLLOWING PAY DATE. (Cannot be used with (7) below.) A   Member’s elective deferral agreement shall become effective on the first day   that pay is paid or made available following the date on which the Member’s   Entry Date, (Reentry Date, if applicable) or any following change date   occurs.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
2)
  	
   
o  BEGINNING OF SECOND PAY PERIOD.   A Member’s elective deferral agreement shall become effective on the first   day of the second pay period following the pay period in which the Member’s   Entry Date (Reentry Date, if applicable) or any following change date occurs.   (Consider using this option if the Plan   requires automatic deferrals.)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
The elective deferral   agreement to start or modify Elective Deferral Contributions must be entered   into on or before the date it is effective.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
The elective deferral   agreement to stop Elective Deferral Contributions may be entered into on any   date. If O(1) is not selected above, such elective deferral agreement shall   be effective on the first day of the first pay period following the pay   period in which the elective deferral agreement is entered into. If O(1) is   selected above, such elective deferral agreement shall be effective on the   first day that pay is paid or made available after the elective deferral   agreement is entered into.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
3)
  	
   
The change date shall be   each Semi-yearly Date, unless otherwise specified in (a), (b), (c), or (d)   below. (Select one, if applicable.)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
a)
  	
   
     o  Monthly   Date.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
   
b)
  	
   
     x  Quarterly   Date.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
c)
  	
   
     o  Yearly   Date.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
d)
  	
   
     o  date.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
   
  	
  
4)
  	
   
     o  (Cannot select if ADP Test Safe Harbor is satisfied using Qualified   Matching Contributions.)_____________% of Pay is the minimum   Elective Deferral Contribution.
  

	
   
Amend No. 1   Effective February 20, 2007
  	
  
12
  	
  
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339
  

 

 

	
  
 
  	
  
5)
  	
   
     o  Elective   Deferral Contributions must be a whole percentage of Pay.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
6)
  	
   
     o  (Cannot   select if ADP Test Safe Harbor is satisfied using Qualified Matching Contributions.)____________ % of Pay is the maximum Elective Deferral   Contribution. (Consider using this option   to limit Elective Deferral Contributions to avoid 415 excesses.)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
7)
  	
   
     o  AUTOMATIC DEFERRAL. (Cannot be used with Item M(5).) The   Plan shall require an automatic Elective Deferral Contribution described in   Plan Section 3.01. The automatic Elective Deferral Contribution shall be 4%   of Pay, unless otherwise specified in (a) below. The Member may affirmatively   elect a different percentage or elect not to make Elective Deferral   Contributions. If the Member elects a different percentage, such percentage   must comply with any limitations selected in (4), (5), or (6) above.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
   
a)
  	
   
     o  ____________ % (Up to 6%.) of Pay shall be the   automatic Elective Deferral Contribution.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
b)
  	
   
The automatic Elective   Deferral Contribution shall apply to Members only at the time they enter or   reenter the Plan, unless otherwise specified in (i) below.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
i)
  	
   
     o  The automatic Elective Deferral   Contribution shall also apply to all Active Members as of the effective date   of the amendment to the Plan adding this provision who have not elected to   make Elective Deferral Contributions of at least 4% (or the percentage in (a)   above, if applicable).
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
8)
  	
   
     o  401(k) SAFE HARBOR. We elect to   have the 401(k) safe harbor provisions described in Plan Section 3.08 apply. (Select (b) or (c). Select (d), if applicable.)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
a)
  	
   
The Plan will satisfy the   ADP Test Safe Harbor only, unless otherwise specified in (i) below.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
i)
  	
   
     o  The Plan will satisfy the ADP   Test Safe Harbor and the ACP Test Safe Harbor. (Only available if (8)(b)(i) or Item P is selected and the ACP Test   Safe Harbor limits on Matching Contributions are met.)
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
b)
  	
   
     o  CONTRIBUTIONS FOR ALL PLAN   YEARS. (Any changes under this Item   (8)(b), including electing to no longer have the provisions apply, must be   effective at the beginning of the Plan Year, except as provided in (i)E below.)   We elect to make the 401(k) safe harbor Contributions for all Plan   Years. (Select (i) or (ii).)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
i)
  	
   
     o  QUALIFIED MATCHING   CONTRIBUTIONS. The ADP Test Safe Harbor shall be satisfied using Qualified   Matching Contributions. These Contributions are 100% vested and subject to   the distribution restrictions of Code Section 401(k) when made. (See Plan Section 5.04.) The amount of   our Qualified Matching Contributions shall be equal to (Select A or B.)
  

	
   
Amend No. 1   Effective February 20, 2007
  	
  
13
  	
  
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339
  

 

 

	
  
 
  	
  
A.
  	
   
     o  BASIC MATCHING FORMULA. 100% of   Elective Deferral Contributions which are not over 3% of Pay, plus 50% of   Elective Deferral Contributions which are over 3% but are not over 5% of Pay.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
B.
  	
   
     o  ENHANCED MATCHING FORMULA. 100%   of Elective Deferral Contributions which are not over 4% of Pay, unless   otherwise specified in (1) or (2) below.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
1)
  	
   
     o  STATED MATCH. (Complete (a) and (b). For example: 100% of   Elective Deferral Contributions which are not over 5% of Pay.)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
a)
  	
   
____________ % of Elective   Deferral Contributions which are not over
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
b)
  	
   
____________ % of Pay.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
NOTE:   Must complete (a) using at least 100%. The product of the percentages in (a)   and (b) must equal at least 4%. For example, 100%x5% = 5% or 150%x3%   = 4.5%. If satisfying ACP Test Safe Harbor, must complete (b) with a   percentage not more than 6%.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
2)
  	
   
     o  STATED TIERED MATCH. (Complete (a) through (d). For example: 100%   of Elective Deferral Contributions which are not over 4% of Pay, plus 50%   of Elective Deferral Contributions which are over 4% but are not over 6%   of Pay.)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
a)
  	
   
____________ % of Elective Deferral   Contributions which are not over
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
b)
  	
   
____________ % of Pay, plus (First limit on Elective Deferral Contributions.)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
c)
  	
   
____________ % (Must be less than (a).) of Elective   Deferral Contributions which are over the percentage of Pay specified in (b)   but are not over
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
d)
  	
   
____________ % (Must   be more than (b).) of Pay. (Second   limit on Elective Deferral Contributions.)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
  	
   
NOTE:   Must complete (a) using at least 100%. The product of the percentages in (a)   and (b) must equal at least 3%. In addition, if the product of the   percentages in (a) and (b) does not equal at least 4%, (c) must be completed   using at least 50% and the product of the percentages in (c) and (d) when   added to the product of the percentages in (a) and (b) must equal at least   4%. If satisfying ACP Test Safe Harbor, must complete (b) with a percentage   less than 6% and (d) with a percentage not more than 6%.
  

	
   Amend No. 1   Effective February 20, 2007
  	
  14
  	
  Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339
  

	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
C.
  	
  
CALCULATION PERIOD. Qualified Matching
Contributions are calculated based on Elective Deferral Contributions and Pay
for the period specified below. (Refers to calculation of the amount of
Qualified Matching Contributions, not when contributed. Select (1), (2), (3), or
(4).)
 
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
  
o  PAY   PERIOD. Qualified Matching Contributions shall be made for all persons who   were Active Members at any time during the pay period.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
2)
  	
  
o  PAY PERIODS ENDING WITH OR WITHIN EACH MONTH. Qualified
Matching Contributions shall be made for all persons who were Active Members at
any time during the month.
 
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
3)
  	
  
o  PAY   PERIODS ENDING WITH OR WITHIN EACH PLAN-YEAR QUARTER. Qualified Matching   Contributions shall be made for all persons who were Active Members at any   time during the Plan-year Quarter.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
NOTE: If (1), (2), or (3) is selected, Qualified Matching   Contributions must be contributed to the Plan by the last day of the   following Plan-year Quarter.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
4)
  	
  
o  PLAN   YEAR. Qualified Matching Contributions shall be made for all persons who were   Active Members at any time during the Plan Year.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
D.
  	
  
o  Qualified   Matching Contributions shall be made only for Nonhighly Compensated   Employees.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
E.
  	
  
o  The   401(k) safe harbor election shall be revoked as of
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
_________________________________________________.   Such date cannot be earlier than the later of (i) 30 days after the date   Active Members are given the supplemental notice described in Plan Section   3.08(e) and (ii) the date the amendment revoking such provisions is adopted.   Qualified Matching Contributions shall be made for the period prior to the   revocation.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
ii)
  	
  
o  QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS. The ADP Test Safe Harbor shall be   satisfied using Qualified Nonelective Contributions. (These Contributions in excess of the amount needed   to satisfy the ADP Test Safe Harbor may be used to satisfy the ACP Test, if applicable.)   These contributions are 100% vested and subject to the   distribution restrictions of Code Section 401(k) when made. (See Plan Section 5.04.)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
The amount   of our Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall be equal to ____________% (Must be at least 3%.) of Pay for the   Plan Year for persons who were Active Members at any time during the Plan   Year, unless otherwise specified in A and B below. (The Pay used for these Contributions is not necessarily the same as   Annual Pay defined in Item N. Select any that apply.)
  

	
  
Amend No. 1   Effective February 20, 2007
  	
  
15
  	
  
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339
  

	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
A.
  	
  
o  Pay   shall only include Pay received while an Active Member.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
NOTE: Including only Pay received while an Active Member may result   in additional Contributions needed to satisfy the top-heavy requirements,   described in Plan Section 11.04, during any Plan Year in which this Plan is a   Top-heavy Plan.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
B.
  	
  
o  Qualified   Nonelective Contributions shall be made only for Nonhighly Compensated   Employees.
  

	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
c)
  	
  
o  CONTRIBUTIONS   FOR PLAN YEARS IN WHICH THE PLAN IS AMENDED. We elect the option of amending   the Plan to provide a Qualified Nonelective Contribution to satisfy the ADP   Test Safe Harbor for a Plan Year.
 
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
d)
  	
  
o  PLAN IS AMENDED. (Only available if (c) above is selected.)
The Plan is amended to provide a Qualified Nonelective Contribution for the Plan
Year beginning._____________________.  (These Contributions in excess of the
amount needed to satisfy the ADP Test Safe Harbor may be used to satisfy the ACP
Test, if applicable.) These Contributions are 100% vested and subject to the
distribution restrictions of Code Section 401(k) when made. (See Plan Section
5.04.)
 
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
The amount of our Qualified Nonelective
Contributions for such Plan Year shall be equal to ________________ % (Must be at least 3%.) of
Pay for the Plan Year for persons who were Active Members at any time during the
the Plan Year, unless otherwise specified in A and B below. (The Pay used for
these Contributions is not necessarily the same as Annual Pay defined in Item N.
Select any that apply.)
 
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
A.
  	
  
o  Pay   shall only include Pay received while an Active Member.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
NOTE: Including only Pay received while an Active Member may result   in additional Contributions needed to satisfy the top-heavy requirements,   described in Plan Section 11.04, during any Plan Year in which this Plan is a   Top-heavy Plan.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
B.
  	
  
o  Qualified   Nonelective Contributions shall be made only for Nonhighly Compensated   Employees.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
9)
  	
  
o  401(k)   SIMPLE. (Only available if the Plan uses a   calendar year Plan Year, you are an Eligible Employer, as defined in Plan   Section 3.09, and the exclusive plan requirement of (a)(1)(ii) of Plan   Section 3.09 is met. Cannot use if 401(k) Safe Harbor Plan.) We   elect to have the 401(k) SIMPLE provisions described in Plan Section 3.09   apply to the Plan   effective________________________________________________________
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
An amendment   to have 401(k) SIMPLE provisions no longer apply is effective the first   January 1 following the date the amendment is adopted.
  

	
  
Amend No. 1   Effective February 20, 2007
  	
  
16
  	
  
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339
  

 

	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
NOTE: See Plan Section 3.09 for 401(k) SIMPLE provisions. If this is   a new plan, the Effective Date (Item D) and the date in (9) above must be on   or before October 1. Future Plan Years must begin on January 1. If this is a   restatement (or amendment) adding this provision, the date in (9) above will   be the same as the Restatement Date (or effective date of the amendment)   which must be on a January 1 which is the first day of a Plan Year and future   Plan Years must begin on a January 1. Such restatement (or amendment) must be   adopted before the January 1 on which the provisions become effective.   Elective Deferral Contributions and Rollover Contributions will be the only   contributions reflected in the Adoption Agreement. Other Contributions shall   only be permitted as specified in Plan Section 3.09. The Member may change   the elective deferral agreement on any date. No selections can be made in   (4), (5), or (6) above. Elective Deferral
Contributions will be subject to   the $6,000 (as adjusted) annual limit of Code Section 401(k)(11).
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
P.
  	
  
x  MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS. (Cannot select if ADP Test Safe
Harbor is satisfied using Qualified Matching Contributions.) Any percentage
determined by us shall apply to all eligible persons for the entire Plan
Year. (Select (1), (2), or (3).)
 
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
  
x   STATED MATCH. We shall make Matching Contributions.
The percentage of Elective Deferral Contributions matched is
100%.
 
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
2)
  	
  
o  STATED TIERED MATCH. We shall make Matching
Contributions in an amount equal to (Complete (a) through (d). For example:
100% of Elective Deferral Contributions which are not over 3% of
Pay, plus 50% of Elective Deferral Contributions which are over 3% but
are not over 5% of Pay.)
 
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
a)
  	
  
_____________   % of Elective Deferral Contributions which are not over
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
b)
  	
  
_____________   % of Pay, plus (First limit on Elective Deferral Contributions.)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
c)
  	
  
_____________   % (Must be less than (a).) of   Elective Deferral Contributions which are over the percentage of Pay   specified in (b) but are not over
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
d)
  	
  
_____________   % (Must be more than (b).) of Pay. (Second limit on Elective Deferral Contributions.)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
NOTE: If satisfying ACP Test Safe
Harbor, must complete (b) with a percentage less than 6% and (d) with a
percentage not more than 6%.
 
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
3)
  	
  
o  DISCRETIONARY MATCH. (If selected and Plan is satisfying ACP
Test Safe Harbor, (b) must be selected.) We may make a discretionary Matching
Contribution. The percentage of Elective Deferral Contributions matched, if any,
shall be a percentage as determined by us. (Select any that
apply.)
 
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
a)
  	
  
o  We   shall make a discretionary Matching Contribution. The percentage of   Elective Deferral Contributions matched shall be at least _____________.%.
  

	
  
Amend No. 1   Effective February 20, 2007
  	
  
17
  	
  
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339
  

 

	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
b)
  	
  
o  If we make a discretionary Matching Contribution, the
percentage of Elective Deferral Contributions matched shall not be more than ________________ %.
(If satisfying ACP Test Safe Harbor, must complete with a percentage not more
than 100%.)
 
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
4)
  	
  
x  LIMIT   ON ELECTIVE DEFERRALS MATCHED. (Must   select if (1) or (3) above is used and satisfying ACP Test Safe Harbor.   Cannot use with (2) above. Limit could help pass the ADP and ACP Tests for   non-401 (k) Safe Harbor Plans.) Elective Deferral Contributions   which are over the percentage of Pay below won’t be matched. (Select (a) or (b).)
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
a)
  	
  
x  6%   of Pay. (If satisfying ACP Test Safe   Harbor, must complete with a percentage not more than 6% (not more than 4% if   (3) above is selected).)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
b)
  	
  
o  A   percentage determined by us. (Select any   that apply. Must select (ii) if satisfying ACP Test Safe Harbor.)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
o  The   percentage shall be at least ______________________ %.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
ii)
  	
  
o  The   percentage shall not be more than ____________________ %. (If satisfying ACP Test Safe Harbor, must complete   with a percentage not more than 6% (not more than 4% if (3) above is   selected).)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
5) 
  	
  
CALCULATION PERIOD. Matching Contributions
are calculated based on Elective Deferral Contributions and Pay for the period
specified below. (Refers to calculation of the amount of Matching
Contribution, not when contributed. Select (a), (b), (c), or
(d).)
 
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
a)
  	
  
x  PAY   PERIOD. Matching Contributions shall be made for all persons who were Active   Members at any time during that pay period.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
b)
  	
  
o  PAY   PERIODS ENDING WITH OR WITHIN EACH MONTH. Matching Contributions shall be   made for all persons who were Active Members at any time during the month.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
c)
  	
  
o  PAY   PERIODS ENDING WITH OR WITHIN EACH PLAN-YEAR QUARTER. Matching Contributions   shall be made for all persons who were Active Members at any time during the   Plan-year Quarter.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
d)
  	
  
o  PLAN   YEAR. Matching Contributions shall be made for all persons who were Active   Members at any time during the Plan Year, unless otherwise specified in (i)   below.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
o  (Cannot use if satisfying ACP Test Safe Harbor.) Matching   Contributions shall be made for persons meeting the requirements in Item R.
  

	
  Amend No. 1   Effective February 20, 2007
  	
  
18
  	
  
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339
  

 

	
  
 
  	
  
6)
  	
  
o  ADDITIONAL   MATCH. (Only available if (1) or (3) above   is selected. Cannot use if satisfying   ACP Test Safe Harbor.) We may make additional Matching   Contributions if the total Matching Contributions determined below are   greater than the amount of Matching Contributions determined in (1) or (3)   above for the Plan Year. Additional Matching Contributions, if any, shall be   made for all persons who were Active Members at any time during the Plan   Year, unless specified in (a) below.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
a)
  	
  
o  Additional   Matching Contributions shall be made for persons meeting the requirements in   Item R.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
NOTE: If Item R is not active at any time during the Plan Year,   selecting (a) will require testing to determine if the nondiscrimination   requirement of Code Section 401(a) (4) is met, unless (5)(d)(i) above is also   selected.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
Total   Matching Contributions for the Plan Year shall be a percentage of Elective   Deferral Contributions and shall be calculated based on Elective Deferral   Contributions and Pay for the Plan Year. The percentage shall be determined   by us. If (1) above is selected, the percentage determined must be equal to   or greater than the percentage specified in (1). If (3) above is selected,   the percentage determined must be equal to or greater than the percentage   determined in (3).
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
If (4) above   is selected, Elective Deferral Contributions which are over a percentage of   Pay won’t be matched. The percentage is the percentage specified in (4)(a),   determined in (4)(b), or a greater percentage as determined by us.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
The amount   of additional Matching Contributions, if any, shall be calculated by   subtracting the Matching Contributions determined in (1) or (3) above for the   Plan Year from total Matching Contributions for the Plan Year.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
7)
  	
  
o  Matching   Contributions shall be made only for Nonhighly Compensated Employees.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
8)
  	
  
o  QUALIFIED MATCH. (Must be selected if Matching   Contributions are to be tested in the ADP Test for a non-401(k) Safe Harbor   Plan.) Matching Contributions are Qualified Matching   Contributions. These Contributions are 100% vested and subject to the   distribution restrictions of Code Section 401(k) when made. (See Plan Section 5.04.)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
9)
  	
  
o  DOLLAR   LIMIT. (Cannot use if satisfying ACP Test   Safe Harbor.) Matching Contributions for a person shall not be   more than $ for the Plan Year.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
Q.
  	
  
OTHER   EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND FORFEITURES.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
NOTE: If more than one Employer Contribution is selected in this Item   Q, the requirements to receive each Contribution selected should be the same.   Providing different requirements will require testing to determine if the   nondiscrimination requirement of Code Section 401(a) (4) is met. For example,   a Qualified Nonelective Contribution made to each person who is an Active Member   on the last day of the pay period and a Discretionary Contribution allocated   to each person who was an Active Member at any time during the Plan Year will   require nondiscrimination testing. If the ADP Test Safe Harbor is satisfied   using Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Item O(8)(b)(ii) or (c), the   Additional Contributions and Discretionary Contributions selected under this   item should be made for or allocated to each person who is an Active Member   at any time during the Plan Year to avoid nondiscrimination testing.
  

	
  
Amend No. 1   Effective February 20, 2007
  	
  
19
  	
  
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339
  

 

	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
  
o  QUALIFIED   NONELECTIVE CONTRI BUTIONS. (Cannot select   if ADP Test Safe Harbor is satisfied using Qualified Nonelective   Contributions for all Plan Years, Item O(8)(b)(ii). If this is a 401(k) Safe   Harbor Plan using Qualified Matching Contributions to satisfy the ADP Test   Safe Harbor, these Contributions may be used to satisfy the ACP Test, if   applicable. These Contributions may be tested in the ADP or ACP Test for a   non-401(k) Safe Harbor Plan.) These Contributions are 100% vested   and subject to the distribution restrictions of Code Section 401(k) when   made. (See Plan Section 5.04. Select at   least one of (a), (b), (c), or (e). Only one of (a), (b), or (c) may be   selected. Select (d), if applicable.)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
a)
  	
  
o  SET   AMOUNT. (Only available if Item O(8)(c) is   not selected.) We shall make Qualified Nonelective Contributions   equal to the following: (Select (i) or   (ii).)
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
o  PAY   FORMULA. An amount equal to (Select one.)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
A.
  	
  
o  __________________   % of Pay for the pay period for each person who is an Active Member on the   last day of that period.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
B.
  	
  
o  __________________   % of Annual Pay for the Plan Year for persons who meet the requirements in   Item R.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
C.
  	
  
o  __________________   % of Annual Pay for the Plan Year for persons who were Active Members at any   time during the Plan Year.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
ii)
  	
  
o  SERVICE   FORMULA. An amount equal to (Select one.)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
A.
  	
  
o  $   _________________ for the pay period for each person who is an Active Member   on the last day of that period.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
B.
  	
  
o  $_________________for   the Plan Year for persons who meet the requirements in Item R.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
C.
  	
  
o  $_________________for   the Plan Year for persons who were Active Members at any time during the Plan   Year.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
b)
  	
  
o  DISCRETIONARY,   PAY FORMULA. (Only available if Item   O(8)(c) is not selected.) Qualified Nonelective Contributions may   be made for each Plan Year in an amount determined by us. The amount   allocated to each eligible person shall be equal to our Qualified Nonelective   Contributions multiplied by the ratio of such person’s Annual Pay for the   Plan Year to the total Annual Pay of all such persons. The Qualified   Nonelective Contributions shall be allocated to each person meeting the   requirements in Item R, unless otherwise specified in (i) or (ii) below.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
o  The   Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall be allocated to each person who was   an Active Member at any time during the Plan Year.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
ii)
  	
  
o  The   Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall be allocated to each person who is   an Active Member on the last day of the Plan Year.
  

	
  
Amend No. 1   Effective February 20, 2007
  	
  
20
  	
  
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339
  

	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
c)
  	
  
o  DISCRETIONARY,   SAME DOLLAR AMOUNT. (Only available if   Item O(8)(c) is not selected.) Qualified Nonelective Contributions   may be made for each Plan Year in an amount determined by us. The same dollar   amount shall be allocated to each eligible person, subject to applicable   limits of Plan Section 3.06. The Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall be   allocated to each person meeting the requirements in Item R, unless otherwise   specified in (i) or (ii) below.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
o  The   Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall be allocated to each person who was   an Active Member at any time during the Plan Year.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
ii)
  	
  
o  The   Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall be allocated to each person who is   an Active Member on the last day of the Plan Year.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
d)
  	
  
o  (Only available if (a), (b), or (c) is selected   above.) Qualified Nonelective Contributions in (a), (b), or (c)   above shall be made only for, or allocated only to, Nonhighly Compensated   Employees, unless otherwise specified in (i) below.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
o  (Only available if (a)(i)A and (a)(ii)A above are not
selected.) The Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall be made only for,
or allocated only to, the Nonhighly Compensated Employees whose Annual Pay for
the Plan Year is not over $____________.
 
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
e)
  	
  
o  DISCRETIONARY,   BOTTOM UP. (Only available if Item K(2)(a) is selected and Item O(8)(b)(i) is   not selected.) Qualified Nonelective Contributions may be made for each Plan   Year in an amount determined by us. If Item O(8)(c) is selected, these   Qualified Nonelective Contributions may only be made for Plan Years in which   the Plan is not so amended. If (a), (b), or (c) above are selected, these   Qualified Nonelective Contributions are in addition to those specified in   (a), (b), or (c). If the Plan is treated as separate plans because it is   mandatorily disaggregated under the regulations of Code Section 401(k), a   separate Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be determined for each   separate plan.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
These Qualified   Nonelective Contributions may be used to reduce the Excess Aggregate   Contributions or Excess Contributions, as defined in Plan Section 3.07. Such   Contributions shall be allocated first to the eligible person under the Plan   (or separate plan) with the lowest Annual Pay for the Plan Year, then to the   eligible person under the Plan (or separate plan) with the next lowest Annual   Pay, and so forth, in each case subject to applicable limits of Plan Section   3.06. These Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall be allocated only to   Nonhighly Compensated Employees who meet the requirements in Item R, unless   otherwise specified in (i) or (ii) below.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
o  These   Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall be allocated only to Nonhighly   Compensated Employees who were Active Members at any time during the Plan   Year.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
ii)
  	
  
o  These   Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall be allocated only to Nonhighly   Compensated Employees who are Active Members on the last day of the Plan   Year.
  

	
  
Amend No. 1   Effective February 20, 2007
  	
  
21
  	
  
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339
  

	
   
  	
  
2)
  	
  
o  ADDITIONAL   CONTRIBUTIONS. We shall make Additional Contributions equal to the following:   (Select (a) or (b).)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
a)
  	
  
o  PAY   FORMULA. An amount equal to (Select (i) or   (ii).)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
o  __________________%   of Pay for the pay period for each person who is an Active Member on the last   day of that period.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
ii)
  	
  
o  __________________%   of Annual Pay for the Plan Year for persons who meet the requirements in Item   R.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
b)
  	
  
o  SERVICE   FORMULA. An amount equal to (Select one.)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
o  $ ______________ for the pay period for each person who is an
Active Member on the last day of that period.
 
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
ii)
  	
  
o  $______________ for the Plan Year for persons who meet
the requirements in Item R.
 
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
iii)
  	
  
o  $______________ for each Hour of Service he has
performed during the pay period for each person who was an Active Member
during that period. (No contribution for paid nonworking hours, such as
vacation.)
 
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
iv)
  	
  
o  $______________ for each Hour of Service credited
during the pay period for each person who was an Active Member during that
period. (Contribution is made for paid nonworking hours, such as
vacation.)
 
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
3)
  	
  
x  DISCRETIONARY   CONTRIBUTIONS. Discretionary Contributions may be made for each Plan Year in   an amount determined by us. Discretionary Contributions and Forfeitures, if   applicable, shall be allocated as of the last day of the Plan Year using   Annual Pay for the Plan Year. The amount allocated shall be equal to the   amount determined in (a) or (b) below. (Select   (a) or (b).)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
a)
  	
  
x  PAY FORMULA. Discretionary Contributions and Forfeitures, if applicable,   shall be allocated as follows:
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
STEP ONE:   This step one shall only apply in years in which the Plan is a Top-heavy   Plan, as defined in Plan Section 11.02, and the minimum contribution under   Plan Section 11.04 is not being provided by other contributions to this Plan   or another plan of ours.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
The   allocation in this step one shall be made to each person meeting the   requirements in Item R and each person who is entitled to a minimum   contribution under Plan Section 11.04. Each such person’s allocation shall be   an amount equal to Discretionary Contributions and Forfeitures, if   applicable, multiplied by the ratio of such person’s Annual Pay to the total   Annual Pay of all such persons. Such amount shall not exceed 3% of such   person’s Annual Pay. The allocation for any person who does not meet the   requirements in Item R shall be limited to the amount necessary to fund the   minimum contribution.
  

	
  
Amend No. 1 Effective   February 20, 2007
  	
  
22
  	
  
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339
  

	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
STEP TWO:   The allocation in this step two shall be made to each person meeting the   requirements in Item R. Each such person’s allocation shall be equal to any   amount remaining after the allocation in step one multiplied by the ratio of   such person’s Annual Pay to the total Annual Pay of all such persons.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
b)
  	
  
o  INTEGRATED   FORMULA. Subject to the overall permitted disparity limits, Discretionary   Contributions and Forfeitures, if applicable, shall be allocated as follows:
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
STEP ONE:   This step one shall only apply in years in which the Plan is a Top-heavy   Plan, as defined in Plan Section 11.02, and the minimum contribution under   Plan Section 11.04 is not being provided by other contributions to this Plan   or another plan of ours.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
The   allocation in this step one shall be made to each person meeting the   requirements in Item R and each person who is entitled to a minimum   contribution under Plan Section 11.04. Each such person’s allocation shall be   an amount equal to Discretionary Contributions and Forfeitures, if   applicable, multiplied by the ratio of such person’s Annual Pay to the total   Annual Pay of all such persons. Such amount shall not exceed 3% of such   person’s Annual Pay. The allocation for any person who does not meet the   requirements in Item R shall be limited to the amount necessary to fund the   minimum contribution.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
STEP TWO:   This step two shall only apply in years in which step one applies. The   allocation in this step two shall be made to each person meeting the   requirements in Item R. Each such person’s allocation shall be equal to any   amount remaining after the allocation in step one multiplied by the ratio of   such person’s Annual Pay over the Integration Level to the total Annual Pay   over the Integration Level of all such persons. Such amount shall not exceed   3% of such person’s Annual Pay over the Integration Level.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
For purposes   of this step two, in the case of any person who has exceeded the cumulative   permitted disparity limit described below, such person’s total Annual Pay   shall be taken into account and the applicable allocation limit for such   person shall be 3% of such person’s total Annual Pay.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
STEP THREE:   The allocation in this step three shall be made to each person meeting the   requirements in Item R. Each such person’s allocation shall be equal to any   amount remaining after the allocation in step two multiplied by the ratio of   the sum of such person’s total Annual Pay and his Annual Pay over the   Integration Level to the total of such sums for all such persons. Such amount   shall not exceed an amount equal to a percentage (equal to the Maximum   Integration Rate) of the sum of such person’s total Annual Pay and his Annual   Pay over the Integration Level.
  

	
  
Amend No. 1   Effective February 20, 2007
  	
  
23
  	
  
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339
  

	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
If steps one   and two apply, the Maximum Integration Rate minus 3% shall be substituted for   the Maximum Integration Rate wherever it appears in this step three.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
For purposes   of this step three, in the case of any person who has exceeded the cumulative   permitted disparity limit described below, two times such person’s total   Annual Pay shall be taken into account and the applicable allocation limit   for such person shall be a percentage (equal to the Maximum Integration Rate)   of two times such person’s total Annual Pay.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
STEP FOUR:   The allocation in this step four shall be made to each person meeting the   requirements in Item R. Each such person’s allocation shall be equal to any   amount remaining after the allocation in step three multiplied by the ratio   of such person’s Annual Pay to the total Annual Pay of all such persons.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
The INTEGRATION   LEVEL is the Taxable Wage Base as in effect on the latest Yearly Date, unless   otherwise specified in (i) or (ii) below.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
o  $  ________________. (Must be less than such   Taxable Wage Base.)
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
ii)
  	
  
o
__________________ % of such Taxable Wage Base. (Must be more than 19% and
less than 100%.)
 
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
The MAXIMUM   INTEGRATION RATE shall be determined according to the following schedule.
  

	
   
  	
  
INTEGRATION LEVEL
  	
   
 	
  
MAXIMUM 
   INTEGRATION RATE
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  

  	
  
 
  	
  

  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
100% of TWB
  	
  
 
  	
  
5.7%
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Less than   100% but more than 80% of TWB
  	
  
 
  	
  
5.4%
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
More than   20% of TWB but not more than 80% of TWB
  	
  
 
  	
  
4.3%
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
Not more   than 20% of TWB
  	
  
 
  	
  
5.7%
  	
  
 
  

	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
“TWB” means   the Taxable Wage Base as in effect on the latest Yearly Date.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
On any date   the portion of the rate of tax under Code Section 3111(a) (in effect on the   latest Yearly Date) which is attributable to old age insurance exceeds 5.7%,   such rate shall be substituted for 5.7%. 5.4% and 4.3% shall be increased   proportionately.
  

	
  Amend No. 1   Effective February 20, 2007
  	
  24
  	
  Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339
  

	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
OVERALL PERMITTED   DISPARITY LI MITS:
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
ANNUAL OVERALL PERMITTED   DISPARITY LIMIT: Notwithstanding the preceding paragraphs, for any Plan Year   any person eligible for an allocation under this formula benefits under   another qualified plan or simplified employee pension, as defined in Code   Section 408(k), maintained by us or any other employer required to be   aggregated with us under Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m), or (o) that provides   for permitted disparity (or imputes disparity), Discretionary Contributions   and Forfeitures, if applicable, shall be allocated using only step one, if   applicable, and step four.
  
	
 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
CUMULATIVE PERMITTED   DISPARITY LIMIT: Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1,   1995, the cumulative permitted disparity limit for a person is 35 total   cumulative permitted disparity years. Total cumulative disparity years means   the number of years credited to the person for allocation or accrual purposes   under this Plan, any other qualified plan or simplified employee pension plan   (whether or not terminated) ever maintained by us or any other employer   required to be aggregated with us under Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m), or   (o). For purposes of determining the person’s cumulative permitted disparity   limit, all years ending in the same calendar year are treated as the same   year. If the person has not benefited under a defined benefit or target   benefit plan maintained for any year beginning on or after January 1, 1994,   the person has no cumulative permitted disparity limit.
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

4) 
  	
  
FORFEITURES.
  	
  
 
  
	
 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
a)
  	
  
If (3) above is selected,   Forfeitures shall be allocated with Discretionary Contributions and shall be   deemed to be Discretionary Contributions, unless otherwise specified in (i)   below.
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
o  (Cannot use unless Item V(2) is completed.) Forfeitures   shall not be allocated with Discretionary Contributions, but shall be used to   offset our first Contribution made after the Forfeiture is determined.
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
 
  	

 
  	
  
b)
  	
  
If (3) above is not   selected, Forfeitures shall be used to offset our first Contribution made   after the Forfeiture is determined, unless otherwise specified in (i) below
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
o  (Cannot use unless (2) above is selected and Item V(2) is completed.)   Forfeitures shall not be used to offset our first Contribution,   but shall be allocated as of the last day of the Plan Year to those meeting   the requirements in Item R using the allocation formula in (3)(a) above, and   shall be deemed to be Additional Contributions.
  

	
  Amend No. 1   Effective February 20, 2007
  	
  
25
  	
  
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339
  

	

R.
  	

NET PROFITS AND   CONTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS.
  
	

 
  	

 
  
	

 
  	

1)
  	
  
Our Contributions shall be   made without regard to our current or accumulated NET PROFITS, unless   otherwise specified in (a) below.
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
 
  	

 
  	
  
a)
  	
  
o  (Cannot use   if 401(k) Safe Harbor Plan or 401(k) SIMPLE Plan.) Our Contributions, in excess of Elective   Deferral Contributions, shall be made out of our current or accumulated Net   Profits in excess of Elective Deferral Contributions.
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

2)
  	
  
REQUIREMENTS FOR   CONTRIBUTIONS. Our Contributions which are subject to the requirements of   this Item R and Forfeitures, if applicable, shall be made for or allocated to   each person who was an Active Member at any time during the Plan Year, unless   otherwise specified in (a), (b), (c), or (d) below. (If annual contributions are subject to these   requirements (or if Forfeitures are allocated under Item Q(4)(b)(i)), (a),   (b), (c), or (d) may be selected. Select (e), if applicable.)
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
 
  	

 
  	
  
NOTE: Selections may affect testing
done to determine if the minimum coverage requirement of Code Section 410(b) is
met, unless otherwise indicated.
 
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
a)
  	
  
o  Such amounts shall be made for   or allocated to each person who was an Active Member at any time during the   Plan Year and who either is an Active Member on the last day of the   Plan Year or has more than 500 Hours of Service during the latest Accrual   Service Period ending on or before the last day of the Plan Year, unless a   lesser number of Hours of Service is specified in (i) below. (This selection does not affect coverage testing if   the Accrual Service Period is the Plan Year.)
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
o
  	
  
Has more than ___________ (Up to 499.) Hours of Service.
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
b)
  	
  
o  Such amounts shall be made for   or allocated to each person who is an Active Member on the last day of the   Plan Year.
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
 
  	

 
  	
  
c)
  	
  
x  Such amounts shall be made for   or allocated to each person who was an Active Member at any time during the   Plan Year and who has at least 1,000 Hours of Service during the latest   Accrual Service Period ending on or before the last day of the Plan Year,   unless otherwise specified in (i) below.
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
o
  	
  
Has at least ___________ (Up to 999.) Hours of Service.
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
 
  	

 
  	
  
d)
  	
  
o  Such amounts shall be made for   or allocated to each person who is an Active Member on the last day of the   Plan Year and who has at least 1,000 Hours of Service during the latest Accrual   Service Period ending on or before that date, unless otherwise specified in   (i) below.
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
o
  	
  
Has at least   _______________ (Up to 999.) Hours   of Service.
  

	
  
Amend No. 1   Effective February 20, 2007
  	
  
26
  	
  
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339
  

	
  
 
  	
  
The requirements in (a),   (b), (c), or (d) above are modified as follows:
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
e)
  	
  
o  Such amounts shall also be made   for or allocated to each person who was an Active Member at any time during   the Plan Year and who has retired, become Totally Disabled, or died.
  

	

 
  	

3)
  	
  
The ACCRUAL SERVICE PERIOD   is the consecutive 12-month period ending on the last day of each Plan Year,   unless otherwise specified in (a) below.
  
	
 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
a)
  	
  
o  (Use only with (2)(a),   (c), or (d) above.) The   Accrual Service Period is the
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
consecutive 12-month   period ending on each ______________________. 
   (Month and day.)
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
NOTE:   Selecting (a) above will require nondiscrimination testing to determine if   the nondiscrimination requirement of Code Section 401(a) (4) is met.
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

4)
  	
  
o  (Cannot use   with (1)(a) above.) We may   make all or part of our annual Contributions before the end of the Plan Year.   (Select (a) or (b).)
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
Such Contributions shall   be
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  
	
 
  	

 
  	
  
a)
  	
  
o  allocated when made. (Only available if Item Q(1)(b)(ii) and (c)(ii) are   not selected, and (2)(a), (b), (c), and (d) above are not selected.)
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
b)
  	
  
o  unallocated when made.
  

	

S.
  	

CONTRIBUTION   MODIFICATIONS.
  
	
 
  	

 
  
	

 
  	

CONTRIBUTION LIMITATIONS.   The Annual Additions for a Member during a Limitation Year shall not be more   than the Maximum Permissible Amount. (See   Plan Sections 3.06 and 11.05.)
  
	

 
  	

 
  
	

 
  	

1)
  	
  
The LIMITATION YEAR is the   consecutive 12-month period ending on each December  31. (Month and day. Fill in
the last day of the Limitation Year. Normally,  the last day of the Plan Year is
used. You must use the same limitation  year in all your  plans.)

	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  
	
 
  	

2)
  	
  
COMPENSATION. (Compensation for the Limitation Year is used to   determine the limit on Annual Additions. Compensation for the Plan Year is   used to determine the amount of top-heavy minimum contributions.) Compensation   for purposes of Plan Section 3.06 is as defined therein, under Information   Required to be Reported Under Code Sections 6041, 6051, and 6052 (“Wages,   Tips and Other Compensation” box on Form W-2), which is actually paid or made   available by us, unless otherwise specified in (a) or (b) below.
  

	
  
Amend No. 1   Effective February 20, 2007
  	
  
27
  	
  
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339
  

	
 
  	

 
  	
  
a)
  	
  
o  415 Safe-Harbor Compensation as   defined in Plan Section 3.06.
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
b)
  	
  
o  Code Section 3401(a) Wages   (wages for purposes of income tax withholding) as defined in Plan Section   3.06.
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
For years beginning after   December 31, 1997, Compensation shall include elective contributions. For   this purpose, elective contributions are elective deferrals (as defined in   Code Section 402(g)(3)) and amounts contributed or deferred by us at the   election of the Employee which are not includible in the gross income of the   Employee by reason of Code Section 125, 132(f)(4), or 457.
  
	
 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

3)
  	
  
MULTIPLE DEFINED   CONTRIBUTIONS PLANS. (This item applies if   you or an Employer, as defined in Plan Section 3.06, maintain another   qualified defined contribution plan that is not a Master or   Prototype Plan in which any Member in this Plan is or was or could become a   member.) If the Member is covered under another qualified defined   contribution plan maintained by the Employer, as defined in Plan Section   3.06, the provisions of (f) through (k) of Plan Section 3.06 shall apply as   if the other plan were a Master or Prototype Plan, unless otherwise specified   in (a) below. (Plan Section 3.06 limits   the last Annual Additions.)
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
a)
  	
  
o  The method described on the   attached page(s) shall be used to limit total Annual Additions to the Maximum   Permissible Amount, and shall properly reduce the Excess Amounts, as defined   in Plan Section 3.06, in a manner which precludes Employer discretion. (If selected, you will provide the method for   limiting Annual Additions on the attached page(s).)
  
	
 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

4)
  	
  
DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN. (This item applies if you or an Employer, as   defined in Plan Section 3.06, maintain or ever maintained a qualified defined   benefit plan in which any Member in this Plan is or was or could become a   member. If this applies, you will provide the method used to satisfy the   limitation on the attached page(s). No attachment is needed if the Effective   Date (Restatement Date or amendment effective date, if applicable) is on or   after the first Limitation Year beginning on or after January 1, 2000.) If   the Member is or has ever been a member in a qualified defined benefit plan   maintained by the Employer, as defined in Plan Section 3.06, the method   described on the attached page(s) shall be used to satisfy the 1.0 limitation   of Code Section 415, in a manner which precludes Employer discretion. This   limitation shall not apply for Limitation Years beginning on or after January   1, 2000.
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

5)
  	
  
o  OTHER LIMITS. (Cannot use if 401(k) Safe Harbor Plan or 401(k)   SIMPLE Plan.) The amount of our Contributions for any (Select (a) or (b).)
  
	
 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
a)
  	
  
o
  	
  
Plan Year
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
b)
  	
  
o
  	
  
Limitation Year
  

	
  
Amend No. 1   Effective February 20, 2007
  	
  
28
  	
  
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339
  

	

 
  	

 
  	
  
made for or allocated to a   person shall not be more than (Select at   least one.)
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
c)
  	
  
o  $  __________  (Up to   the current Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation defined in Plan Section   3.06.)
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
 
  	

 
  	
  
d)
  	
  
o  ____________% (Up to 25%.) of his Annual Pay for the   Plan Year/Compensation for the Limitation Year.
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
NOTE: If   both (c) and (d) are selected, contributions shall be no more than the lesser   of (c) and (d).
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

TOP-HEAVY PLAN REQUIREMENTS.   The amount and allocation of Contributions shall be subject to the provisions   of Article XI of the Basic Plan in Plan Years when this is a Top-heavy Plan,   as defined in Plan Section 11.02. Special minimum and maximum contribution   provisions will apply in such years.
  
	

 
  	

 
  
	
 
  	

6)
  	
  
o
  MULTIPLE PLANS. (Use this item to specify which plan will provide
the minimum  contribution or benefit for members who are covered under this Plan
and any other plan or plans of yours.  If selected,  you must provide wording on
the attached page(s).) The method described on the attached page(s) shall be
used to meet the minimum  contribution  and benefit  requirements  in Plan Years
when  this  is  a  Top-heavy  Plan,  in  a  manner  which   precludes   Employer
discretion.
 
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

7)
  	
  
PRESENT VALUE: (Applicable if Aggregation Group, as defined in   Plan Section 11.02, contains a defined benefit plan. The interest and   mortality in this item must match the interest and mortality used for this   purpose in such defined benefit plan.) For purposes of   establishing Present Value, as defined in Plan Section 11.02, of benefits   under a defined benefit plan to compute the Top-heavy Ratio, as defined in   Plan Section 11.02, any benefit shall be discounted only for 7 1/2% interest   and mortality according to the 1971 Group Annuity Table (Male) without the 7%   margin but with projection by Scale E from 1971 to the later of (i) 1974, or   (ii) the year determined by adding the age to 1920, and wherein for females   the male age six years younger is used, unless otherwise specified in (a) and   (b) below.
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  
	
 
  	

 
  	
  
a)
  	
  
o
  	
  
Interest rate __________   %. 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
b)
  	
  
o
  	
  
Mortality table:
  
	
 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  

  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  

  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

T.
  	

VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS   AND ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS.
  
	
 
  	

 
  
	

 
  	

1)
  	
  
VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS   are not permitted, unless otherwise specified in (a) below.
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
a)
  	
  
o  (If selected,   the Plan is subject to an ACP Test even if the Plan satisfies the ACP Test   Safe Harbor.) Voluntary Contributions are permitted. (Select any that apply.)
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
o
  	
  
___________ % of Pay is   the minimum Voluntary Contribution.
  

	
  
Amend No. 1   Effective February 20, 2007
  	
  
29
  	
  
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339
  

	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
ii)
  	
  
o
  	
  
Voluntary Contributions   must be a whole percentage of Pay.
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
iii)
  	
  
o
  	
  
__________ % of Pay is the   maximum Voluntary Contribution.
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

2)
  	
  
ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS are   permitted, unless otherwise specified in (a) below.
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
a)
  	
  
o  Rollover Contributions are not   permitted.
  

	

U.
  	

INVESTMENTS.
  
	

 
  	

 
  
	

 
  	

1)
  	
  
The Plan does not have a   Trust Agreement in effect, unless otherwise specified in (a) below.
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
a)
  	
  
x  TRUST AGREEMENT. The Plan has a   Trust Agreement. (Select at least one.   Cannot select (ii) if (i) is selected. Cannot select (iv) if (iii) is   selected.)
  
	
 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
x  We establish the Discretionary   Trust Agreement (Attachment A of the Basic Plan).
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
ii)
  	
  
o  We establish the Corporate   Directed Trust Agreement (Attachment B of the Basic Plan).
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
iii)
  	
  
o  We establish the Corporate   Custodial Trust Agreement (Attachment C of the Basic Plan).
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
iv)
  	
  
o  We establish the Passive Trust Agreement   (Attachment D of the Basic Plan).
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
v)
  	
  
o  We establish the Principal   Trust Company Directed Trust Agreement (Attachment E of the Basic Plan).
  
	
 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

2)
  	
  
INVESTMENT DIRECTION.   Subject to the provisions of Article IV of the Basic Plan, the Annuity   Contract, and if applicable, the Trust Agreement, the investment of a   Member’s Account shall be directed by (Select   one.)
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
a)
  	
  
x  the Member for all   Contributions. 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
b)
  	
  
o  us for all Contributions.
  
	
 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
c)
  	
  
o  the Member for Elective   Deferral Contributions, Member Contributions, and Rollover Contributions. Us   for Employer Contributions other than Elective Deferral Contributions.
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
d)
  	
  
o  the Member for Member   Contributions and Rollover Contributions. Us for Employer Contributions   including Elective Deferral Contributions.
  

	
  Amend No. 1   Effective February 20, 2007
  	
  
30
  	
  
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339
  

	

 
  	

3)
  	
  
LOANS. Loans to a Member   are not permitted, unless otherwise specified in (a) below.
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
a)
  	
  
x  (Only available if (1)(a) above is selected and the Trustee agrees to   hold the promissory note.) Loans are available to a Member subject   to the provisions of Plan Section 5.06.
  
	
 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
The Loan Administrator(s)   is/are: (Fill in the person(s) or position(s)   authorized to administer the Member loan program. Principal Life Insurance   Company cannot be named.)
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
Robert Gagnier
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
ii)
  	
  
x  The minimum amount of any loan   is $1,000 . (Up to $1,000.)
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
iii)
  	
  
o  The maximum amount of any loan is the lesser of 50% of the
Member’s Vested Account, reduced by any outstanding loan balance or $
__________ (Up to $50,000.), reduced by the highest outstanding loan
balance during the one-year period ending on the day before the loan is
made.
 
	
 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
NOTE: If   not selected, the maximum is the lesser of (i) 50% of the Member’s Vested   Account, reduced by any outstanding loan balance or (ii) $50,000, reduced by   the highest outstanding loan balance during the one-year period ending on the   day before the loan is made.
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
iv)
  	
  
The number of outstanding   loans for a Member shall be limited to one, unless otherwise specified in A   below.
  
	
 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
A.
  	
  
x  The number shall be limited   to 2. (Up to 5.)
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
v)
  	
  
The number of loans   approved for a Member in any 12-month period shall be limited to one, unless   otherwise specified in A below.
  
	
 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
A.
  	
  
o  The number shall be limited to   _________. (Up to 5.)
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
vi)
  	
  
The term of the loan shall   be limited to five years, unless otherwise specified in A below.
  
	
 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
A.
  	
  
o  The term of the loan shall not   be limited to five years for the purchase of a Member’s principal residence.
  

	
  
Amend No. 1   Effective February 20, 2007
  	
  
31
  	
  
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339
  

	
 
  	

4)
  	
  
LIFE INSURANCE coverage is   not provided under this Plan, unless otherwise specified in (a) below.
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
a)
  	
  
o  (Only available if (1)(a)(i), (ii), or   (iv) above is selected.) Subject   to the limits and provisions of Plan Section 4.02, an Active Member may elect   to have part of his Account applied to purchase life insurance coverage on   his life.
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

5)
  	
  
QUALIFYING EMPLOYER   SECURITIES. Investment in Qualifying Employer Securities is not available,   unless otherwise specified in (a) below.
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
 
  	

 
  	
  
a)
  	
  
o  (Only   available if (1)(a)(i), (ii), (iii), or (v) above is selected.) Investment in Qualifying Employer   Securities is allowed.
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
The Member’s Account   resulting from the following Contributions may be invested in Qualifying   Employer Securities: (Select at least   one.)
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
A.
  	
  
o  Elective   Deferral Contributions
  
	
 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
B.
  	
  
o  Employer   Contributions other than Elective Deferral Contributions
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
C.
  	
  
o  Member   Contributions and Rollover Contributions
  
	
 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
ii)
  	
  
Voting rights for   Qualifying Employer Securities will be passed through to Members and the   Members will be allowed to direct the voting rights of Qualifying Employer   Securities for any other matter put to the vote of the shareholders, unless   otherwise specified in A, B, or C below.
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
A.
  	
  
o  The Members will be allowed to   direct the voting rights for Significant Corporate Events only. The Employer   (or the Named Fiduciary or the Investment Manager as designated by the   Employer) will have the voting rights for all other matters, unless otherwise   specified in (1) below.
  
	
 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
  
o  (Only   available if (1)(a)(i) or (ii) above is selected.) The Trustee will have the voting rights for   all other matters.
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
B.
  	
  
o  The Employer (or the Named   Fiduciary or the Investment Manager as designated by the Employer) will have   the voting rights for any matter put to the vote of the shareholders.
  
	
 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
C.
  	
  
o  (Only   available if (1)(a)(i) or (ii) above is selected.) The Trustee will have the voting rights for   any matter put to the vote of the shareholders.
  

	
  
Amend No. 1   Effective February 20, 2007
  	
  
32
  	
  
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339
  

	
 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
iii)
  	
  
Tender rights or exchange   offers for Qualifying Employer Securities will be passed through to the   Members, unless otherwise specified in A or B below.
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
A.
  	
  
o  Tender rights or exchange   offers for Qualifying Employer Securities will be determined by the Employer   (or the Named Fiduciary or the Investment Manager as designated by the   Employer).
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
B.
  	
  
o  (Only   available if (1)(a)(i) or (ii) above is selected.) Tender rights or exchange offers for   Qualifying Employer Securities will be determined by the Trustee.
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
iv)
  	
  
The optional forms of   distribution provided in Plan Section 6.01 or 6A.01, whichever applies, shall   include both a single sum payment and a distribution in kind for that portion   of a Member’s Vested Account which is held in the Qualifying Employer   Securities Fund, unless otherwise specified in A or B below.
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
A.
  	
  
o
  	
  
No distribution in kind is   permitted. 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
B.
  	
  
o
  	
  
No single sum payment is   permitted.
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
V.
  	

VESTING PERCENTAGE is used   to determine the nonforfeitable percentage of a Member’s Account resulting   from our Contributions.
  
	

 
  	

 
  
	

 
  	

The Vesting Percentage for   a Member who is an Employee on or after the date he reaches Normal Retirement   Age or Early Retirement Age shall be 100%. The Vesting Percentage for a   Member who is an Employee on the date he becomes Totally Disabled or dies   shall be 100%.
  
	

 
  	

 
  
	

 
  	

1)
  	
  
FULLY VESTED   CONTRIBUTIONS. Elective Deferral Contributions, Qualified Matching   Contributions, and Qualified Nonelective Contributions are 100% vested. The   following Employer Contribution(s) are also 100% vested at all times. (Select any that apply.)
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
a)
  	
  
o
  	
  
Matching Contributions
  
	
 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
b)
  	
  
o
  	
  
Additional Contributions
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
c)
  	
  
o
  	
  
Discretionary   Contributions
  

	
  Amend No. 1   Effective February 20, 2007
  	
  
33
  	
  
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339
  

	
  
 
  	
  
2)
  	
  
A Member’s Account   resulting from our Contributions which are not 100% vested when made is   subject to the vesting schedule    selected below. (Select (a), (b),   (c), (d), or (e) if some Employer Contributions are not 100% vested. If (e)   is selected, fill in percentages.)
  

	
VESTING SERVICE
  	
  
VESTING   PERCENTAGE
  
	
 
  	

 
  	
   
 	
  
 
  	
   
 	
  
 
  	
   
 	
   
 	
   
 	
   
 	
   
 
	

 
  	
s
 
  	
  
(a)
  	
   
 	
  
(b)
  	
   
 	
  
(c)
  	
   
 	
  
(d)
  	
   
 	
  
(e)
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
o
  	
  
 
  	
  
o
  	
  
 
  	
  
o
  	
   
 	
  
o
  	
   
 	
  
x
  
	
 
  	

 
  	
   
 	
  
 
  	
   
 	
  
 
  	
   
 	
   
 	
   
 	
   
 	
   
 
	
  
Less   than 1
  	

 
  	
  
0
  	
  
 
  	
  
0
  	
   
 	
  
0
  	
   
 	
  
0
  	
   
 	
  
0
  
	
  
 
  	

 
  	
   
 	
  
 
  	
   
 	
   
 	
   
 	
   
 	
   
 	
   
 	
  

  
	
  1
  	

 
  	
  
0
  	
  
 
  	
  
0
  	
   
 	
  
0
  	
   
 	
  
0
  	
   
 	
  
20
  
	
  
 
  	

 
  	
   
 	
  
 
  	
   
 	
   
 	
   
 	
   
 	
   
 	
   
 	
  

  
	
  
2
  	

 
  	
  
0
  	
  
 
  	
  
20
  	
   
 	
  
0
  	
   
 	
  
0
  	
   
 	
  
40
  
	
   
  	

 
  	
   
 	
  
 
  	
   
 	
   
 	
   
 	
   
 	
   
 	
   
 	
  

  
	
  
3
  	

 
  	
  
100
  	
  
 
  	
  
40
  	
   
 	
  
0
  	
   
 	
  
20
  	
   
 	
  
60
  
	
  
 
  	

 
  	
   
 	
  
 
  	
   
 	
   
 	
   
 	
   
 	
   
 	
   
 	
  

  
	
  4
  	

 
  	
   
 	
  
 
  	
  
60
  	
   
 	
  
0
  	
   
 	
  
40
  	
   
 	
  
80
  
	
  
 
  	

 
  	
   
 	
  
 
  	
   
 	
   
 	
   
 	
   
 	
   
 	
   
 	
  

  
	
  
5
  	

 
  	
   
 	
  
 
  	
  
80
  	
   
 	
  
100
  	
   
 	
  
60
  	
   
 	
  
100
  
	
   
  	

 
  	
   
 	
  
 
  	
   
 	
   
 	
   
 	
   
 	
   
 	
   
 	
  

  
	
  
6
  	

 
  	
   
 	
  
 
  	
  
100
  	
   
 	
   
 	
   
 	
  
80
  	
   
 	
   
 
	
  
 
  	

 
  	
   
 	
  
 
  	
   
 	
   
 	
   
 	
   
 	
   
 	
   
 	
   
 
	
  7
  	

 
  	
   
 	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
100
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  

	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
NOTE:   The schedule in (e) must provide full (100%) vesting after 5 years of Vesting   Service or must at all times be as great as the Vesting Percentage which the   schedule in (d) would provide.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
A Member’s Vesting   Percentage determined above shall never be reduced in later years. If this   Plan is or ever has been a Top-heavy Plan, the minimum vesting provisions of   Plan Section 11.03 shall apply.
  

	
  
 
  	
  
3)
  	
  
TOP-HEAVY VESTING. A Member’s Account
resulting from additional Employer Contributions made to satisfy the minimum
contribution requirements of Plan Section 11.04 shall be subject to the vesting
schedule selected below. (Select (a), (b), or (c) if the Plan is not a 401(k) SIMPLE Plan and does not allow any Employer Contributions other than
Elective Deferral Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions, and Qualified
Nonelective Contributions.)
 

	

VESTING   SERVICE
  	

 
  	
  
VESTING   PERCENTAGE
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
  
(a)
  	
   
 	
  
(b)
  	
   
 	
  
(c)
  
	
 
  	

 
  	
  
o
  	
  
 
  	
  
o
  	
  
 
  	
  
o
  
	

 
  	

 
  	
   
 	
  
 
  	
   
 	
  
 
  	
   
 
	

Less   than 1
  	
 
 	
  
0
  	
   
 	
  
0
  	
   
 	
  
100
  
	

1
  	
 
 	
  
0
  	
   
 	
  
0
  	
   
 	
   
 
	
2
  	
 
 	
  
20
  	
   
 	
  
0
  	
   
 	
   
 
	

3
  	
 
 	
  
40
  	
   
 	
  
100
  	
   
 	
   
 
	

4
  	
 
 	
  
60
  	
   
 	
   
 	
   
 	
   
 
	

5
  	
 
 	
  
80
  	
   
 	
   
 	
   
 	
   
 
	
6
  	
 
 	
  100
  	
   
 	
   
 	
   
 	
   
 

	
  Amend No. 1   Effective February 20, 2007
  	
  34
  	
  Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339
  

	
  
W.
  	
  
VESTING SERVICE, subject   to the provisions of Plan Section 1.02, shall be determined as follows: (Select (1) or (2) if some Employer Contributions   are not 100% vested, if Item V(3)(a) or (b) is completed, or if Early   Retirement Age is based on Vesting Service.)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
  
o     ELAPSED TIME   METHOD. Vesting Service is the total of an Employee’s countable Periods of   Service without regard to Hours of Service.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
2)
  	
  
x     HOURS METHOD.   A year of Vesting Service is a Vesting Service Period in which an Employee   has at least 1,000 Hours of Service, unless otherwise specified in (a) below.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
a)
  	
  
o
  	
  
_______________     (Up   to 999.) Hours of   Service.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
b)
  	
  
A VESTING SERVICE PERIOD   is the consecutive 12-month period ending on the last day of each Plan Year,   unless otherwise specified in (i) or (ii) below.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
o     The consecutive 12-month period ending on
each _______________________ (Month and day.)
 
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
ii)
  	
  
o     (Vesting Service Period   changes.) The consecutive   12-month period ending on
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
A.
  	
  
each   __________________________________________ through
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
B.
  	
  
_____________________________________________________ and
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
C.
  	
  
each following _______________________________________________________ (Complete A using
month and day, B using the same month and day as in A and the calendar
year in which the last day of the last period ending on this date falls, and
C using the month and day on which the new period ends.)
 
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
c)
  	
  
A VESTING BREAK, when the   hours method is used, is a Vesting Service Period in which an Employee is   credited with not more than one-half of the Hours of Service required for a   year of Vesting Service, unless otherwise specified in (i) below.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
o     ______________________________or fewer   Hours of Service. (Fill in up to 500 hours   but less than hours required for a year of Vesting Service.)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

NOTE: If   the hours method is used, any date completed in (3), (4), or (5) below should   be the first day of a Vesting Service Period. If the first day of such period   is not used, service during the period in which the date occurs shall not be   excluded because of these modifications. If both (3) and (5) are selected,   the date in (5) must be before the date in (3). (3) and (5) cannot be used   with (4). If the hours method is used and (6) is selected, service during the   period in which the Employee attains the age completed in (6) shall not be   excluded because of that modification.
  

	
  Amend No. 1   Effective February 20, 2007
  	
  
35
  	
  
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339
  

	
  
VESTING MODIFICATIONS:
  
	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
3)
  	
  
x      Service   before January 1, 1995 is the total of an Employee’s countable service with   us, expressed in whole years and fractional parts of a year (counting a   partial month as a complete month).
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
NOTE: If   selected, fill in a date on or before the date the Plan became subject to   ERISA. A new plan becomes subject to ERISA on its Effective Date.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
4)
  	
  
o     Service   before _______________________________________________________ shall be   determined under the provisions of the (Prior) Plan in effect on the day   before that date.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
NOTE: If   selected, fill in a date after the Effective Date.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
5)
  	
  
o     Service   before _______________________________________________________ shall not be   counted.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
NOTE: If   selected, fill in a date on or before the date the Plan became subject to   ERISA. A new plan becomes subject to ERISA on its Effective Date.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
6)
  	
  
o     Service   before an Employee attains age _____________________   (Up to   18.) shall not be counted.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
X.
  	
  
EQUIVALENCIES. Hours of   Service shall be determined on the basis of actual Hours of Service for which   an Employee is paid or entitled to payment, unless otherwise specified in   (1), (2), or (3) below.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
  
o     DAYS. On the   basis of days worked. An Employee shall be credited with 10 Hours of Service   for each day in which he would otherwise be credited with at least one Hour   of Service.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
2)
  	
  
o     WEEKS. On the   basis of weeks worked. An Employee shall be credited with 45 Hours of Service   for each week in which he would otherwise be credited with at least one Hour   of Service.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
3)
  	
  
o     MONTHS. On   the basis of months worked. An Employee shall be credited with 190 Hours of   Service for each month in which he would otherwise be credited with at least   one Hour of Service.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
NOTE: If   selected, the equivalency shall be used for all Employees.
  

	
  
Amend No. 1   Effective February 20, 2007
  	
  
36
  	
  
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339
  

	
  
Y. 
  	
  
WITHDRAWAL BENEFITS.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
  
VOLUNTARY. A Member may   withdraw any part of his Vested Account resulting from Voluntary   Contributions.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
A Member may make only two   such withdrawals in any 12-month period, unless otherwise specified in (a) or   (b) below.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
a)
  	
  
o     A Member may   make such a withdrawal at any time.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
b)
  	
  
o     A Member may   make only _____________________  such   withdrawal(s) in any 12-month period.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
2)
  	
  
ROLLOVER. A Member may   withdraw any part of his Vested Account resulting from Rollover   Contributions.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
A Member may make only two   such withdrawals in any 12-month period, unless otherwise specified in (a) or   (b) below.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
a)
  	
  
o     A Member may   make such a withdrawal at any time.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
b)
  	
  
o     A Member may   make only _____________________  such   withdrawal(s) in any 12-month period.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
3)
  	
  
x     401(k)   HARDSHIP. Unless otherwise specified in (a) below, a Member may withdraw any   part of his Vested Account resulting from Elective Deferral Contributions,   Matching Contributions (other than Qualified Matching Contributions),   Additional Contributions, and Discretionary Contributions in the event of   undue financial hardship. Withdrawals from the Member’s Account resulting   from Elective Deferral Contributions shall be limited to the amount of the   Member’s Elective Deferral Contributions (and earnings thereon accrued as of   December 31, 1988). The withdrawal is subject to the provisions of Plan   Section 5.05.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
a)
  	
  
o     Such   withdrawal shall be limited to the amount of the Member’s Elective Deferral   Contributions (and earnings thereon accrued as of December 31, 1988).
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
4)
  	
  
x     AGE 59 1/2. A   Member may withdraw any part of his Vested Account resulting from Elective   Deferral Contributions, Matching Contributions, Qualified Nonelective   Contributions, Additional Contributions, and Discretionary Contributions any   time after he attains age 59 1/2.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
A Member may make only two   such withdrawals in any 12-month period, unless otherwise specified in (a) or   (b) below.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
a)
  	
  
x     A Member may   make such a withdrawal at any time.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
b)
  	
  
o     A Member may   make only _____________________  such   withdrawal(s) in any 12-month period.
  

	
  
Amend No. 1   Effective February 20, 2007
  	
  
37
  	
  
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339
  

 

	
   
  	
  
5)
  	
  
o     FIVE YEARS AS   AN ACTIVE MEMBER. A Member may withdraw any part of his Vested Account   resulting from Matching Contributions (other   than Qualified Matching Contributions), Additional Contributions,   and Discretionary Contributions at any time after he has been an Active   Member for at least five years.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
NOTE: A   Member’s earliest Entry Date shall be used to determine his eligibility for   such a withdrawal.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
A Member may make only two   such withdrawals in any 12-month period, unless otherwise specified in (a) or   (b) below.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
a)
  	
  
o     A Member may   make such a withdrawal at any time.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
b)
  	
  
o     A Member may   make only _____________________  such   withdrawal(s) in any 12-month period.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
NOTE:   Withdrawals are subject to the distribution of benefits provisions of Article   VI or VIA of the Basic Plan, whichever applies.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  Z.
  	
  
RETIREMENT AND THE START   OF BENEFITS.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
  
NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE is   the age at which the Member’s Account shall become nonforfeitable if he is an   Employee. A Member’s Normal Retirement Age is age 65, unless otherwise   specified in (a) or (b) below.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
a)
  	
  
o     Age ________________. (Less than 65.)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
b)
  	
  
o     The older of age  _______________________   (Up to   65.) or his age on the (Select   (i) or (ii).)
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
o     date  ____________________  (Up to   5.) years after the first day of the Plan Year in which his   earliest Entry Date occurred.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
ii)
  	
  
o     earlier of   the date _________________________(Up to   5.) years after his Hire Date or the date 5 years after the first   day of the Plan Year in which his earliest Entry Date occurred.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
The provisions of (b) are   modified as follows:
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
c)
  	
  
o     A Member’s Normal Retirement Age shall
not be older than age _____________________. (Up to 70.)
 
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
2)
  	
  
START OF RETIREMENT   BENEFITS. A Member may choose to have retirement benefits begin on or after   his Normal Retirement Date and before he ceases to be an Employee, unless   otherwise specified in (a) below.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
a)
  	
  
o     A Member may   not choose to have retirement benefits begin before he ceases to be an   Employee.
  

	
  
Amend No. 1   Effective February 20, 2007
  	
  
38
  	
  
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339
  

	
  
 
  	
  
3)
  	
  
EARLY RETIREMENT DATE. (Select (a) or (b).)
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
a)
  	
  
x     Early   Retirement Date is the first day of the month before a Member’s Normal   Retirement Date which he selects for the start of retirement benefits. This   day shall be on or after the date the Member ceases to be an Employee and   reaches Early Retirement Age. A Member reaches Early Retirement Age on the   date the following requirement(s) are met: (Select   at least one. A Member’s Account is 100% vested if he is an Employee on or   after he reaches this age.)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
x     He is   age  55.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
ii)
  	
  
x     He has  5 years of Vesting Service.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
iii)
  	
  
o     He is within ____________ years of Normal
Retirement Date.
 
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
iv)
  	
  
o     He has been an Active Member ____________ years based on
his earliest Entry Date.
 
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
b)
  	
  
o     Early   retirement is not permitted.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
4)
  	
  
VESTED BENEFIT   MODIFICATIONS. Plan Section 5.03 permits an Inactive Member to elect to start   benefits after he ceases to be an Employee. The start of benefits is modified   as follows: (Select (a) or (b), if   applicable.)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
a)
  	
  
o     An Inactive   Member cannot elect to receive benefit payments from that part of his Vested   Account resulting from Elective Deferral Contributions, Matching   Contributions, Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Additional Contributions,   and Discretionary Contributions before he becomes Totally Disabled   (Retirement Date or death, if earlier). A small Vested Account, as defined in   Plan Section 10.11, shall be paid earlier in a single sum. (Select (i), if applicable.)
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
o     Such   restriction shall not apply to that part of an Inactive Member’s Vested   Account resulting from Elective Deferral Contributions.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
b)
  	
  
o     An Inactive   Member cannot elect to receive benefit payments from that part of his Vested   Account resulting from Elective Deferral Contributions, Matching   Contributions, Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Additional Contributions,   and Discretionary Contributions before he has ceased to be an Employee for a   period of time (Retirement Date or death, if earlier). Payment of a small Vested   Account, as defined in Plan Section 10.11, shall also be delayed. (Select (i), if applicable.)
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
o     Such   restriction shall not apply to that part of an Inactive Member’s Vested   Account resulting from Elective Deferral Contributions.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
The period of time is (Select (ii) or (iii).)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
ii)
  	
  
o     _________________________   months. (Up to 60.)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
iii)
  	
  
o     ________________________   years. (Up to 5.)
  

	
  
Amend No. 1   Effective February 20, 2007
  	
  
39
  	
  
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339
  

	
  
 
  	
  
5) 
  	
  
The REQUIRED BEGINNING   DATE for a Member who is a 5-percent Owner, as defined in Plan Section 7.02,   is the April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which he   attains age 70 1/2.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
The Required Beginning   Date for any Member who is not a 5-percent Owner, as defined in Plan Section   7.02, is the April 1 of the calendar year following the later of the calendar   year in which he attains age 70 1/2 or the calendar year in which he retires,   unless otherwise specified in (a) below.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
a)
  	
  
o     LATER OF AGE   70 1/2 OR RETIRE FOR BENEFITS ACCRUED AFTER DATE. The Required Beginning Date   is the April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which he   attains age 70 1/2, except that the Required Beginning Date for benefits   accrued after the later of the adoption or effective date of the amendment to   the Plan changing the Required Beginning Date is the April 1 of the calendar   year following the later of the calendar year in which he attains age 70 1/2   or the calendar year in which he retires.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
If (5)(a) is not selected   and the Plan previously provided for a Required Beginning Date based on age   70 1/2 for all Members, the following shall apply to any Member who is not a   5-percent Owner, as defined in Plan Section 7.02.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
b)
  	
  
Any such Member attaining   age 70 1/2 in years after 1995 may elect by April 1 of the calendar year   following the calendar year in which he attained age 70 1/2 (or by December   31, 1997 in the case of a Member attaining age 70 1/2 in 1996) to defer   distributions until the calendar year following the calendar year in which he   retires, unless otherwise specified in (i) below.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
o     NO DEFERRAL. (Only available if (5)(a) above is not selected.) The   Member shall begin receiving distributions by the April 1 of the calendar   year following the year in which he attained age 70 1/2 (or by December 31,   1997 in the case of a Member attaining age 70 1/2 in 1996).
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
c)
  	
  
Any such Member attaining   age 70 1/2 in years prior to 1997 may elect to stop distributions which are   not purchased annuities and recommence by the April 1 of the calendar year   following the year in which he retires, unless otherwise specified in (i)   below.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
o     NO STOPPING. (Only available if (5)(a) above is not selected.) The   Member may not elect to stop distributions.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
If the Member is permitted   to stop distributions, there shall be a new Annuity Starting Date upon   recommencement, unless otherwise specified in (ii) below.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
ii)
  	
  
o     NO NEW   ANNUITY STARTING DATE. (Only available if   (5)(a) and (5)(c)(i) above are not selected.) There shall be no   new Annuity Starting Date.
  

	
  
Amend No. 1   Effective February 20, 2007
  	
  
40
  	
  
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339
  

	
  
 
  	
  
6)
  	
  
AUTOMATIC ROLLOVER OF   SMALL AMOUNTS PAYMENT. If any part of a distribution made under Plan Section   10.11 is an Eligible Rollover Distribution which is equal to or more than   $1,000 and for which the Distributee has not elected otherwise, such Eligible   Rollover Distribution shall be rolled over to an Individual Retirement   Account (IRA) with an affiliate of Principal Life Insurance Company, unless   otherwise specified in (a) below. (See   Plan Section 10.02.)
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
a)
  	
  
o     Such Eligible   Rollover Distribution shall be paid to the Distributee.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
AA.
  	
  
FORMS OF DISTRIBUTION FOR   RETIREMENT BENEFITS.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
  
OPTIONS. The options   available under the Plan shall be those specified in Plan Section 6.02   (includes life annuities) unless otherwise specified in (a) below.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
NOTE: If   this Plan is a direct or indirect transferee after December 31, 1984, of a   defined benefit plan, money purchase plan, target benefit plan, stock bonus   plan, or profit sharing plan which is subject to the survivor annuity   requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(11) and 417, (a) below cannot be   selected.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
a)
  	
  
o     The options   available under the Plan shall be those specified in subparagraph (a)(2) of   Plan Section 6A.02 (does not include life annuities or full flexibility   option), unless otherwise specified in (i) below.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
o     The only   options available under the Plan shall be the options specified in   subparagraph (a)(1) of Plan Section 6A.02 (single sum payment and   distribution in kind).
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
NOTE: If   the Plan later becomes a direct or indirect transferee of a defined benefit   plan, money purchase plan, target benefit plan, stock bonus plan, or profit   sharing plan which is subject to the survivor annuity requirements of Code   Sections 401(a)(11) and 417, then the options available under the Plan shall   be those specified in Plan Section 6.02 and the selections in (1) above shall   be void.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
2)
  	
  
The options specified in   Plan Section 6.02 (includes life annuities) may be modified as provided   below. (Select any that apply.)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
a)
  	
  
o     NO FULL   FLEXIBILITY OPTION. (Only available if   (1)(a) above is not selected.) The full flexibility option shall   not be available.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
b)
  	
  
o     SINGLE SUM   LIMITED. (Only available if (1)(a) above   is not selected; Item U(1)(a)(v) is not selected; Item U(5)(a) is not   selected; and Items Y(3), (4), and (5) are not selected.) A Member   may not receive a single sum payment of that part of his Vested Account   resulting from Elective Deferral Contributions, Matching Contributions,   Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Additional Contributions, and   Discretionary Contributions (Select (i) or   (ii).)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
o     at any time.
  

	
  
Amend No. 1   Effective February 20, 2007
  	
  
41
  	
  
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339
  

	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
ii)
  	
  
o     before his   Retirement Date or the date he becomes Totally Disabled, if earlier.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
If (2)(a) is not selected,   the full flexibility option shall not be available for that part of a   Member’s Vested Account which he cannot receive in a single sum.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
NOTE: A   small Vested Account, as defined in Plan Section 10.11, shall be paid in a   single sum.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
3)
  	
  
If the Plan is being   amended to eliminate or restrict an optional form of distribution and the   Plan provides a single sum distribution form that is otherwise identical to   the optional form of distribution eliminated or restricted, the amendment   shall not apply to any distribution with an Annuity Starting Date earlier   than the first day of the second Plan Year following the Plan Year in which   the amendment is, adopted, unless otherwise specified in (a) below.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
a)
  	
  
o     90 DAYS AFTER   SUMMARY. The amendment shall not apply to any distribution with an Annuity   Starting Date earlier than the earlier of (i) the 90th day after the date the   Member receiving the distribution has been furnished a summary that reflects   the amendment and satisfies the ERISA requirements at 29 CFR 2520.104b-3   relating to a summary of material modifications or (ii) the first day of the   second Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the amendment is adopted.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
AB.
  	
  
ADOPTING EMPLOYERS. (Identify Adopting Employers below.)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
NOTE:   The Plan must meet the minimum coverage requirement of Code Section 410(b)   taking into account all employees of Controlled Groups and Affiliated Service   Groups. If you are a member of such a group, other employers in the group may   need to adopt this Plan in order for your Plan to meet this requirement. Some   employers of the group may also choose to adopt this Plan even though not   required. Use this item to identify the other employers in the group whose   employees may become Members.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
  
There are no Adopting   Employers, unless otherwise specified in (a) below.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
a)
  	
  
x     The Adopting   Employers listed in (3) below establish a separate plan for the benefit of   their Employees or participate with us in a single plan, as specified.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
2)
  	
  
Separate Plans or Single   Plan.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
a)
  	
  
SEPARATE PLANS. Adopting   Employers may establish a separate plan for the exclusive benefit of their   Employees. The establishment of an Adopting Employer’s separate plan shall be   evidenced in writing according to the provisions of Plan Section 2.04.
  

	
  
Amend No. 1   Effective February 20, 2007
  	
  
42
  	
  
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339
  

	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
NOTE: A separate plan should not be
established unless (i) each plan can meet the minimum coverage requirement of
Code Section 410(b) separately or (ii) the combined plans can meet the minimum
coverage requirement of Code Section 410(b) and the nondiscrimination
requirement of Code Section 401(a)(4). The combined plans may not meet the
requirement of Code Section 401(a)(4) if the plans provide for a discretionary
Matching Contribution or Discretionary Contribution which is determined
separately for each Adopting Employer.
 
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
b)
  	
  
SINGLE PLAN. Adopting   Employers may participate with us in a single plan. An Adopting Employer’s   agreement to participate in this Plan shall be evidenced in writing   according to the provisions of Plan Section 2.05.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
NOTE:   The provisions of Plan Section 10.03 shall apply in the case of the merger of   this Plan with any Prior Plan of an Adopting Employer participating with us   in a single plan.
  

	
  Amend No. 1   Effective February 20, 2007
  	
  
43
  	
  
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339
  

 

	
  
Amend No. 1   Effective February 20, 2007
  	
  
44
  	
  
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339
  

	
  
 
  	
  
3)
  	
  
The Adopting Employers   are:
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
a)
  	
  
Name
  	
  
Executive House
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
Address
  	
  
207 Wells Ave. S.
Renton, WA 98057-0000
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
________________________________________________________________________
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
________________________________________________________________________
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
________________________________________________________________________
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
Phone No.
  	
  
(425) 687-4600
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
Date of Adoption or   Participation     January 1, 2007
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
Executed  ________________________________________________________________________________
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
By ________________________________________________________________________

  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
(Signature)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
Business Title
  	
  
________________________________________________________________________
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
Separate Plans or Single   Plan
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
o     Separate   Plans
  	
  
 
  	
  
x     Single Plan
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
    ii)
  	
  
Complete   A, B, and C below if Separate Plans.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
     
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
     
  	
  
A.
  	
  
EIN    ___________________________________________________
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
     
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
     
  	
  
B.
  	
  
Plan No.  _____________________________
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
     
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
     
  	
  
C.
  	
  
Fiscal Year End  _________________________________________
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
     
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
     
  	
  
(Month and day.)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
     
  	
   
 
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
    iii)
  	
  
Complete   A below if this Adopting Employer had a Prior Plan.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
     
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
     
  	
  
A.
  	
  
Date Prior Plan   established    _________________________________
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
     
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
    iv)
  	
  
Complete   A below, if applicable.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
     
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
A.
  	
  
This Adopting Employer has   waived the entry requirements selected below for its Employees who are   Eligible Employees on the date specified. (Your   selections in Item L(5) apply only to the primary Employer in Item B.)
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
    o     Age
  	
  
    x     Service
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
Date        January 1, 2007
  

	
  
Amend No. 1   Effective February 20, 2007
  	
  
45
  	
  
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339
  

 

	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
b)
  	
  
Name
  	
  
First Financial   Diversified
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
Address
  	
  
208 Williams Ave. S.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
Renton, WA 98057-0000
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
________________________________________________________________________
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
________________________________________________________________________
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
________________________________________________________________________
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
Phone No.  
  	
  
(425) 255-4466
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
Date of Adoption or   Participation      January 1, 2007
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
Executed    ________________________________________________________________________________
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
By ________________________________________________________________________

  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
(Signature)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
   
 
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
Business Title
  	
  
________________________________________________________________________
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
Separate Plans or Single   Plan
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
o     Separate   Plans
  	
  
 
  	
  
x     Single Plan
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
    ii)
  	
  
Complete   A, B, and C below if Separate Plans.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
     
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
     
  	
  
A.
  	
  
EIN ___________________________________________________

  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
     
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
     
  	
  
B.
  	
  
Plan No.  _____________________________
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
     
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
     
  	
  
C.
  	
  
Fiscal Year End  _________________________________________
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
     
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
     
  	
  
(Month and day.)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
     
  	
   
 
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
    iii)
  	
  
Complete   A below if this Adopting Employer had a Prior Plan.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
     
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
     
  	
  
A.
  	
  
Date Prior Plan   established    _________________________________
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
     
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
    iv)
  	
  
Complete   A below, if applicable.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
A.
  	
  
This Adopting Employer has   waived the entry requirements selected below for its Employees who are   Eligible Employees on the date specified. (Your   selections in Item L(5) apply only to the primary Employer in Item B.)
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
o     Age
  	
  
x     Service
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
Date     January   1, 2007
  

	
  
Amend No. 1   Effective February 20, 2007
  	
  
46
  	
  
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339
  

By executing this Adoption Agreement, we, the Employer, adopt the “Principal Financial Group Prototype for Savings Plans” for the exclusive benefit of our Employees. Our selections and specifications contained in this Adoption Agreement and the terms, provisions, and conditions provided in the Principal Financial Group Prototype Basic Savings Plan constitute our PLAN. No other basic plan may be used with this Adoption Agreement.

It is understood that Principal Life Insurance Company is not a party to our Plan and shall not be responsible for any tax or legal aspects of our Plan. We assume responsibility for these matters. We acknowledge that we have counseled, to the extent necessary, with selected legal and tax advisors. The obligations of Principal Life Insurance Company shall be governed solely by the provisions of its contracts and policies. Principal Life Insurance Company shall not be required to look into any action taken by the Plan Administrator, Named Fiduciary, Trustee, Investment Manager, or us and shall be fully protected in taking, permitting, or omitting any action on the basis of our actions. Principal Life Insurance Company shall incur no liability or responsibility for carrying out actions as directed by the Plan Administrator, Named Fiduciary, Trustee, Investment Manager, or us.

(Complete in black ink.)

This Adoption Agreement is executed  _______________________________________________________________________

FOR THE EMPLOYER  

By my signature, I certify that I have reviewed the terms of and the Items selected within this Adoption Agreement. If the Plan has a Trust Agreement in effect, I hereby certify that a copy of this Plan document shall be provided to each Trustee and proper signatures will be obtained on the appropriate attachment to the Basic Plan.

o     (Only available if Item U(1)(a)(i) is selected.) By my signature, I hereby direct the Trustee under the Discretionary Trust Agreement to enter into the Principal Financial Group Electronic LinkageSM Group Custodial Agreement.

o     (Only available if Item U(1)(a)(v) is selected.) By my signature, I hereby direct Delaware Charter Guarantee & Trust Company, conducting business under the trade name of Principal Trust Company, to enter into the Principal Financial Group Electronic LinkageSM Group Custodial Agreement.

o     (Only available if Item U(1)(a)(v) is selected.) By my signature, I hereby direct Delaware Charter Guarantee & Trust Company, conducting business under the trade name of Principal Trust Company, to enter into the Principal Self-directed Brokerage Account.SM

By     __________________________________________________________________________________________________

(Signature)

Business Title     _________________________________________________________________________________________

o     By my signature above, I hereby execute this Adoption Agreement on behalf of each Adopting Employer identified in Item AB.

ACKNOWLEDGMENT BY THE NAMED FIDUCIARY (Complete if other than the Employer.)

By     __________________________________________________________________________________________________

(Signature)

	
  
Amend No. 1   Effective February 20, 2007
  	
  
47
  	
  
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339
  

This Plan is an important legal document. It may not fit your situation. You will want to consult with your lawyer on whether it does fit your situation and on its tax and legal implications, for which neither Principal Life Insurance Company, nor its agents, can assume responsibility.

Failure to properly fill out this Adoption Agreement may result in disqualification of this Plan. Principal Life Insurance Company will inform you of any amendments made to the Plan or of the abandonment of the Plan. The address of Principal Life Insurance Company is 711 High Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50392-0001. When you first adopt the prototype, Principal Life will assign a contact person and give you a toll-free number. If you have not been assigned a contact person, call 1-800-543-4015, extension 88126, for assistance.

You may rely on an opinion letter issued by the Internal Revenue Service as evidence that this Plan is qualified under Code Section 401 only to the extent provided in Announcement 2001-77, 2001-30 I.R.B.

You may not rely on the opinion letter in certain other circumstances or with respect to certain qualification requirements, which are specified in the opinion letter issued with respect to the Plan and in Announcement 2001-77.

In order to have reliance in such circumstances or with respect to such qualification requirements, application for a determination letter must be made to Employee Plans Determinations of the Internal Revenue Service.

	
  
Amend No. 1   Effective February 20, 2007
  	
  
48
  	
  
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339
  

Item S(3)(a): The method used to limit Annual Additions to the Maximum Permissible Amount:

Item S(4): For Limitation Years beginning before January 1, 2000, the method used to satisfy the 1.0 limitation of Code Section 415:

Item S(6): The method used to meet the minimum contribution and benefit requirements in Plan Years when this is a Top-heavy Plan:

	
  
Amend No. 1   Effective February 20, 2007
  	
   
 	
  
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339
  

PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL GROUP
 PROTOTYPE

BASIC SAVINGS PLAN

Basic Plan No.: 02
 To be used with
 Adoption Agreement Plan Nos.: 001 - 002

Approved: July 22, 2003

	  
	 
	  

	  
	  
	  

	  
	 Principal Life
	  

	  
	 Insurance Company
	  

	  
	 Des Moines, Iowa 50392-0001
	  

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	 INTRODUCTION

	  

	
  
ARTICLE I - FORMAT AND DEFINITIONS
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 1.01 - Format 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 1.02 - Definitions
  
	
  
 
  
	
  
ARTICLE II - PARTICIPATION
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 2.01 - Active Member
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 2.02 - Inactive Member
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 2.03 - Cessation of Participation
  
	
   
  	
  
Section 2.04 - Adopting Employers - Separate   Plans 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 2.05 - Adopting Employers - Single Plan
  
	
  
 
  
	
  
ARTICLE III - CONTRIBUTIONS
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 3.01 - Employer Contributions
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 3.02 - Voluntary Contributions by Members
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 3.03 - Rollover Contributions 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 3.04 - Forfeitures
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 3.05 - Allocation
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 3.06 - Contribution Limitation 
  
	
   
  	
  
Section 3.07 - Excess Amounts
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 3.08 - 401 k) Safe Harbor Provisions 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 3.09 - 401(k) SIMPLE Provisions
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
ARTICLE IV - INVESTMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONSM
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 4.01 - Investment and Timing of   Contributions
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 4.01A - Investment in Qualifying Employer   Securities
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 4.02 - Purchase of Insurance Section 4.03   - Transfer of Ownership 
  
	  
	 Section 4.03 - Transfer of Ownership 

	
  
 
  	
  
Section 4.04 - Termination of Insurance
  
	
   
  
	
  
ARTICLE V - BENEFITS
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 5.01 - Retirement Benefits 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 5.02 - Death Benefits 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 5.03 - Vested Benefits 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 5.04 - When Benefits Start 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 5.05 - Withdrawal Benefits 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 5.06 - Loans to Members
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 5.07 - Distributions Under Qualified   Domestic Relations Orders
  

i

	
  
ARTICLE VI - DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS FOR PLANS   WHICH PROVIDE FOR LIFE ANNUITIES
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 6.01 - Automatic Forms of   Distribution  
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 6.02 - Optional Forms of Distribution 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 6.03 - Election Procedures
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 6.04 - Notice Requirements
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 6.05 - Transitional Rules
  
	
  
 
  
	
  
ARTICLE VIA - DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS FOR PLANS   WHICH DO NOT PROVIDE FOR LIFE ANNUITIES
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
Section 6A.01 - Automatic Forms of Distribution 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 6A.02 - Optional Forms of Distribution 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 6A.03 - Election Procedures
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 6A.04 - Notice Requirements
  
	
  
 
  
	
  
ARTICLE VII - DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 7.01 - Application
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 7.02 - Definitions
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 7.03 - Distribution Requirements 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 7.04 - Transitional Rules
  
	
   
  
	
  
ARTICLE VIII - TERMINATION OF THE PLAN
  
	  

	 ARTICLE IX - ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 9.01 - Administration
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 9.02 - Expenses
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 9.03 - Records
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 9.04 - Information Available
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 9.05 - Claim and Appeal Procedures
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 9.06 - Delegation of Authority
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 9.07 - Exercise of Discretionary   Authority
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 9.08 - Transaction Processing
  
	
   
  	
  
Section 9.09 - Voting and Tender of Qualifying   Employer Securities 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 9.10 - Voting and Tender of Self-directed   Brokerage Accounts
  
	
  
 
  
	
  
ARTICLE X - GENERAL PROVISIONS
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 10.01 - Amendments
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 10.02 - Direct Rollovers
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 10.03 - Mergers and Direct Transfers
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 10.04 - Provisions Relating to the   Insurer and Other Parties 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 10.05 - Employment Status
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 10.06 - Rights to Plan Assets
  
	
   
  	
  
Section 10.07 - Beneficiary
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 10.08 - Nonalienation of Benefits
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 10.09 - Construction
  

ii

	
  
 
  	
  
Section 10.10 - Legal Actions
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 10.11 - Small Amounts 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 10.12 - Word Usage
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 10.13 - Change in Service Method
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 10.14 - Military Service
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 10.15 - Qualification of Plan
  
	
   
  
	
  
ARTICLE XI - TOP-HEAVY PLAN REQUIREMENTS
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 11.01 - Application
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 11.02 - Definitions
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 11.03 - Modification of Vesting   Requirements 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 11.04 - Modification of Contributions
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Section 11.05 - Modification of Contribution   Limitation
  
	
  
 
  
	
  
ATTACHMENTS
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Attachment A - Discretionary Trust Agreement
  
	
   
  	
  
Attachment B - Corporate Directed Trust Agreement
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Attachment C - Corporate Custodial Trust   Agreement
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Attachment D - Passive Trust Agreement
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Attachment E - Principal Trust Company Directed   Trust Agreement
  

iii

INTRODUCTION

The provisions of this Plan apply as of the Effective Date or such later date as may be specified in Item A of the Adoption Agreement, except as provided in any attached addendums.

ARTICLE I
 FORMAT AND DEFINITIONS 

SECTION 1.01 - FORMAT.

Our retirement plan is set out in this document, the attached Adoption Agreement which we signed, and any amendments to these documents. If our Adoption Agreement indicates that a Trust Agreement has been set up, our retirement plan also includes the attached Trust Agreement(s) that we selected, and any amendments to these agreements.

Words and phrases defined in Section 1.02 shall have that defined meaning when used in this Plan, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. These words and phrases have initial capital letters to aid in identifying them as defined terms. References to “Section” are references to parts of this document; references to “Item” are references to parts of the Adoption Agreement.

Some of the defined terms and phrases in Section 1.02 and some of the provisions contained in the following articles do not apply to our Plan and shall not be used in our Plan. The provisions of the attached Adoption Agreement shall determine whether or not the terms and provisions apply.

SECTION 1.02 - DEFINITIONS.

Account means, for a Member, his share of the Plan Fund. Separate accounting records shall be kept for those parts of the Member’s Account resulting from the following:

	
  
a)
  	
  
Required Contributions.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
b)
  	
  
Nondeductible Voluntary Contributions.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
c)
  	
  
Deductible Voluntary Contributions.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
d)
  	
  
Rollover Contributions.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  
	
  
e)
  	
  
Elective Deferral Contributions.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
f)
  	
  
Qualified Matching Contributions.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
g)
  	
  
Matching Contributions that are not Qualified   Matching Contributions.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
h)
  	
  
Qualified Nonelective Contributions.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
i)
  	
  
All other Employer Contributions.
  

If the Member’s Vesting Percentage is less than 100% as to any of these Contributions, a separate accounting record will be kept for any part of his Account resulting from such Contributions and, if there has been a prior Forfeiture Date, from such Contributions made before a prior Forfeiture Date.

1

A Member’s Account shall be reduced by any distribution of his Account and by any Forfeitures. The Member’s Account shall participate in the earnings credited, expenses charged, and any appreciation or depreciation of the Investment Fund. His Account is subject to any minimum guarantees or other interest crediting applicable under the Annuity Contract or other investment arrangement and to any expenses associated therewith.

Accrual Service Period means the period defined in Item R(3).

ACP Test means the nondiscrimination test described in Code Section 401 (m)(2) as provided for in subparagraph (d) of Section 3.07.

ACP Test Safe Harbor means the method described in subparagraph (c) of Section 3.08 for satisfying the ACP Test with respect to Matching Contributions.

Active Member means an Eligible Employee who is actively participating in the Plan according to the provisions of Section 2.01.

Additional Contributions means additional Employer Contributions. (See Item Q(2) and Sections 3.01 and 3.09.)

Adopting Employer means an employer which is a Controlled Group member and which is listed in Item AB of the Adoption Agreement. If the Adoption Agreement - Standard is used and the transition period described in Code Section 410(b)(6)(C)(ii) has ended with respect to the primary Employer in Item B, Adopting Employer shall also mean all other employers in the Controlled Group for which such transition period has ended, whether or not listed in Item AB.

Adoption Agreement means the attached document labeled Adoption Agreement which contains our selections and specifications for our Plan.

ADP Test means the nondiscrimination test described in Code Section 401 (k)(3) as provided for in subparagraph (c) of Section 3.07.

ADP Test Safe Harbor means the method described in subparagraph (b) of Section 3.08 for satisfying the ADP Test.

Affiliated Service Group means any group of corporations, partnerships or other organizations of which we are a part and which is affiliated within the meaning of Code Section 4 14(m) and regulations thereunder. Such a group includes at least two organizations one of which is either a service organization (that is, an organization the principal business of which is performing services), or an organization the principal business of which is performing management functions on a regular and continuing basis. Such service is of a type historically performed by employees. In the case of a management organization, the Affiliated Service Group shall include organizations related, within the meaning of Code Section 144(a)(3), to either the management organization or the organization for which it performs management functions. The term Controlled Group, as it is used in this Plan, shall include the term Affiliated Service Group.

Alternate Payee means any spouse, former spouse, child, or other dependent of a Member who is recognized by a qualified domestic relations order as having a right to receive all, or a portion of, the benefits payable under the Plan with respect to such Member.

Annual Pay means the Employee’s annual Pay defined in Item N(3).

Annuity Contract means the annuity contract or contracts into which we, and the Adopting Employers adopting this Plan as a separate plan enter, or the Trustee enters, whichever is appropriate, with the Insurer for guaranteed benefits, for the investment of Contributions in

2

separate accounts, and for the payment of benefits under this Plan. The term Annuity Contract as it is used in this Plan shall include the plural unless the context clearly indicates the singular is meant.

Annuity Starting Date means, for a Member, the first day of the first period for which an amount is payable as an annuity or any other form.

Basic Plan means this document which contains the basic provisions of our Plan.

Beneficiary means the person or persons named by a Member to receive any benefits under the Plan when the Member dies. (See Section 10.07.)

Claimant means any person who makes a claim for benefits under this Plan. (See Section 9.05.)

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Contingent Annuitant means an individual named by a Member to receive a lifetime benefit under the terms of a survivorship life annuity after the Member dies.

Contributions means Elective Deferral, Matching, Qualified Nonelective, Additional, Discretionary, Required, Voluntary, and Rollover Contributions, unless the context clearly indicates only specific contributions are meant.

Controlled Group means any group of corporations, trades, or businesses of which we are a part that are under common control. A Controlled Group includes any group of corporations, trades, or businesses, whether or not incorporated, which is either a parent-subsidiary group, a brother-sister group, or a combined group within the meaning of Code Section 4 14(b), Code Section 414(c) and regulations thereunder and, for the purpose of determining contribution limitations under Section 3.06, as modified by Code Section 415(h) and, for the purpose of identifying Leased Employees, as modified by Code Section 144(a)(3). The term Controlled Group, as it is used in this Plan, shall include the term Affiliated Service Group and any other employer required to be aggregated with us under Code Section 4 14(o) and the regulations thereunder.

Direct Rollover means a payment by the Plan to the Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee.

Discretionary Contributions means discretionary Employer Contributions. (See Item Q(3) and Section 3.01.)

Distributee means an Employee or former Employee. In addition, the Employee’s (or former Employee’s) surviving spouse and the Employee’s (or former Employee’s) spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 4 14(p), are Distributees with regard to the interest of the spouse or former spouse.

Early Retirement Age means, for a Member, the age defined in Item Z(3).

Early Retirement Date means the date a Member selects for beginning his early retirement benefit after he reaches Early Retirement Age and has ceased to be an Employee. If a Member ceases to be an Employee before satisfying any age requirement for Early Retirement Age, but after satisfying any other requirements, the Member shall be entitled to elect an early retirement benefit upon satisfying such age requirement. (See Item Z(3).)

Earned Income means, for a Self-employed Individual, net earnings from self-employment in the trade or business for which this Plan is established if such Self-employed Individual’s personal services are a material income producing factor for that trade or business. Net earnings shall be

3

determined without regard to items not included in gross income and the deductions properly allocable to or chargeable against such items. Net earnings shall be reduced for our employer contributions to our qualified retirement plan(s) to the extent deductible under Code Section 404.

Net earnings shall be determined with regard to the deduction allowed to us by Code Section 164(f) for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1989.

Effective Date means the date specified in Item D.

Elective Deferral Contributions means Employer Contributions which are made in accordance with elective deferral agreements between Eligible Employees and us.

Elective deferral agreements shall be made, changed, or terminated according to the provisions of Item O. (See Item O and Section 3.01.)

Elective Deferral Contributions shall be 100% vested and subject to the distribution restrictions of Code Section 401(k) when made. (See Section 5.04.)

Eligible Employee means an Employee who meets the requirements specified in Item J.

Eligible Retirement Plan means an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b), an annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a), or a qualified plan described in Code Section 401(a), that accepts the Distributee’s Eligible Rollover Distribution. However, in the case of an Eligible Rollover Distribution to the surviving spouse, an Eligible Retirement Plan is an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity.

Eligible Rollover Distribution means any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the Distributee, except that an Eligible Rollover Distribution does not include: (i) any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Distributee and the Distributee’s designated Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; (ii) any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code Section 401 (a)(9); (iii) any hardship distribution described in Code Section 401 (k)(2)(B)(i)(IV) received after December 31, 1998; (iv) the portion of any other distribution(s) that is not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities); and (v) any other
distribution(s) that is reasonably expected to total less than $200 during a year.

Employee means an individual who is employed by us or any other employer required to be aggregated with us under Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m), or (o). A Controlled Group member is required to be aggregated with us.

The term Employee shall include any Self-employed Individual treated as an employee of any employer described in the preceding paragraph as provided in Code Section 401 (c)(1). The term Employee shall also include any Leased Employee deemed to be an employee of any employer described in the preceding paragraph as provided in Code Section 414(n) or (o).

Employer means, except for purposes of Plan Section 3.06, the employer named in Item B and any successor corporation, trade or business which will, by written agreement, assume the obligations of this Plan or any Predecessor Employer which maintained this Plan. The terms we, us, and ours, as they are used in this Plan, refer to the Employer.

Employer Contributions means the contributions made by us to fund the Plan. (See Section 3.01 and 11.04.)

4

Entry Break means, when the elapsed time method is used to determine service, a one-year Period of Severance beginning on an Employee’s Severance Date. An Employee incurs an Entry Break on the last day of a one-year Period of Severance.

When the hours method is used to determine service, Entry Break is defined in Item L(2)(b)(iv). An Employee incurs an Entry Break on the last day of the Entry Service Period in which he has an Entry Break.

Entry Date means the date an Employee first enters the Plan as an Active Member. (See Item M and Section 2.01.)

Entry Service means an Employee’s service defined in Item L(2). Entry Service shall include service with a Controlled Group member while we are both members of the Controlled Group.

If Item I(1 )(a)(i) is selected, Entry Service shall include service with a Predecessor Employer which did not maintain this Plan. If Item I(2)(b)(i) is selected, Entry Service shall include service with a Prior Employer.

Entry Service shall include a Period of Military Duty. If the elapsed time method is used, the entire Period of Military Duty shall be included to the extent it has not already been counted as Entry Service. If the hours method is used, an Hour of Service shall be credited (without regard to the 501 Hours of Service limitation) for each hour the Employee would normally have been scheduled to work for us during such Period of Military Duty to the extent such hour has not already been counted for purposes of Entry Service.

If the elapsed time method is used, Entry Service shall be measured from his Hire Date to his most recent Severance Date. Entry Service shall be reduced by any Period of Severance that occurred prior to his most recent Severance Date, unless such Period of Severance is included under the service spanning rule below. This period of Entry Service shall be expressed as years (on the basis that 365 days equal one year), months (on the basis that 30 days equals one month) or days.

If the elapsed time method is used, Entry Service shall include a Period of Severance (service spanning rule) if:

	
  
a)
  	
  
the Period of Severance immediately follows a   period during which an Employee is not absent from work and ends within 12   months, or
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
b)
  	
  
the Period of Severance immediately follows a   period during which an Employee is absent from work for any reason other than   quitting, being discharged, or retiring (such as a leave of absence or   layoff) and ends within 12 months of the date he was first absent.
  

If the hours method is used and the Entry Service Period shifts to the Plan Year, an Employee will be credited with two years of Entry Service if he has the Hours of Service required for a year of Entry Service in both his first and second Entry Service Periods.

If the method of crediting Entry Service changes, the provisions of Section 10.13 shall apply.

Entry Service Period means the period defined in Item L(2)(b)(iii). If an Employee has a Rehire Date, a new Entry Service Period shall begin on that date in the same manner as if it were a Hire Date.

ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

5

401(k) Safe Harbor Plan means a plan which satisfies the ADP Test Safe Harbor and to which the 401(k) safe harbor provisions of Section 3.08 apply as elected in Item O(8).

401(k) SIMPLE Plan means a plan to which the 401(k) SIMPLE provisions of Section 3.09 apply as elected in Item O(9).

Fiscal Year means our taxable year. (See Item F.)

Forfeiture means the part, if any, of a Member’s Account which is forfeited. (See Section 3.04.)

Forfeiture Date means, as to a Member, the date the Member incurs five consecutive Vesting Breaks.

Highly Compensated Employee means any Employee who:

	
  
a)
  	
  
was a 5-percent owner at any time during the year   or the preceding year, or
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
b)
  	
  
for the preceding year had compensation from us   in excess of $80,000 and, if we so elect in Item K, was in the top-paid group   for the preceding year. The $80,000 amount is adjusted at the same time and   in the same manner as under Code Section 415(d), except that the base period   is the calendar quarter ending September 30, 1996.
  

For this purpose the applicable year of the plan for which a determination is being made is called a determination year and the preceding 12-month period is called a look-back year. If we have made a calendar year data election in Item K(1 )(b), the look-back year shall be the calendar year beginning with or within the look-back year. The Plan may not use such election to determine whether Employees are Highly Compensated Employees on account of being a 5-percent owner.

Calendar year data elections and top-paid group elections, once made, apply for all subsequent years unless changed by us. If we make one election, we are not required to make the other. If both elections are made, the look-back year in determining the top-paid group must be the calendar year beginning with or within the look-back year. These elections must apply consistently to the determination years of all plans maintained by us which reference the highly compensated employee definition in Code Section 414(q), except as provided in Internal Revenue Service Notice 97-45 (or superseding guidance). The consistency requirement will not apply to determination years beginning with or within the 1997 calendar year, and for determination years beginning on or after January 1, 1998 and before January 1, 2000, satisfaction of the consistency requirement is determined without regard to any nonretirement plans of ours.

The determination of who is a highly compensated former Employee is based on the rules applicable to determining Highly Compensated Employee status as in effect for that determination year, in accordance with section 1.414(q)-1T, A-4 of the temporary Income Tax Regulations and Internal Revenue Service Notice 97-45.

In determining whether an Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee for years beginning in 1997, the amendments to Code Section 414(q) stated above are treated as having been in effect for years beginning in 1996.

The determination of who is a Highly Compensated Employee, including the determinations of the number and identity of Employees in the top-paid group, the compensation that is considered, and the identity of the 5-percent owners, shall be made in accordance with Code Section 414(q) and the regulations thereunder.

Hire Date means the date an Employee first performs an Hour of Service.

6

Hour of Service means, for the elapsed time method of crediting service in this Plan, each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for performing duties for us. Hour of Service means, for the hours method of crediting service in this Plan, the following:

	
  
a)
  	
  
Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or   entitled to payment, for performing duties for us during the applicable   service period.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
b)
  	
  
Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or   entitled to payment, by us on account of a period of time in which no duties   are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has   terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including   disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty, or leave of absence.   Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this subparagraph (b) no credit   shall be given to the Employee:
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
  
for more than 501 Hours of Service under this   subparagraph (b) on account of any single continuous period in which the   Employee performs no duties (whether or not such period occurs in a single   service period); or
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
2)
  	
  
for an Hour of Service for which the Employee is   directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, on account of a period   in which no duties are performed if such payment is made or due under a plan   maintained solely for the purpose of complying with applicable worker’s or   workmen’s compensation, or unemployment compensation, or disability insurance   laws; or
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
3)
  	
  
for an Hour of Service for a payment which solely   reimburses the Employee for medical or medically related expenses incurred by   him.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
For purposes of this subparagraph (b), a payment   shall be deemed to be made by or due from us regardless of whether such   payment is made by or due from us directly or indirectly through, among   others, a trust fund or insurer, to which we contribute or pay premiums and   regardless of whether contributions made or due to the trust fund, insurer,   or other entity are for the benefit of particular employees or are on behalf   of a group of employees in the aggregate.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  
	
  
c)
  	
  
Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of   mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by us. The same Hour of   Service shall not be credited under both this subparagraph (c) and under   either subparagraph (a) or (b) above. Crediting of Hours of Service for back   pay awarded or agreed to with respect to periods described in subparagraph   (b) above shall be subject to the limitations set forth in that subparagraph.
  

If elected by us in Item X, Hours of Service shall be determined using an equivalency based on periods of employment in lieu of actual Hours of Service.

The crediting of Hours of Service above shall be applied under the rules of paragraphs (b) and (c) of the Department of Labor Regulation 2530.200b-2 (including any interpretations or opinions implementing such rules); which rules, by this reference, are specifically incorporated in full within this Plan. The reference to paragraph (b) applies to the special rule for determining hours of service for reasons other than the performance of duties such as payments calculated (or not calculated) on the basis of units of time and the rule against double credit. The reference to paragraph (c) applies to the crediting of hours of service to service periods.

Hours of Service shall be credited for employment with any other employer required to be aggregated with us under Code Section 4 14(b), (c), (m), or (o) and the regulations thereunder for purposes of entry and vesting. Hours of Service shall also be credited for any individual who is considered an employee for purposes of this Plan pursuant to Code Section 414(n) or (o) and the regulations thereunder.

7

Solely for purposes of determining whether a one-year break in service has occurred for entry or vesting purposes, during a Parental Absence an Employee shall be credited with the Hours of Service which would otherwise have been credited to the Employee but for such absence, or in any case in which such hours cannot be determined, eight Hours of Service per day of such absence. The Hours of Service credited under this paragraph shall be credited in the service period in which the absence begins if the crediting is necessary to prevent a break in service in that period; or in all other cases, in the following service period.

Inactive Member means a former Active Member who has an Account. (See Section 2.02.)

Insurance Policy means, for trusteed plans, the life insurance policy or policies issued to the Trustee by the Insurer as provided in Item U(4)(a) and Article IV. The term Insurance Policy as it is used in this Plan shall include the plural unless the context clearly indicates the singular is meant.

Insurer means Principal Life Insurance Company and, if Item U(4)(a) is selected, the insurance company or companies named by the Trustee in its discretion or as directed under the Trust Agreement to issue Insurance Policies.

In addition, if this Plan is a restatement of a Prior Plan, Insurer shall also mean any life insurance company which has issued a group annuity contract to either the Employer or the Trustee and such contract remains in effect.

Integration Level means the Integration Level defined in Item Q(3)(b).

Investment Fund means the total of Plan assets, excluding the cash value of any Insurance Policy and the guaranteed benefit policy portion of any Annuity Contract. All or a portion of these assets may be held under, or invested pursuant to, the terms of a Trust Agreement if Item U(1 )(a) is selected.

The Investment Fund shall be valued at current fair market value as of the Valuation Date. The valuation shall take into consideration investment earnings credited, expenses charged, payments made, and changes in the values of the assets held in the Investment Fund.

The Investment Fund shall be allocated at all times to Members, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan. The Account of a Member shall be credited with its share of the gains and losses of the Investment Fund. That part of a Member’s Account invested in a funding arrangement which establishes one or more accounts or investment vehicles for such Member thereunder shall be credited with the gain or loss from such accounts or investment vehicles. That part of a Member’s Account which is invested in other funding arrangements shall be credited with a proportionate share of the gain or loss of such investments. The share shall be determined by multiplying the gain or loss of the investment by the ratio of the part of the Member’s Account invested in such funding arrangement to the total of the Investment Fund invested in such funding arrangement.

Investment Manager means any fiduciary (other than a Trustee or Named Fiduciary):

	
  
a)
  	
  
who has the power to manage, acquire, or dispose   of any assets of the Plan;
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
b)
  	
  
who (i) is registered as an investment adviser   under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940; (ii) is not registered as an   investment adviser under such Act by reason of paragraph (1) of section   203A(a) of such Act, is registered as an investment adviser under the laws of   the state (referred to in such paragraph (1)) in which it maintains its   principal office and place of business, and, at the time it last filed the   registration form most recently filed by it with such state in order to   maintain its registration under the laws of such state, also filed a copy of   such
  

8

	
  
 
  	
  
form with the Secretary of Labor; (iii) is a   bank, as defined in that Act; or (iv) is an insurance company qualified to   perform services described in subparagraph (a) above under the laws of more   than one state; and
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  
	
  
c)
  	
  
who has acknowledged in writing being a fiduciary   with respect to the Plan. 
  

Item means the specified item in the Adoption Agreement we signed.

Late Retirement Date means the first day of any month which is after a Member’s Normal Retirement Date and on which retirement benefits begin. If a Member continues to work for us after his Normal Retirement Date, his Late Retirement Date shall be the earliest first day of the month on or after the date he ceases to be an Employee. An earlier Retirement Date, if so permitted in Item Z(2), or a later Retirement Date may apply if the Member so elects. An earlier Retirement Date may apply if the Member is 70 1/2 or older. (See Section 5.04.)

Leased Employee means any person (other than an employee of the recipient) who, pursuant to an agreement between the recipient and any other person (“leasing organization”), has performed services for the recipient (or for the recipient and related persons determined in accordance with Code Section 414(n)(6)) on a substantially full time basis for a period of at least one year, and such services are performed under primary direction or control by the recipient. Contributions or benefits provided by the leasing organization to a Leased Employee, which are attributable to service performed for the recipient employer, shall be treated as provided by the recipient employer.

A Leased Employee shall not be considered an employee of the recipient if:

	
  
a)
  	
  
such employee is covered by a money purchase   pension plan providing (i) a nonintegrated employer contribution rate of at   least 10 percent of compensation, as defined in Code Section 41 5(c)(3), but   for years beginning before January 1, 1998, including amounts contributed   pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which are excludible from the   employee’s gross income under Code Sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), or   403(b), (ii) immediate participation, and (iii) full and immediate vesting,   and
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  
	
  
b)
  	
  
Leased Employees do not constitute more than 20   percent of the recipient’s nonhighly compensated work force.
  

Loan Administrator means the person(s) or position(s) named in Item U(3)(a)(i).

Matching Contributions means Employer Contributions which are contingent on a Member’s Elective Deferral Contributions. (See Items O(8) and P and Sections 3.01, 3.08 and 3.09.)

Maximum Integration Rate means the Maximum Integration Rate defined in Item Q(3)(b). Member means either an Active Member or an Inactive Member.

Member Contributions means Voluntary Contributions and Required Contributions, unless the context clearly indicates only one is meant.

Monthly Date means each Yearly Date and the same day of each following month during the Plan Year beginning on such Yearly Date.

Named Fiduciary means the person named in Item G.

9

Net Profits means our current or accumulated net earnings, determined according to generally accepted accounting practices, before any Contributions made by us under this Plan and before any deduction for Federal or state income tax, dividends on our stock, and capital gains or losses. If we are a nonprofit organization under Code Section 501 (c)(3), Net Profits means excess revenues (excess of receipts over expenditures).

Nonhighly Compensated Employee means an Employee of the Employer who is not a Highly Compensated Employee.

Nonvested Account means the excess, if any, of a Member’s Account over his Vested Account.

Normal Form means a single life annuity with installment refund.

Normal Retirement Age means, for a Member, the age defined in Item Z(1).

Normal Retirement Date means the earliest first day of the month on or after a Member reaches Normal Retirement Age. Retirement benefits shall begin on a Member’s Normal Retirement Date if he is not an Employee, has a Vested Account, and has not elected to have retirement benefits begin later. However, retirement benefits shall not begin before the later of age 62 or his Normal Retirement Age, unless the qualified election procedures of Article VI or VIA, whichever applies, are met. If permitted in Item Z(2), a Member may choose to have retirement benefits begin on his Normal Retirement Date, even if he is an Employee on such date. An earlier Retirement Date may apply if the Member is 70 1/2 or older. (See Section 5.04.)

Owner-employee means a Self-employed Individual who, in the case of a sole proprietorship, owns the entire interest in the unincorporated trade or business for which this Plan is established. If this Plan is established for a partnership, an Owner-employee means a Self-employed Individual who owns more than 10 percent of either the capital interest or profits interest in such partnership.

Parental Absence means an Employee’s absence from work:

	
  
a)
  	
  
by reason of pregnancy of the Employee,
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  b)
  	
  
by reason of birth of a child of the Employee,
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
c)
  	
  
by reason of the placement of a child with the   Employee in connection with adoption of such child by such Employee, or
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
d)
  	
  
for purposes of caring for such child for a   period beginning immediately following such birth or placement.
  

Pay means the pay defined in Item N(1).

For Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 1994, the annual Pay of each Member taken into account for determining all benefits provided under the Plan for any determination period shall not exceed $150,000, as adjusted for increases in the cost-of-living in accordance with Code Section 401 (a)(1 7)(B). The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to any determination period beginning in such calendar year.

If a determination period consists of fewer than 12 months, the annual limit is an amount equal to the otherwise applicable annual limit multiplied by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the number of months in the short determination period and the denominator of the fraction is 12.

10

If Pay for any prior determination period is taken into account in determining a Member’s contributions or benefits for the current Plan Year, the Pay for such prior determination period is subject to the applicable annual pay limit in effect for that determination period. For this purpose, in determining contributions or benefits in Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the annual Pay limit in effect for determination periods beginning before that date is $150,000.

Pay means, for a Self-employed Individual, Earned Income.

Pay means, for a Leased Employee, Pay for the services the Leased Employee performs for us, determined in the same manner as the Pay of Employees who are not Leased Employees, regardless of whether such Pay is received directly from us or from the leasing organization.

Pay Year means the consecutive 12-month period defined in Item N(3).

Period of Military Duty means, for an Employee

	
  
a)
  	
  
who served as a member of the armed forces of the   United States, and
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
b)
  	
  
who was reemployed by us at a time when the   Employee had a right to reemployment in accordance with seniority rights as   protected under Chapter 43 of Title 38 of the United States Code,
  

the period of time from the date the Employee was first absent from work for us because of such military duty to the date the Employee was reemployed.

Period of Service means a period of time beginning on an Employee’s Hire or Rehire Date, whichever applies, and ending on his Severance Date.

Period of Severance means a period beginning on an Employee’s Severance Date and ending on the date he again performs an Hour of Service.

A one-year Period of Severance means a Period of Severance of 12 consecutive months.

Solely for purposes of determining whether a one-year Period of Severance has occurred for entry or vesting purposes, the consecutive 12-month period beginning on the first anniversary of the first date of a Parental Absence shall not be a one-year Period of Severance.

Plan means our retirement plan set forth in the attached Adoption Agreement and this document, including any later amendments to them. If our Adoption Agreement indicates that a Trust Agreement has been set up, the term Plan shall include the term Trust Agreement, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

Plan Administrator means the person named in Item H.

Plan Fund means the total of the Investment Fund, the guaranteed benefit policy portion of any Annuity Contract, and the cash value of any Insurance Policy. The Investment Fund shall be valued as stated in its definition. The guaranteed benefit policy portion of any Annuity Contract shall be determined in accordance with the terms of the Annuity Contract and, to the extent that such Annuity Contract allocates contract values to Members, allocated to Members in accordance with its terms. The cash value of any Insurance Policy shall be stated in such policy. The total of all amounts held under the Plan Fund shall equal the value of the aggregate of Members’ Accounts under the Plan.

11

Plan Year means a consecutive 12-month period beginning on a Yearly Date and ending on the day before the next Yearly Date. If the Yearly Date changes, the change will result in a short Plan Year. If a service period or the Pay Year is based on the Plan Year, corresponding years before the Effective Date shall be included.

Plan-year Quarter means a period beginning on a Quarterly Date and ending on the day before the next Quarterly Date.

Predecessor Employer means a predecessor employer defined in Item I(1).

Prior Employer means a prior employer defined in Item I(2).

Prior Plan means a retirement plan of ours or of a Predecessor Employer which was qualifiable under Code Section 401(a), and of which this Plan is a restatement, as specified in the initial Adoption Agreement. If, because of a merger, consolidation, or transfer of assets or liabilities, this Plan is a continuation of a plan which was qualifiable under Code Section 401(a), that plan shall be a Prior Plan. If, with the approval of any governmental agency to which it is subject, the assets of a terminated plan of ours which was qualified under Code Section 401(a) are transferred to this Plan, that terminated plan shall be deemed to be the Prior Plan.

Prior Plan Assets means the assets accumulated under the Prior Plan which have not been distributed and which are held under this Plan.

Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity means, for a Member who has a spouse, an immediate survivorship life annuity with installment refund, where the Contingent Annuitant is the Member’s spouse and the survivorship percentage is 50%. A former spouse will be treated as the spouse to the extent provided under a qualified domestic relations order as described in Code Section 414(p).

The amount of the benefit payable under the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity shall be the amount of benefit which may be provided by the Member’s Vested Account.

Qualified Matching Contributions means Matching Contributions which are 100% vested and subject to the distribution restrictions of Code Section 401(k) when made. (See Section 5.04.) Our Matching Contributions shall be Qualified Matching Contributions if elected in Item O(8)(b)(i) or P(8).

Qualified Nonelective Contributions means Employer Contributions (other than Elective Deferral Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions) which are 100% vested and subject to the distribution restrictions of Code Section 401(k) when made. (See Items O(8)(b)(ii), O(8)(d), and Q(1) and Sections 3.01, 3.08, and 5.04.)

Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity means a life annuity with installment refund payable to the surviving spouse of a Member who dies before his Annuity Starting Date. A former spouse will be treated as the surviving spouse to the extent provided under a qualified domestic relations order as described in Code Section 414(p).

Qualifying Employer Securities means any security which is issued by us or any Controlled Group member and which meets the requirements of Code Section 409(l) and ERISA Section 407(d)(5)(a). This shall also include any securities that satisfied the requirements of the definition when these securities were assigned to the Plan.

Qualifying Employer Securities Fund means that part of the assets of the Trust Fund that are designated to be held primarily or exclusively in Qualifying Employer Securities for the purpose of providing benefits for Members.

12

Quarterly Date means each Yearly Date and the third, sixth, and ninth Monthly Date after each Yearly Date which is within the same Plan Year.

Reentry Date means the date a former Active Member reenters the Plan. (See Section 2.01.)

Rehire Date means the date an Employee first performs an Hour of Service following a Period of Severance when the elapsed time method is used, or an Entry Break when the hours method is used.

Required Contributions means nondeductible employee contributions required from an active member in order to participate in the Prior Plan.

Restatement Date means the date our retirement plan was last restated. (See Item A(2) of the initial Adoption Agreement.)

Retirement Date means the date a retirement benefit will begin and is a Member’s Early, Normal, or Late Retirement Date, as the case may be.

Rollover Contributions means the rollover contributions which are made by an Eligible Employee or an Inactive Member. (See Section 3.03.)

Self-directed Brokerage Account means that portion of a Member’s Account that is invested at the Member’s direction in the Principal Self-directed Brokerage Account.SM

Self-employed Individual means, with respect to any Fiscal Year, an individual who has Earned Income for the Fiscal Year (or who would have Earned Income but for the fact the trade or business for which this Plan is established did not have net profits for such Fiscal Year).

Semi-yearly Date means each Yearly Date and the sixth Monthly Date after each Yearly Date which is within the same Plan Year.

Severance Date means the earlier of:

	
  
a)
  	
  
the date on which an Employee quits, retires,   dies, or is discharged, or
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
b)
  	
  
the first anniversary of the date an Employee   begins a one-year absence from service (with or without pay). This absence   may be the result of any combination of vacation, holiday, sickness,   disability, leave of absence, or layoff.
  

Solely to determine whether a one-year Period of Severance has occurred for entry or vesting purposes for an Employee who is absent from service beyond the first anniversary of the first day of a Parental Absence, Severance Date is the second anniversary of the first day of the Parental Absence. The period between the first and second anniversaries of the first day of the Parental Absence is not a Period of Service and is not a Period of Severance.

Significant Corporate Event means any corporate merger or consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, liquidation, dissolution, sale of substantially all assets of a trade or business, or such similar transaction as may be prescribed in regulations under Code Section 409(e)(3).

Taxable Wage Base means the contribution and benefit base under section 230 of the Social Security Act.

13

Totally Disabled means that a Member is disabled, as a result of sickness or injury, to the extent that he is prevented from engaging in any substantial gainful activity, and is eligible for and receives a disability benefit under Title II of the Federal Social Security Act.

If our Employees are not covered under Title II of the Federal Social Security Act, Totally Disabled means that a Member is disabled as a result of sickness or injury, to the extent that he is completely prevented from performing any work or engaging in any occupation for wage or profit, and has been continuously disabled for six months. Initial written proof that the disability exists and has continued for at least six months must be furnished to the Plan Administrator by the Member within one year after the date the disability begins. The Plan Administrator, upon receipt of any notice of proof of a Member’s total disability, shall have the right and opportunity to have a physician it designates examine the Member when and as often as it may reasonably require, but not more than once each year after the disability has continued uninterruptedly for at least two years beyond the date of furnishing the first proof.

Trust Agreement means, if we select Item U(1 )(a), whichever of the following attached agreements we selected: the Discretionary Trust Agreement labeled Attachment A, the Corporate Directed Trust Agreement labeled Attachment B, the Corporate Custodial Trust Agreement labeled Attachment C, the Passive Trust Agreement labeled Attachment D, or the Principal Trust Company Directed Trust Agreement, labeled Attachment E.

Trust Fund means the total funds held under an applicable Trust Agreement. The term Trust Fund when used within a Trust Agreement shall mean only the funds held under that Trust Agreement.

Trustee means, for trusteed plans, the party or parties named in the Trust Agreement(s)chosen in Item U(1). The term Trustee as it is used in this Plan shall include the plural unless the context clearly indicates the singular is meant.

Valuation Date means the date on which the value of the assets of the Investment Fund is determined. The value of each Account which is maintained under this Plan shall be determined on the Valuation Date. In each Plan Year, the Valuation Date shall be the last day of the Plan Year. At the discretion of the Plan Administrator, Trustee, or Insurer(whichever applies), assets of the Investment Fund may be valued more frequently. These dates shall also be Valuation Dates.

Vested Account means, on any date, the vested part of a Member’s Account. If all Employer Contributions are 100% vested, the Member’s Vested Account is equal to his Account. If not all Employer Contributions are 100% vested, and the Member’s Vesting Percentage is 100%, the Vested Account equals his Account. If not all Employer Contributions are 100% vested and the Member’s Vesting Percentage is not 100%, the Vested Account equals the sum of (a) and (b) below:

	
  
a)
  	
  
The part of the Member’s Account resulting from   Employer Contributions made before any prior Forfeiture Date and all other   Contributions which were 100% vested when made. The Member is fully (100%)   vested in this part of his Account.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  
	
  
b)
  	
  
The balance of the Member’s Account in excess of   the amount in (a) above multiplied by his Vesting Percentage.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
If the Member has withdrawn any part of his   Account resulting from our Contributions, other than vested Employer   Contributions included in (a) above, the amount determined under this   subparagraph (b) shall be equal to P(AB + D) - D as defined below:
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
P
  	
  
The Member’s Vesting Percentage.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
AB 
  	
  
The balance of the Member’s Account in excess of   the amount in (a) above.
  

14

	
  
 
  	
  
D
  	
  
The amount of the withdrawal resulting from our   Contributions, other than our vested Contributions included in (a) above.
  

Vesting Break means, when the elapsed time method is used, a one-year Period of Severance. An Employee incurs a Vesting Break on the last day of a one-year Period of Severance.

When the hours method is used, Vesting Break is defined in Item W(2)(c). An Employee incurs a Vesting Break on the last day of the Vesting Service Period in which he has a Vesting Break.

Vesting Percentage means the Member’s Vesting Percentage determined under Item V. If the computation of Vesting Percentage is changed, a Member’s Vesting Percentage as of the day before the change shall not be reduced due to the change. The provisions of Section 10.01 regarding changes in the computation of Vesting Percentage shall apply.

Vesting Service means an Employee’s service determined under Item W. Vesting Service is subject to the modifications selected under that item. Vesting Service shall include service with a Controlled Group member while we are both members of the Controlled Group.

If Item W(4) is selected, Vesting Service is determined under the Prior Plan provisions. Service before the date the Prior Plan became subject to ERISA may be disregarded if such service would have been disregarded under the Prior Plan break in service rules as in effect on the day before such date.

If Item I(1 )(a)(ii) is selected, Vesting Service shall include service with a Predecessor Employer which did not maintain this Plan. If Item I(2)(b)(ii) is selected, Vesting Service shall include service with a Prior Employer.

Vesting Service shall include a Period of Military Duty. If the elapsed time method is used, the entire Period of Military Duty shall be included to the extent it has not already been counted as Vesting Service. If the hours method is used, an Hour of Service shall be credited (without regard to the 501 Hours of Service limitation) for each hour the Employee would normally have been scheduled to work for us during such Period of Military Duty, to the extent such hour has not already been credited as Vesting Service.

If the elapsed time method is used, Vesting Service shall be measured from his Hire Date to his most recent Severance Date. Vesting Service shall be reduced by all or any part of a Period of Service that is not counted. Vesting Service shall also be reduced by any Period of Severance that occurred prior to his most recent Severance Date, unless such Period of Severance is included under the service spanning rule below. This period of Vesting Service shall be expressed as years and fractional parts of a year (to four decimal places) on the basis that 365 days equal one year.

If the elapsed time method is used, Vesting Service shall include a Period of Severance (service spanning rule) if:

	
  
a)
  	
  
the Period of Severance immediately follows a   period during which an Employee is not absent from work and ends within 12   months, or
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  b)
  	
  
the Period of Severance immediately follows a   period during which an Employee is absent from work for any reason other than   quitting, being discharged, or retiring (such as a leave of absence or   layoff) and ends within 12 months of the date he was first absent.
  

If the Prior Plan applied the rule of parity before the first Yearly Date in 1985, an Employee’s Vesting Service, accumulated before a Vesting Break which occurred before that date, shall be excluded according to the Prior Plan provisions if (i) his Vesting Percentage is zero, and (ii) his

15

latest period of consecutive Vesting Breaks equals or exceeds his prior Vesting Service (disregarding any Vesting Service that was excluded because of a previous period of Vesting Breaks).

For a Member who is not credited with an Hour of Service on or after the first Yearly Date in 1985, Vesting Service accrued before such date and before an age greater than 18 (before the beginning of the Vesting Service Period in which he attained that age, when the hours method is used) shall be excluded if the Prior Plan excluded such service.

If the method of crediting Vesting Service changes, the provisions of Sections 10.01 and 10.13 shall apply.

Vesting Service Period means the period defined in Item W(2)(b).

Voluntary Contributions means the Contributions by a Member that are not required as a condition of employment, of participation, or for obtaining additional benefits from our Contributions. (See Item T(1) and Section 3.02.)

Yearly Date means the Yearly Date defined in Item E.

Years of Service means an Employee’s Vesting Service defined in Item W, disregarding any modifications which exclude service.

If Vesting Service is not defined in Item W, Years of Service shall be determined as if Item W(1) was selected.

ARTICLE II
 PARTICIPATION

SECTION 2.01 - ACTIVE MEMBER.

An Employee shall first become an Active Member (begin active participation in the Plan) on the earliest date specified in Item M on which he is an Eligible Employee and has met all of the entry requirements selected in Item L. This date is the Member’s Entry Date.

Each Employee who was an active member under the Prior Plan on the day before the Restatement Date shall continue to be an Active Member under this Plan on the Restatement Date if he is still an Eligible Employee and his Entry Date shall not change.

If service with a Predecessor Employer or a Prior Employer is counted for purposes of Entry Service in Item I, an Employee shall be credited with such service on the date he becomes an Employee and shall become an Active Member on the earliest date specified in Item M on which he is an Eligible Employee and has met all of the entry requirements selected in Item L. This date is the Member’s Entry Date.

If a person has been an Eligible Employee who has met all of the entry requirements selected in Item L but is not an Eligible Employee on the date which would have been his Entry Date, he shall become an Active Member on the date he again becomes an Eligible Employee. This date is the Member’s Entry Date.

In the event an Employee who is not an Eligible Employee becomes an Eligible Employee, such Eligible Employee shall become an Active Member immediately if such Eligible Employee has satisfied the entry requirements in Item L and would have otherwise previously become an Active Member had he met the definition of Eligible Employee. This date is the Member’s Entry Date.

16

An Inactive Member shall again become an Active Member (resume active participation in the Plan) on the date he again performs an Hour of Service as an Eligible Employee. This date is his Reentry Date. Upon again becoming an Active Member, he shall cease to be an Inactive Member.

A former Member shall again become an Active Member (resume active participation in the Plan) on the date he again performs an Hour of Service as an Eligible Employee. This date is his Reentry Date.

There shall be no duplication of benefits for a Member under this Plan because of more than one period as an Active Member.

SECTION 2.02 - INACTIVE MEMBER.

An Active Member shall become an Inactive Member (stop accruing benefits under the Plan) on the earlier of the following:

	
  
a)
  	
  
the date the Member ceases to be an Eligible   Employee, or
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
b)
  	
  
the effective date of complete termination of the   Plan under Article VIII.
  

An Employee or former Employee who was an inactive member under the Prior Plan on the day before the Restatement Date shall continue to be an Inactive Member under this Plan on the Restatement Date. Eligibility for any benefits payable to the Member or on his behalf and the amount of the benefits shall be determined according to the provisions of the Prior Plan, unless otherwise stated in this Plan.

SECTION 2.03 - CESSATION OF PARTICIPATION.

A Member shall cease to be a Member on the date he is no longer an Eligible Employee and his Account is zero.

SECTION 2.04 - ADOPTING EMPLOYERS - SEPARATE PLANS.

Each Adopting Employer identified as a separate plan in Item AB of the Adoption Agreement-Nonstandard maintains this Plan as a separate and distinct plan for the exclusive benefit of its Employees. An Adopting Employer’s adoption of the Plan shall be in writing. If the Adopting Employer did not maintain a Prior Plan, the date of adoption specified in Item AB is the Effective Date of its Plan. This date is the first Yearly Date for the Adopting Employer’s Plan and shall be the Entry Date for any of its Employees who have met the requirements in Section 2.01 as of that date. If the Adopting Employer did maintain a Prior Plan, the date of adoption is the Restatement Date of its Plan.

An Adopting Employer shall be deemed to be the Employer but only with respect to its Plan and for those Employees who are on its payroll. In interpreting the Adoption Agreement and this document as to an Adopting Employer, the terms Employer, we, us, and ours shall be deemed to refer to the Adopting Employer and the Adopting Employer’s fiscal year is deemed to be the Fiscal Year. The primary Employer in Item B is deemed to be an Adopting Employer for purposes of the following two paragraphs.

The Contributions made by an Adopting Employer, and Forfeitures arising from such Contributions, shall not be used to fund the benefits for Employees of any other Adopting Employer. Service with an Adopting Employer shall be included as service with all other Adopting Employers and transfer of employment, without interruption, between Adopting Employers shall not be an interruption of service. If an Active Member ceases to be an Eligible Employee of an Adopting Employer and immediately becomes an Eligible Employee of another Adopting Employer, for purposes of

17

Employer Contributions only, he shall be an Active Member under the first Adopting Employer’s Plan until the earlier of the end of the Plan Year or the date on which he is no longer an Eligible Employee under any Adopting Employer’s Plan. In determining his eligibility for, or the amount or allocation of, any Employer Contributions under each Plan, his service from all Adopting Employers shall be taken into account, but only his Pay from the Adopting Employer maintaining such Plan shall be taken into account. If Employer Contributions are made under a service formula, there shall be no duplication of benefits on account of active participation in more than one Plan and the Contribution for any period shall be prorated based on service with each Adopting Employer which maintained such Plans.

If an Integration Level is used to determine the amount or allocation of an Employer Contribution and a Member receives Pay from more than one Adopting Employer, the Integration Level used to determine the amount or allocation of an Adopting Employer’s Contribution is equal to the Integration Level multiplied by the ratio of (i) the Member’s Pay from the Adopting Employer used to determine the amount or allocation of such Contribution to (ii) such Pay from all Adopting Employers.

Any amendment to the Plan by the primary Employer in Item B shall be deemed to be an amendment to each Adopting Employer’s Plan. An Adopting Employer may not amend the Plan other than to restate its Plan in the form of a separate document and, in that event, it shall cease to be an Adopting Employer. An employer shall not be an Adopting Employer if it ceases to be a Controlled Group member. Such an employer may continue its Plan by restating it in the form of a separate document. This Plan shall be amended to delete a former Adopting Employer from Item AB.

If the Plan of the Adopting Employer terminates, the provisions of Article VIII shall apply to its Plan. 

SECTION 2.05 - ADOPTING EMPLOYERS - SINGLE PLAN.

If the Adoption Agreement - Standard is used, each Adopting Employer listed in Item AB(1) shall be an Adopting Employer which participates with us in this Plan. If the Adoption Agreement-Standard is used and the transition period described in Code Section 410(b)(6)(C)(ii) has ended with respect to us, each Controlled Group member for which such transition period has ended, whether or not listed in Item AB(1), shall also be an Adopting Employer which participates with us in this Plan. An Adopting Employer’s agreement to participate in this Plan shall be in writing. If the Adopting Employer does not agree to participate in writing, we shall, by our signature on the Adoption Agreement, agree in writing for the Adopting Employer.

Each Adopting Employer identified as a single plan in Item AB of the Adoption Agreement-Nonstandard participates with us in this Plan. An Adopting Employer’s agreement to participate in this Plan shall be in writing.

We have the right to amend the Plan. An Adopting Employer does not have the right to amend the Plan.

If the Adopting Employer did not maintain a Prior Plan, the date of participation specified in Item AB (the day following the end of its transition period described in Code Section 410(b)(6)(C)(ii) for an Adopting Employer not listed in Item AB) shall be the Entry Date for any of its Employees who have met the requirements in Section 2.01 as of that date. Service with and Pay from an Adopting Employer shall be included as service with and Pay from us. Transfer of employment, without interruption, between an Adopting Employer and another Adopting Employer or us shall not be considered an interruption of service. Our Fiscal Year in Item F shall be the Fiscal Year used in interpreting this Plan for Adopting Employers.

18

Contributions made by an Adopting Employer shall be treated as Contributions made by us. Forfeitures arising from those Contributions shall be used for the benefit of all Members.

An employer shall not be an Adopting Employer if it ceases to be a Controlled Group member. Such an employer may continue a retirement plan for its Employees in the form of a separate document. This Plan shall be amended to delete a former Adopting Employer from Item AB.

If (i) an employer ceases to be an Adopting Employer or the Plan is amended to delete an Adopting Employer and (ii) the Adopting Employer does not continue a retirement plan for the benefit of its Employees, partial termination may result and the provisions of Article VIII shall apply.

ARTICLE III
 CONTRIBUTIONS

SECTION 3.01 - EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS.

Our Contributions are conditioned on initial qualification of the Plan. If the Plan is denied initial qualification, the provisions of Section 10.15 shall apply.

The amount of our Contributions is specified in the Adoption Agreement.

Our Contributions are made without regard to our current or accumulated Net Profits, unless otherwise specified in Item R(1 )(a). Elective Deferral Contributions shall in all events be made without regard to our current or accumulated Net Profits. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan shall continue to be designed to qualify as a profit sharing plan for purposes of Code Sections 401(a), 402, 412, and 417.

No Member shall be permitted to have Elective Deferral Contributions, as defined in Section 3.07, made under this Plan, or any other qualified plan maintained by us, during any taxable year in excess of the dollar limitation contained in Code Section 402(g) in effect at the beginning of such taxable year.

If Item O(7) is selected, the Plan provides for an automatic election to have Elective Deferral Contributions made. Such automatic election shall apply when a Member first becomes eligible to make Elective Deferral Contributions (or again becomes eligible after a period during which he was not an Active Member). If Item O(7)(b)(i) is selected, the automatic election shall also apply to certain Active Members as provided in Item O(7)(b)(i). The Member shall be provided a notice that explains the automatic election and his right to elect a different rate of Elective Deferral Contributions or no Elective Deferral Contributions. The notice shall include the procedure for exercising that right and the timing for implementing any such election. The Member shall be given a reasonable period thereafter to elect a different rate of Elective Deferral Contributions or no Elective Deferral Contributions.

If Item O(7) is selected, at least 30 days, but not more than 90 days, before the beginning of each Plan Year, each Active Member shall be provided a notice which states his current rate of Elective Deferral Contributions, explains the automatic election and his right to elect a different rate of Elective Deferral Contributions or no Elective Deferral Contributions. The notice shall include the procedure for exercising that right and the timing for implementing any such election.

An elective deferral agreement (or change thereto) must be made in such manner and in accordance with such rules as we may prescribe (including by means of voice response or other electronic system under circumstances we permit) and may not be made retroactively.

19

If our Contributions are made from Net Profits in excess of Elective Deferral Contributions (Item R(1 )(a)), and such excess is not sufficient to provide our Matching Contributions, Qualified Nonelective Contributions under Item Q(1 )(a) and Additional Contributions, if any, such Contributions shall be proportionately reduced.

Our Contributions are allocated according to the provisions of Section 3.05.

We may make all or any portion of our Matching Contributions, Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Additional Contributions, or Discretionary Contributions, which are to be invested in Qualifying Employer Securities as specified in Item U(5)(a)(i) of the Adoption Agreement-Nonstandard, to the Trustee in the form of Qualifying Employer Securities.

If Item R(4) is selected, we may make all or a part of our annual Contributions before the end of the Plan Year. If Item R(4)(a) is selected, such Contributions shall be allocated when made in a manner which approximates the allocation which would otherwise have been made as of the last day of the Plan Year. Succeeding allocations shall take into account amounts previously allocated for the Plan Year. The percentage of our Contributions allocated to the Member for the Plan Year shall be the same percentage which would have been allocated to him if the entire allocation had been made as of the last day of the Plan Year. Excess allocations shall be forfeited and reallocated as necessary to provide the percentage applicable to each Member. If Item R(4)(b) is selected, such Contributions shall be held unallocated until the last day of the Plan Year. Then, as of the last day of the Plan Year, the advance Contributions shall be allocated according to the provisions of
Section 3.05.

A portion of the Plan assets resulting from our Contributions (but not more than the original amount of those Contributions) may be returned if our Contributions are made because of a mistake of fact or are more than the amount deductible under Code Section 404 (excluding any amount which is not deductible because the Plan is disqualified). The amount involved must be returned to us within one year after the date our Contributions are made by mistake of fact or the date the deduction is disallowed, whichever applies. Except as provided under this paragraph and Articles VIII and X, the assets of the Plan shall never be used for our benefit and are held for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to Members and their Beneficiaries and for defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan.

Prior Plan Assets which result from contributions made by us shall be treated in the same manner as Employer Contributions made under this Plan. If the Prior Plan Assets are transferred from a terminated plan, they shall be treated in the same manner as Employer Contributions made under this Plan before a Forfeiture Date.

SECTION 3.02 - VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS BY MEMBERS.

If permitted under Item T, an Active Member may make Voluntary Contributions in accordance with nondiscriminatory procedures set up by the Plan Administrator and subject to such limits as we have prescribed in Item T(1). Such Contributions shall be credited to the Member’s Account when made.

The Plan will not accept deductible Voluntary Contributions which are made for a taxable year beginning after December 31, 1986. Such Contributions made prior to that date shall be maintained in a separate account which will be nonforfeitable at all times.

A Member’s participation in the Plan is not affected by stopping or changing Voluntary Contributions. An Active Member’s request to start, change, or stop Voluntary Contributions must be made in such manner and in accordance with such rules as we may prescribe (including by means of voice response or other electronic system under circumstances we permit).

20

The part of the Member’s Account resulting from Voluntary Contributions is fully (100%) vested and nonforfeitable at all times.

Prior Plan Assets which result from voluntary contributions made by the Member shall be treated in the same manner as Voluntary Contributions made under this Plan. These Prior Plan Assets may include deductible voluntary contributions which were made according to the provisions of the Prior Plan.

SECTION 3.03 - ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS.

If permitted under Item T, a Rollover Contribution may be made by an Eligible Employee or an Inactive Member if the following conditions are met:

	
  
a)
  	
  
The Contribution is of amounts distributed from a   plan that satisfies the requirements of Code Section 401(a) or from a   “conduit” individual retirement account described in Code Section   408(d)(3)(A). In the case of an Inactive Member, the Contribution must be of   an amount distributed from another plan of ours, or a plan of a Controlled   Group member, that satisfies the requirements of Code Section 401(a).
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
b)
  	
  
The Contribution is of amounts that the Code   permits to be transferred to a plan that meets the requirements of Code   Section 401(a).
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
c)
  	
  
The Contribution is made in the form of a direct   rollover under Code Section 401 (a)(31) or is a rollover made under Code   Section 402(c) or 408(d)(3)(A) within 60 days after the Eligible Employee or   Inactive Member receives the distribution.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
d)
  	
  
The Eligible Employee or Inactive Member   furnishes evidence satisfactory to the Plan Administrator that the proposed   rollover meets conditions (a), (b), and (c) above.
  

A Rollover Contribution shall be allowed in cash only and must be made according to procedures set up by the Plan Administrator.

If the Eligible Employee is not an Active Member when the Rollover Contribution is made, he shall be deemed to be an Active Member only for the purpose of investment and distribution of the Rollover Contribution. Our Contributions shall not be made for or allocated to the Eligible Employee and he may not make Voluntary Contributions until the time he meets all of the requirements to become an Active Member.

Rollover Contributions made by an Eligible Employee or an Inactive Member shall be credited to his Account. The part of the Member’s Account resulting from Rollover Contributions is fully (100%) vested and nonforfeitable at all times. A separate accounting record shall be maintained for that part of his Rollover Contributions consisting of voluntary contributions which were deducted from the Member’s gross income for Federal income tax purposes.

Prior Plan Assets which result from the Member’s rollover contributions shall be treated in the same manner as Rollover Contributions made under this Plan.

SECTION 3.04 - FORFEITURES.

The Nonvested Account of a Member shall be forfeited as of the earlier of the following:

	
  
a)
  	
  
the date the Member dies (if prior to such date   he had ceased to be an Employee), or
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  b)
  	
  
the Member’s Forfeiture Date.
  

21

All or a portion of a Member’s Nonvested Account shall be forfeited before such earlier date if, after he ceases to be an Employee, he receives, or is deemed to receive, a distribution of his entire Vested Account or a distribution of his Vested Account derived from our Contributions which were not 100% vested when made, under Section 5.01, 5.03, or 10.11. The forfeiture shall occur as of the date the Member receives, or is deemed to receive, the distribution. If a Member receives, or is deemed to receive, his entire Vested Account, his entire Nonvested Account shall be forfeited. If a Member receives a distribution of his Vested Account from our Contributions which were not 100% vested when made, but less than his entire Vested Account from such Contributions, the amount to be forfeited shall be determined by multiplying his Nonvested Account from such Contributions by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the amount of the distribution derived from
our Contributions which were not 100% vested when made and the denominator of the fraction is his entire Vested Account derived from such Contributions on the date of the distribution.

A Forfeiture shall also occur as provided in Section 3.07.

Forfeitures shall be determined at least once during each Plan Year. Forfeitures may first be used to pay administrative expenses. Forfeitures of Matching Contributions which relate to excess amounts as provided in Section 3.07, which have not been used to pay administrative expenses, shall be applied to reduce the earliest Employer Contributions made after the Forfeitures are determined. Any other Forfeitures which have not been used to pay administrative expenses shall be allocated as of the last day of the Plan Year in which such Forfeitures are determined or shall be applied to reduce the earliest Employer Contributions made after the Forfeitures are determined as provided in Item Q(4). Upon their allocation to Accounts, or application to reduce Employer Contributions, Forfeitures shall be deemed to be Employer Contributions.

If a Member again becomes an Eligible Employee after receiving a distribution which caused all or a portion of his Nonvested Account to be forfeited, he shall have the right to repay to the Plan the entire amount of the distribution he received (excluding any amount of such distribution resulting from Contributions which were 100% vested when made). The repayment must be made in a single sum (repayment in installments is not permitted) before the earlier of the date five years after the date he again becomes an Eligible Employee or the end of the first period of five consecutive Vesting Breaks which begin after the date of the distribution.

If the Member makes the repayment provided above, the Plan Administrator shall restore to his Account an amount equal to his Nonvested Account which was forfeited on the date of distribution, unadjusted for any investment gains or losses. If no amount is to be repaid because the Member was deemed to have received a distribution or only received a distribution of Contributions which were 100% vested when made, and he again performs an Hour of Service as an Eligible Employee within the repayment period, the Plan Administrator shall restore the Member’s Account as if he had made a required repayment on the date he performed such Hour of Service. Restoration of the Member’s Account shall include restoration of all Code Section 411 (d)(6) protected benefits with respect to the restored Account, according to applicable Treasury regulations. Provided, however, the Plan Administrator shall not restore the Nonvested Account if (i) a Forfeiture Date has occurred
after the date of the distribution and on or before the date of repayment and (ii) that Forfeiture Date would result in a complete forfeiture of the amount the Plan Administrator would otherwise restore.

The Plan Administrator shall restore the Member’s Account by the close of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which repayment is made. The permissible sources for restoration of the Member’s Account are Forfeitures or special Employer Contributions. Such special Employer Contributions shall be made without regard to profits. The repaid and restored amounts are not included in the Member’s Annual Additions, as defined in Section 3.06.

22

SECTION 3.05 - ALLOCATION.

Elective Deferral Contributions in Item O shall be allocated to the Members for whom such Contributions are made under Item O. Such Contributions shall be allocated when made and credited to the Member’s Account.

Matching Contributions in Item P shall be allocated to the persons for whom such Contributions are made under Item P. Such Contributions calculated based on Elective Deferral Contributions and Pay for the pay period shall be allocated when made and credited to the person’s Account. Such Contributions calculated based on Elective Deferral Contributions and Pay for the Plan Year shall be allocated as of the last day of the Plan Year and credited to the person’s Account.

Qualified Nonelective Contributions in Item Q(1 )(a) and Additional Contributions in Item Q(2) shall be allocated to the persons for whom such Contributions are made under Item Q. Such Contributions based on Pay or a dollar amount for the pay period, or a dollar amount for Hours of Service during the pay period, shall be allocated when made and credited to the person’s Account. Such Contributions based on Pay or a dollar amount for the Plan Year shall be allocated as of the last day of the Plan Year and credited to the person’s Account.

Qualified Nonelective Contributions in Item Q(1 )(b), (c) or (e), and Discretionary Contributions in Item Q(3) (and Forfeitures if allocated with Discretionary Contributions under Item Q(4)) shall be allocated as of the last day of the Plan Year to each person eligible to share in the allocation under Item Q. The amount allocated to such person shall be determined under the allocation formula selected in Item Q. This amount shall be credited to the person’s Account.

If Item Q(4)(b)(i) is selected, Forfeitures shall be allocated as of the last day of the Plan Year to each person eligible to share in the allocation under Item Q. The amount allocated to such a person shall be determined under the allocation formula specified in Item Q. This amount shall be credited to the person’s Account.

If Leased Employees are Eligible Employees, in determining the amount of our Contributions allocated to a person who is a Leased Employee, contributions provided by the leasing organization which are attributable to services such Leased Employee performs for us shall be treated as provided by us. Those contributions shall not be duplicated under this Plan.

SECTION 3.06 - CONTRIBUTION LIMITATION.

	
  
a)
  	
  
 Definitions.   For the purpose of determining the contribution limitation set forth in this   section, the following terms are defined:
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Annual Additions means the sum of the following amounts credited to a Member’s account   for the Limitation Year:
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
  
employer contributions;
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
2)
  	
  
employee contributions; and
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
3)
  	
  
forfeitures.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Annual Additions to a defined contribution plan   shall also include the following:
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
4)
  	
  
amounts allocated, after March 31, 1984, to an   individual medical account, as defined in Code Section 415(l)(2), which are   part of a pension or annuity plan maintained by the Employer,
  

23

	
  
 
  	
  
5)
  	
  
amounts derived from contributions paid or   accrued after December 31, 1985, in taxable years ending after such date,   which are attributable to post-retirement medical benefits, allocated to the   separate account of a key employee, as defined in Code Section 419A(d)(3),   under a welfare benefit fund, as defined in Code Section 419(e), maintained   by the Employer; and
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
6)
  	
  
allocations under a simplified employee pension.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	

For this purpose, any Excess Amount applied under   (e) and (k) below in the Limitation Year to reduce Employer Contributions   shall be considered Annual Additions for such Limitation Year.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Compensation means one of the following as specified in Item S(2):
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
  
Information Required to be Reported Under Code   Sections 6041, 6051, and 6052 (“Wages,Tips   and Other Compensation” box on Form W-2). Compensation is defined as   wages within the meaning of Code Section 3401(a) and all other payments of   compensation to an Employee by the Employer (in the course of the Employer’s   trade or business) for which the Employer is required to furnish the Employee   a written statement under Code Sections 6041(d), 6051 (a)(3), and 6052.   Compensation must be determined without regard to any rules under Code   Section 3401(a) that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the   nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the   exception for agricultural labor in Code Section 3401 (a)(2)).
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
2)
  	
  
Code Section 3401(a) Wages. Compensation is defined as wages within the meaning of Code Section   3401(a) for the purposes of income tax withholding at the source but   determined without regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included   in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services   performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Code Section 3401   (a)(2)).
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
3)
  	
  
415 Safe-Harbor Compensation. Compensation is defined as wages, salaries, and fees for   professional services and other amounts received (without regard to whether   or not an amount is paid in cash) for personal services actually rendered in   the course of employment with the Employer maintaining the plan to the extent   that the amounts are includible in gross income (including, but not limited   to, commissions paid salesmen, compensation for services on the basis of a   percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, bonuses,   fringe benefits, and reimbursements or other expense allowances under a   nonaccountable plan (as described in section 1.62-2(c) of the regulations)),   and excluding the following:
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
employer contributions to a plan of deferred   compensation which are not included in the Employee’s gross income for the   taxable year in which contributed, or employer contributions under a   simplified employee pension plan, or any distributions from a plan of   deferred compensation;
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
ii)
  	
  
amounts realized from the exercise of a   non-qualified stock option, or when restricted stock (or property) held by an   Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a   substantial risk of forfeiture;
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
iii)
  	
  
amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other   disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock option; and
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
iv)
  	
  
other amounts which received special tax   benefits, or contributions made by the Employer (whether or not under a   salary reduction agreement) towards the purchase of an annuity contract   described in Code Section 403(b) (whether or not the contributions are   actually excludible from the gross income of the Employee).
  

24

	
  
 
  	
  
For any Self-employed Individual, Compensation   shall mean Earned Income.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
For purposes of applying the limitations of this   section, Compensation for a Limitation Year is the Compensation actually paid   or made available in gross income during such Limitation Year.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
For Limitation Years beginning after December 31,   1997, for purposes of applying the limitations of this section, Compensation   paid or made available during such Limitation Year shall include any elective   deferral (as defined in Code Section 402(g)(3)), and any amount which is   contributed or deferred by the Employer at the election of the Employee and   which is not includible in the gross income of the Employee by reason of Code   Section 125, 1 32(f)(4), or 457.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
Defined Benefit Plan Fraction means a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the Member’s   Projected Annual Benefits under all the defined benefit plans (whether or not   terminated) maintained by the Employer, and the denominator of which is the   lesser of (i) 125 percent of the dollar limitation determined for the   Limitation Year under Code Sections 41 5(b)(1)(A) and (d) or (ii) 140 percent   of the Highest Average Compensation, including any adjustments under Code   Section 415(b)(5).
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Notwithstanding the above, if the Member was a   member as of the first day of the first Limitation Year beginning after   December 31, 1986, in one or more defined benefit plans maintained by the   Employer which were in existence on May 6, 1986, the denominator of this   fraction will not be less than 125 percent of the sum of the annual benefits   under such plans which the Member had accrued as of the close of the last   Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 1987, disregarding any changes in   the terms and conditions of the plan after May 5, 1986. The preceding   sentence applies only if the defined benefit plans individually and in the   aggregate satisfied the requirements of Code Section 415 for all Limitation   Years beginning before January 1, 1987.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Defined Contribution Dollar   Limitation means, for Limitation   Years beginning after December 31, 1994, $30,000, as adjusted under Code   Section 415(d).
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Defined Contribution Plan   Fraction means a fraction, the numerator of which is   the sum of the Annual Additions to the Member’s account under all the defined   contribution plans (whether or not terminated) maintained by the Employer for   the current and all prior Limitation Years (including the Annual Additions   attributable to the Member’s nondeductible employee contributions to all   defined benefit plans, whether or not terminated, maintained by the Employer,   and the Annual Additions attributable to all welfare benefit funds,   individual medical accounts, and simplified employee pensions, maintained by   the Employer), and the denominator of which is the sum of the maximum   aggregate amounts for the current and all prior Limitation Years of service   with the Employer (regardless of whether a defined contribution plan was   maintained by the Employer). The maximum aggregate amount in any Limitation   Year is the lesser of (i) 125
percent of the dollar limitation under Code   Section 41 5(c)(1)(A) after adjustment under Code Section 415(d) or (ii) 35   percent of the Member’s Compensation for such year.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
If the Employee was a member as of the end of the   first day of the first Limitation Year beginning after December 31, 1986, in   one or more defined contribution plans maintained by the Employer which were   in existence on May 6, 1986, the numerator of this fraction will be adjusted   if the sum of this fraction and the Defined Benefit Plan Fraction would   otherwise exceed 1.0 under the terms of this Plan. Under the adjustment, an   amount equal to the product of (i) the excess of the sum of the fractions   over 1.0 times (ii) the denominator of this fraction, will be permanently   subtracted from the numerator of this fraction. The adjustment is calculated
  

25

	
  
 
  	
  
using the fractions as they would be computed as   of the end of the last Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 1987, and   disregarding any changes in the terms and conditions of the plan made after   May 5, 1986, but using the Code Section 415 limitation applicable to the   first Limitation Year beginning on or after January 1, 1987.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
The Annual Addition for any Limitation Year   beginning before January 1, 1987, shall not be recomputed to treat all   employee contributions as Annual Additions.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Employer means the employer that adopts this Plan, and all members of a   controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code Section 414(b) as   modified by Code Section 415(h)), all commonly controlled trades or   businesses (as defined in Code Section 414(c) as modified by Code Section   415(h)) or affiliated service groups (as defined in Code Section 414(m)) of   which the adopting employer is a part, and any other entity required to be   aggregated with the employer pursuant to regulations under Code Section   414(o).
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Excess Amount means the excess of the Member’s Annual Additions for the Limitation   Year over the Maximum Permissible Amount.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Highest Average Compensation means the average Compensation for the three consecutive Limitation   Years while he was an Employee (actual consecutive Limitation Years while he   was an Employee, if employed less than three years) that produces the highest   average.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Limitation Year means a calendar year or the consecutive 12-month period elected by   the Employer in Item S(1). If the Limitation Year ends on the last day of the   Fiscal Year and the Fiscal Year is a 52-53 week period, then the Limitation   Year shall be such period. All qualified plans maintained by the Employer   must use the same Limitation Year. If the Limitation Year is amended to a   different consecutive 12-month period, the new Limitation Year must begin on   a date within the Limitation Year in which the amendment is made.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
Master or Prototype Plan means a plan, the form of which is the subject of a favorable opinion   letter from the Internal Revenue Service.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Maximum Permissible Amount means the maximum Annual Addition that may be contributed or   allocated to a Member’s Account under the Plan for any Limitation Year. This   amount shall not exceed the lesser of:
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
  
The Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation, or
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
2)
  	
  
25 percent of the Member’s Compensation for the   Limitation Year.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
The compensation limitation referred to in (2)   shall not apply to any contribution for medical benefits (within the meaning   of Code Section 401(h) or 41 9A(f)(2)) which is otherwise treated as an   Annual Addition under Code Section 415(l)(1) or 419A(d)(2).
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
If a short Limitation Year is created because of   an amendment changing the Limitation Year to a different consecutive 12-month   period, the Maximum Permissible Amount will not exceed the Defined   Contribution Dollar Limitation multiplied by the following fraction:
  

	
  
Number of months in   the short Limitation Year
  
	  

	
    

    
 
	  

	
  
12
  

26

	
  
 
  	
  
Projected Annual Benefit means the annual retirement benefit (adjusted to an actuarially   equivalent straight life annuity if such benefit is expressed in a form other   than a straight life annuity or qualified joint and survivor annuity) to   which the Member would be entitled under the terms of the plan assuming:
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
  
the Member will continue employment until normal   retirement age under the plan (or current age, if later), and
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
2)
  	
  
the Member’s Compensation for the current   Limitation Year and all other relevant factors used to determine benefits   under the Plan will remain constant for all future Limitation Years.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
b)
  	
  
If the Member does not participate in, and has   never participated in, another qualified plan maintained by the Employer or a   welfare benefit fund, as defined in Code Section 419(e), maintained by the   Employer, or an individual medical account, as defined in Code Section   415(l)(2), maintained by the Employer, or a simplified employee pension, as   defined in Code Section 408(k), maintained by the Employer, which provides an   Annual Addition, the amount of Annual Additions which may be credited to the   Member’s Account for any Limitation Year shall not exceed the lesser of the   Maximum Permissible Amount or any other limitation contained in this Plan. If   the Employer Contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to   the Member’s Account would cause the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year   to exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount, the amount contributed or allocated   shall be reduced so that the Annual Additions for the
Limitation Year will   equal the Maximum Permissible Amount.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  
	
  
c)
  	
  
Prior to determining the Member’s actual   Compensation for the Limitation Year, the Employer may determine the Maximum   Permissible Amount for a Member on the basis of a reasonable estimation of   the Member’s Compensation for the Limitation Year, uniformly determined for   all Members similarly situated.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
d)
  	
  
As soon as is administratively feasible after the   end of the Limitation Year, the Maximum Permissible Amount for the Limitation   Year will be determined on the basis of the Member’s actual Compensation for   the Limitation Year.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
e)
  	
  
If as a result of the allocation of Forfeitures,   a reasonable error in estimating a Member’s Compensation for the Limitation   Year, a reasonable error in determining the amount of elective deferrals   (within the meaning of Code Section 402(g)(3)) that may be made with respect   to any individual under the limits of Code Section 415, or under other facts   and circumstances allowed by the Internal Revenue Service, there is an Excess   Amount, the excess will be disposed of as follows:
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
1)
  	
  
Any nondeductible Voluntary Contributions (plus   attributable earnings), to the extent they would reduce the Excess Amount,   will be returned (distributed, in the case of earnings) to the Member.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
2)
  	
  
If after the application of (1) above an Excess   Amount still exists, any Elective Deferral Contributions that are not the   basis for Matching Contributions (plus attributable earnings), to the extent   they would reduce the Excess Amount, will be distributed to the Member.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
3)
  	
  
If after the application of (2) above an Excess   Amount still exists, any Elective Deferral Contributions that are the basis   for Matching Contributions (plus attributable earnings), to the extent they   would reduce the Excess Amount, will be distributed to the Member.   Concurrently with the distribution of such Elective Deferral Contributions,   any Matching Contributions which relate to any Elective Deferral   Contributions distributed in the preceding sentence, to the extent such   application would reduce the Excess Amount, will be applied as provided in   (4) or (5) below.
  

27

	
  
 
  	
  
4)
  	
  
If after the application of (3) above an Excess   Amount still exists, and the Member is covered by the Plan at the end of the   Limitation Year, the Excess Amount in the Member’s Account will be used to   reduce Employer Contributions (including any allocation of Forfeitures) for   such Member in the next Limitation Year, and each succeeding Limitation Year   if necessary.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
5)
  	
  
If after the application of (3) above an Excess   Amount still exists, and the Member is not covered by the Plan at the end of   the Limitation Year, the Excess Amount will be held unallocated in a suspense   account. The suspense account will be applied to reduce future Employer   Contributions for all remaining Members in the next Limitation Year, and each   succeeding Limitation Year if necessary.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
6)
  	
  
If a suspense account is in existence at any time   during a Limitation Year pursuant to this (e), it will participate in the   allocation of investment gains or losses. If a suspense account is in existence   at any time during a particular Limitation Year, all amounts in the suspense   account must be allocated and reallocated to Member’s Accounts before any   Employer Contributions or any Voluntary Contributions may be made to the Plan   for that Limitation Year. Excess amounts held in a suspense account may not   be distributed to Members or former Members.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
f)
  	
  
This (f) applies if, in addition to this Plan,   the Member is covered under another qualified defined contribution Master or   Prototype Plan maintained by the Employer, a welfare benefit fund maintained   by the Employer, an individual medical account maintained by the Employer, or   a simplified employee pension maintained by the Employer which provides an   Annual Addition during any Limitation Year. The Annual Additions which may be   credited to a Member’s Account under this Plan for any such Limitation Year   will not exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount, reduced by the Annual   Additions credited to a Member’s account under the other qualified defined   contribution Master or Prototype Plans, welfare benefit funds, individual   medical accounts, and simplified employee pensions for the same Limitation   Year. If the Annual Additions with respect to the Member under other   qualified defined contribution Master or Prototype Plans, welfare benefit

  funds, individual medical accounts, and simplified employee pensions   maintained by the Employer are less than the Maximum Permissible Amount, and   the Employer Contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to   the Member’s Account under this Plan would cause the Annual Additions for the   Limitation Year to exceed this limitation, the amount contributed or   allocated will be reduced so that the Annual Additions under all such plans   and funds for the Limitation Year will equal the Maximum Permissible Amount.   If the Annual Additions with respect to the Member under such other qualified   defined contribution Master or Prototype Plans, welfare benefit funds,   individual medical accounts, and simplified employee pensions in the   aggregate are equal to or greater than the Maximum Permissible Amount, no   amount will be contributed or allocated to the Member’s Account under this   Plan for the Limitation Year.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  
	
  
g)
  	
  
Prior to determining the Member’s actual   Compensation for the Limitation Year, the Employer may determine the Maximum   Permissible Amount for a Member in the manner described in (c) above.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
h)
  	
  
As soon as is administratively feasible after the   end of the Limitation Year, the Maximum Permissible Amount for the Limitation   Year will be determined on the basis of the Member’s actual Compensation for   the Limitation Year.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
i)
  	
  
If pursuant to (h) above or as a result of the   allocation of forfeitures or as a result of a reasonable error in determining   the amount of elective deferrals (within the meaning of Code Section   402(g)(3)) that may be made with respect to any individual under the limits   of Code Section 415, a Member’s Annual Additions under this Plan and such   other plans would result
  

28

	
   
  	
  
in an Excess Amount for a Limitation Year, the   Excess Amount will be deemed to consist of the Annual Additions last   allocated, except that Annual Additions attributable to a simplified employee   pension will be deemed to have been allocated first, followed by Annual Additions   to a welfare benefit fund or individual medical account, regardless of the   actual allocation date.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
j)
  	
  
If an Excess Amount was allocated to a Member on   an allocation date of this Plan which coincides with an allocation date of   another plan, the Excess Amount attributed to this Plan will be the product   of:
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
  
the total Excess Amount allocated as of such   date, times
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
2)
  	
  
the ratio of (i) the Annual Additions allocated   to the Member for the Limitation Year as of such date under this Plan to (ii)   the total Annual Additions allocated to the Member for the Limitation Year as   of such date under this and all the other qualified defined contribution   Master or Prototype Plans.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
k)
  	
  
Any Excess Amount attributed to this Plan will be   disposed in the manner described in (e) above.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
l)
  	
  
If the Member is covered under another qualified   defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer which is not a Master or   Prototype Plan, Annual Additions which may be credited to the Member’s   Account under this Plan for any Limitation Year will be limited in accordance   with (f) through (k) above as though the other plan were a Master or   Prototype Plan, unless the Employer provides other limitations in Item   S(3)(a).
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
m)
  	
  
If the Employer maintains, or at any time maintained,   a qualified defined benefit plan covering any Member in this Plan, the sum of   the Member’s Defined Benefit Plan Fraction and Defined Contribution Plan   Fraction will not exceed 1.0 in any Limitation Year. The Annual Additions   credited to the Member’s Account under this Plan for any Limitation Year will   be limited in accordance with Item S(4). This subparagraph shall cease to   apply effective as of the first Limitation Year beginning on or after January   1, 2000.
  

SECTION 3.07 - EXCESS AMOUNTS.

	
  
a)
  	
  
Definitions. For purposes of this section, the following terms are defined:
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	

ACP means the average (expressed as a percentage) of the Contribution   Percentages of the Eligible Members in a group.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
ADP means the average (expressed as a percentage) of the Deferral   Percentages of the Eligible Members in a group.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Aggregate Limit means the greater of:
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
  
The sum of:
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
125 percent of the greater of the ADP of the   Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year or the ACP of the   Nonhighly Compensated Employees under the plan subject to Code Section 401(m)   for the Plan Year beginning with or within the prior Plan Year of the cash or   deferred arrangement, and
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
ii)
  	
  
the lesser of 200 percent or 2 percent plus the   lesser of such ADP or ACP.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
2)
  	
  
The sum of:
  

29

	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
125 percent of the lesser of the ADP of the   Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year or the ACP of the   Nonhighly Compensated Employees under the plan subject to Code Section 401(m)   for the Plan Year beginning with or within the prior Plan Year of the cash or   deferred arrangement, and
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
ii)
  	
  
the lesser of 200 percent or 2 percent plus the   greater of such ADP or ACP.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
If we have elected in Item K(2)(a) to use the   current year testing method, then, in calculating the Aggregate Limit for a   particular Plan Year, the Nonhighly Compensated Employees’ ADP and ACP for   that Plan Year, instead of the prior Plan Year, is used.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Contribution Percentage means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of the Eligible Member’s   Contribution Percentage Amounts to the Eligible Member’s Pay for the Plan   Year (whether or not the Eligible Member was an Eligible Member for the   entire Plan Year). If selected in Item N(4) of the Adoption Agreement -   Standard or N(5) of the Adoption Agreement - Nonstandard and in modification   of the foregoing, Pay shall be limited to the Pay received while an Eligible   Member. For an Eligible Member for whom such Contribution Percentage Amounts   for the Plan Year are zero, the percentage is zero.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Contribution Percentage Amounts means the sum of the Member Contributions and Matching Contributions   (that are not Qualified Matching Contributions taken into account for   purposes of the ADP Test) made under the Plan on behalf of the Eligible   Member for the Plan Year. Such Contribution Percentage Amounts shall not   include Matching Contributions that are forfeited either to correct Excess   Aggregate Contributions or because the Contributions to which they relate are   Excess Elective Deferrals, Excess Contributions, or Excess Aggregate   Contributions. Under such rules as the Secretary of the Treasury shall   prescribe, in determining the Contribution Percentage we may elect to include   Qualified Nonelective Contributions under this Plan which were not used in   computing the Deferral Percentage. We may also elect to use Elective Deferral   Contributions in computing the Contribution Percentage so long as the ADP   Test is met before the Elective
Deferral Contributions are used in the ACP   Test and continues to be met following the exclusion of those Elective   Deferral Contributions that are used to meet the ACP Test.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Deferral Percentage means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of Elective Deferral   Contributions under this Plan on behalf of the Eligible Member for the Plan   Year to the Eligible Member’s Pay for the Plan Year (whether or not the   Eligible Member was an Eligible Member for the entire Plan Year). If selected   in Item N(4) of the Adoption Agreement - Standard or N(5) of the Adoption   Agreement - Nonstandard and in modification of the foregoing, Pay shall be   limited to the Pay received while an Eligible Member. The Elective Deferral   Contributions used to determine the Deferral Percentage shall include Excess   Elective Deferrals (other than Excess Elective Deferrals of Nonhighly   Compensated Employees that arise solely from Elective Deferral Contributions   made under this Plan or any other plans of ours or a Controlled Group   member), but shall exclude Elective Deferral Contributions that are used in   computing the Contribution
Percentage (provided the ADP Test is satisfied   both with and without exclusion of these Elective Deferral Contributions).   Under such rules as the Secretary of the Treasury shall prescribe, we may   elect to include Qualified Nonelective Contributions and Qualified Matching   Contributions under this Plan in computing the Deferral Percentage. For an   Eligible Member for whom such contributions on his behalf for the Plan Year   are zero, the percentage is zero.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Elective Deferral Contributions means any employer contributions made to a plan at the election of a   member, in lieu of cash compensation, and shall include contributions made   pursuant to a salary reduction agreement or other deferral mechanism. With   respect to any taxable year, a member’s Elective Deferral Contributions are   the sum of all employer contributions made on behalf of such member pursuant   to an election to defer under any
  

30

	
  
 
  	
  
qualified cash or deferred arrangement described   in Code Section 401(k), any salary reduction simplified employee pension plan   described in Code Section 408(k)(6), any SIMPLE IRA plan described in Code   Section 408(p), any eligible deferred compensation plan under Code Section   457, any plan described under Code Section 501 (c)(1 8), and any employer   contributions made on behalf of a member for the purchase of an annuity   contract under Code Section 403(b) pursuant to a salary reduction agreement.   Elective Deferral Contributions shall not include any deferrals properly   distributed as excess annual additions.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
Eligible Member means, for purposes of determining the Deferral Percentage, any   Employee who is otherwise entitled to make Elective Deferral Contributions   under the terms of the Plan for the Plan Year. Eligible Member means, for   purposes of determining the Contribution Percentage, any Employee who is   eligible (i) to make a Member Contribution or an Elective Deferral   Contribution (if we take such contributions into account in the calculation   of the Contribution Percentage), or (ii) to receive a Matching Contribution   (including forfeitures) or a Qualified Matching Contribution. If a Member   Contribution is required as a condition of participation in the Plan, any   Employee who would be a Member in the Plan if such Employee made such a   contribution shall be treated as an Eligible Member on behalf of whom no   Member Contributions are made.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Excess Aggregate Contributions means, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of:
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
  
The aggregate Contribution Percentage Amounts   taken into account in computing the numerator of the Contribution Percentage   actually made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year,   over
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
2)
  	
  
The maximum Contribution Percentage Amounts   permitted by the ACP Test (determined by hypothetically reducing   contributions made on be half of Highly Compensated Employees in order of   their Contribution Percentages beginning with the highest of such   percentages).
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Such determination shall be made after first   determining Excess Elective Deferrals and then determining Excess   Contributions.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Excess Contributions means, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of:
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
  
The aggregate amount of employer contributions   actually taken into account in computing the Deferral Percentage of Highly   Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
2)
  	
  
The maximum amount of such contributions   permitted by the ADP Test (determined by hypothetically reducing   contributions made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees in the order of   the Deferral Percentages, beginning with the highest of such percentages).
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Such determination shall be made after first   determining Excess Elective Deferrals.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Excess Elective Deferrals means those Elective Deferral Contributions that are includible in a   Member’s gross income under Code Section 402(g) to the extent such Member’s   Elective Deferral Contributions for a taxable year exceed the dollar   limitation under such Code section. Excess Elective Deferrals shall be   treated as Annual Additions, as defined in Section 3.06, under the Plan,   unless such amounts are distributed no later than the first April 15   following the close of the Member’s taxable year.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Matching Contributions means employer contributions made to this or any other defined contribution   plan, or to a contract described in Code Section 403(b), on behalf of a   member on account of a Member Contribution made by such member, or on account   of a member’s Elective Deferral Contributions, under a plan maintained by us   or a Controlled Group member.
  

31

	
  
 
  	
  
Member Contributions means contributions made to the plan by or on behalf of a member that   are included in the member’s gross income in the year in which made and that   are maintained under a separate account to which earnings and losses are   allocated.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Qualified Matching Contributions   means Matching Contributions which are   subject to the distribution and nonforfeitability requirements under Code   Section 401(k) when made.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Qualified Nonelective   Contributions means any employer   contributions (other than Matching Contributions) which an employee may not   elect to have paid to him in cash instead of being contributed to the plan   and which are subject to the distribution and nonforfeitability requirements   under Code Section 401(k) when made.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
b)
  	
  
Excess Elective Deferrals. A Member may assign to this Plan any Excess Elective Deferrals made   during a taxable year of the Member by notifying the Plan Administrator in   writing on or before the first following March 1 of the amount of the Excess   Elective Deferrals to be assigned to the Plan. A Member is deemed to notify   the Plan Administrator of any Excess Elective Deferrals that arise by taking   into account only those Elective Deferral Contributions made to this Plan and   any other plan of ours or a Controlled Group member. The Member’s claim for   Excess Elective Deferrals shall be accompanied by the Member’s written   statement that if such amounts are not distributed, such Excess Elective   Deferrals will exceed the limit imposed on the Member by Code Section 402(g)   for the year in which the deferral occurred. The Excess Elective Deferrals   assigned to this Plan cannot exceed the Elective Deferral Contributions   allocated under

this Plan for such taxable year.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan,   Elective Deferral Contributions in an amount equal to the Excess Elective   Deferrals assigned to this Plan, plus any income and minus any loss allocable   thereto, shall be distributed no later than April 15 to any Member to whose   Account Excess Elective Deferrals were assigned for the preceding year and   who claims Excess Elective Deferrals for such taxable year.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
The Excess Elective Deferrals shall be adjusted   for any income or loss. The income or loss allocable to such Excess Elective   Deferrals shall be equal to the income or loss allocable to the Member’s   Elective Deferral Contributions for the taxable year in which the excess   occurred multiplied by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the   Excess Elective Deferrals. The denominator of the fraction is the closing   balance without regard to any income or loss occurring during such taxable   year (as of the end of such taxable year) of the Member’s Account resulting   from Elective Deferral Contributions.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Any Matching Contributions which were based on   the Elective Deferral Contributions which are distributed as Excess Elective   Deferrals, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be   forfeited.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  c)
  	
  
ADP Test. As of the end of each Plan Year after Excess Elective Deferrals have   been determined, the Plan must satisfy the ADP Test. The ADP Test shall be   satisfied using the prior year testing method, unless we have elected in Item   K(2)(a) to use the current year testing method.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
  
 Prior   Year Testing Method. The ADP for a Plan Year for Eligible Members who are   Highly Compensated Employees for each Plan Year and the prior year’s ADP for   Eligible Members who were Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan   Year must satisfy one of the following tests:
  

32

	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
The ADP for a Plan Year for Eligible Members who   are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the prior   year’s ADP for Eligible Members who were Nonhighly Compensated Employees for   the prior Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
ii)
  	
  
The ADP for a Plan Year for Eligible Members who   are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year:
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
A
  	
  
shall not exceed the prior year’s ADP for   Eligible Members who were Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan   Year multiplied by 2, and
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
B
  	
  
the difference between such ADPs is not more than   2.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
If this is not a successor plan, for the first   Plan Year the Plan permits any Member to make Elective Deferral   Contributions, for purposes of the foregoing tests, the prior year’s   Nonhighly Compensated Employees’ ADP shall be 3 percent, unless we have   elected in Item K(2)(b)(i) to use the Plan Year’s ADP for these Eligible   Members.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
2)
  	
  
Current   Year Testing Method. The ADP for a Plan Year for Eligible Members who are   Highly Compensated Employees for each Plan Year and the ADP for Eligible   Members who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year must   satisfy one of the following tests:
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
The ADP for a Plan Year for Eligible Members who   are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the ADP   for Eligible Members who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the Plan   Year multiplied by 1.25; or
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
ii)
  	
  
The ADP for a Plan Year for Eligible Members who   are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year:
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
A
  	
  
shall not exceed the ADP for Eligible Members who   are Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year multiplied by 2, and
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
B
  	
  
the difference between such ADPs is not more than   2.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
If we have elected in Item K(2)(a) to use the   current year testing method, that election cannot be changed unless (i) the   Plan has been using the current year testing method for the preceding five   Plan Years, or if less, the number of Plan Years the Plan has been in   existence; or (ii) the Plan otherwise meets one of the conditions specified   in Internal Revenue Service Notice 98-1 (or superseding guidance) for   changing from the current year testing method.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
A Member is a Highly Compensated Employee for a   particular Plan Year if he meets the definition of a Highly Compensated   Employee in effect for that Plan Year. Similarly, a Member is a Nonhighly   Compensated Employee for a particular Plan Year if he does not meet the   definition of a Highly Compensated Employee in effect for that Plan Year.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
The Deferral Percentage for any Eligible Member   who is a Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year and who is eligible to   have Elective Deferral Contributions (and Qualified Nonelective Contributions   or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, if treated as Elective Deferral   Contributions for purposes of the ADP Test) allocated to his account under   two or more arrangements described in Code Section 401(k) that are maintained   by us or a Controlled Group member shall be determined as if such Elective   Deferral Contributions (and, if applicable, such Qualified Nonelective   Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both) were made under a   single arrangement. If a Highly
  

33

	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
Compensated Employee participates in two or more   cash or deferred arrangements that have different plan years, all cash or   deferred arrangements ending with or within the same calendar year shall be   treated as a single arrangement. The foregoing notwithstanding, certain plans   shall be treated as separate if mandatorily disaggregated under the   regulations of Code Section 401(k).
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
In the event this Plan satisfies the requirements   of Code Section 401(k), 401 (a)(4), or 410(b) only if aggregated with one or   more other plans, or if one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of   such Code sections only if aggregated with this Plan, then this section shall   be applied by determining the Deferral Percentage of Employees as if all such   plans were a single plan. Any adjustments to the Nonhighly Compensated   Employee ADP for the prior year shall be made in accordance with Internal   Revenue Service Notice 98-1 (or superseding guidance), unless we have elected   in Item K(2)(a) to use the current year testing method. Plans may be   aggregated in order to satisfy Code Section 401(k) only if they have the same   plan year and use the same testing method for the ADP Test.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
For purposes of the ADP Test, Elective Deferral   Contributions, Qualified Nonelective Contributions, and Qualified Matching   Contributions must be made before the end of the 12-month period immediately   following the Plan Year to which the contributions relate.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
We shall maintain records sufficient to   demonstrate satisfaction of the ADP Test and the amount of Qualified   Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, used   in such test.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
If the Plan Administrator should determine during   the Plan Year that the ADP Test is not being met, the Plan Administrator may   limit the amount of future Elective Deferral Contributions of the Highly   Compensated Employees.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan,   Excess Contributions, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto,   shall be distributed no later than the last day of each Plan Year to Members   to whose Accounts such Excess Contributions were allocated for the preceding   Plan Year. Excess Contributions are allocated to the Highly Compensated   Employees with the largest amounts of employer contributions taken into account   in calculating the ADP Test for the year in which the excess arose, beginning   with the Highly Compensated Employee with the largest amount of such employer   contributions and continuing in descending order until all of the Excess   Contributions have been allocated. For purposes of the preceding sentence,   the “largest amount” is determined after distribution of any Excess   Contributions. If such excess amounts are distributed more than 2 1/2 months   after the last day of the Plan Year in which such excess
amounts arose, a 10   percent excise tax shall be imposed on the employer maintaining the plan with   respect to such amounts.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
Excess Contributions shall be treated as Annual   Additions, as defined in Section 3.06.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
The Excess Contributions shall be adjusted for   any income or loss. The income or loss allocable to such Excess Contributions   allocated to each Member shall be equal to the income or loss allocable to   the Member’s Elective Deferral Contributions (and, if applicable, Qualified   Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both) for   the Plan Year in which the excess occurred multiplied by a fraction. The   numerator of the fraction is the Excess Contributions. The denominator of the   fraction is the closing balance without regard to any income or loss   occurring during such Plan Year (as of the end of such Plan Year) of the   Member’s Account resulting from Elective Deferral Contributions (and   Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or   both, if such contributions are included in the ADP Test).
  

34

	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
Excess Contributions allocated to a Member shall   be distributed from the Member’s Account resulting from Elective Deferral   Contributions. If such Excess Contributions exceed the balance in the   Member’s Account resulting from Elective Deferral Contributions, the balance   shall be distributed from the Member’s Account resulting from Qualified   Matching Contributions (if applicable) and Qualified Nonelective   Contributions, respectively.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
Any Matching Contributions which were based on   the Elective Deferral Contributions which are distributed as Excess   Contributions, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be   forfeited.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  d)
  	
  
ACP Test. As of the end of each Plan Year, the Plan must satisfy the ACP Test.   The ACP Test shall be satisfied using the prior year testing method, unless   we have elected in Item K(2)(a) to use the current year testing method.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
  
Prior Year Testing Method. The ACP for a Plan Year for Eligible Members who are Highly   Compensated Employees for each Plan Year and the prior year’s ACP for   Eligible Members who were Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan   Year must satisfy one of the following tests:
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
The ACP for a Plan Year for Eligible Members who   are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the prior   year’s ACP for Eligible Members who were Nonhighly Compensated Employees for   the prior Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
ii)
  	
  
The ACP for a Plan Year for Eligible Members who   are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year:
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
A
  	
  
shall not exceed the prior year’s ACP for   Eligible Members who were Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan   Year multiplied by 2, and
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
B
  	
  
the difference between such ACPs is not more than   2.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
If this is not a successor plan, for the first   Plan Year the Plan permits any Member to make Member Contributions, provides   for Matching Contributions, or both, for purposes of the foregoing tests, the   prior year’s Nonhighly Compensated Employees’ ACP shall be 3 percent, unless   we have elected in Item K(2)(c)(i) to use the Plan Year’s ACP for these   Eligible Members.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
2)
  	
  
Current Year Testing Method. The ACP for a Plan Year for Eligible Members who are Highly   Compensated Employees for each Plan Year and the ACP for Eligible Members who   are Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year must satisfy one of the   following tests:
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
The ACP for a Plan Year for Eligible Members who   are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the ACP   for Eligible Members who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the Plan   Year multiplied by 1.25; or
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
ii)
  	
  
The ACP for a Plan Year for Eligible Members who   are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year:
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
A
  	
  
shall not exceed the ACP for Eligible Members who   are Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year multiplied by 2, and
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
B 
  	
  
the difference between such ACPs is not more than   2.
  

35

	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
If we have elected in Item K(2)(a) to use the   current year testing method, that election cannot be changed unless (i) the   Plan has been using the current year testing method for the preceding five   Plan Years, or if less, the number of Plan Years the Plan has been in   existence; or (ii) the Plan otherwise meets one of the conditions specified   in Internal Revenue Service Notice 98-1 (or superseding guidance) for   changing from the current year testing method.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
A Member is a Highly Compensated Employee for a   particular Plan Year if he meets the definition of a Highly Compensated   Employee in effect for that Plan Year. Similarly, a Member is a Nonhighly   Compensated Employee for a particular Plan Year if he does not meet the   definition of a Highly Compensated Employee in effect for that Plan Year.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Multiple Use. If one or more Highly Compensated Employees participate in both a   cash or deferred arrangement and a plan subject to the ACP Test maintained by   us or a Controlled Group member, and the sum of the ADP and ACP of those   Highly Compensated Employees subject to either or both tests exceeds the   Aggregate Limit, then the Contribution Percentage of those Highly Compensated   Employees who also participate in a cash or deferred arrangement will be   reduced in the manner described below for allocating Excess Aggregate   Contributions so that the limit is not exceeded. The amount by which each   Highly Compensated Employee’s Contribution Percentage is reduced shall be   treated as an Excess Aggregate Contribution. The ADP and ACP of the Highly   Compensated Employees are determined after any corrections required to meet   the ADP Test and ACP Test and are deemed to be the maximum permitted under   such tests for the Plan Year. Multiple use
does not occur if either the ADP   or ACP of the Highly Compensated Employees does not exceed 1.25 multiplied by   the ADP and ACP, respectively, of the Nonhighly Compensated Employees.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
The Contribution Percentage for any Eligible   Member who is a Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year and who is   eligible to have Contribution Percentage Amounts allocated to his account   under two or more plans described in Code Section 401(a) or arrangements   described in Code Section 401(k) that are maintained by us or a Controlled   Group member shall be determined as if the total of such Contribution   Percentage Amounts was made under each plan. If a Highly Compensated Employee   participates in two or more cash or deferred arrangements that have different   plan years, all cash or deferred arrangements ending with or within the same   calendar year shall be treated as a single arrangement. The foregoing   notwithstanding, certain plans shall be treated as separate if mandatorily   disaggregated under the regulations of Code Section 401(m).
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
In the event this Plan satisfies the requirements   of Code Section 401(m), 401 (a)(4), or 410(b) only if aggregated with one or   more other plans, or if one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of   such Code sections only if aggregated with this Plan, then this section shall   be applied by determining the Contribution Percentage of Employees as if all   such plans were a single plan. Any adjustments to the Nonhighly Compensated   Employee ACP for the prior year shall be made in accordance with Internal   Revenue Service Notice 98-1 (or superseding guidance), unless we have elected   in Item K(2)(a) to use the current year testing method. Plans may be   aggregated in order to satisfy Code Section 401(m) only if they have the same   plan year and use the same testing method for the ACP Test.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
For purposes of the ACP Test, Member   Contributions are considered to have been made in the Plan Year in which   contributed to the Plan. Matching Contributions and Qualified Nonelective   Contributions will be considered made for a Plan Year if made no later than   the end of the 12-month period beginning on the day after the close of the   Plan Year.
  

36

	
  
 
  	
  
We shall maintain records sufficient to   demonstrate satisfaction of the ACP Test and the amount of Qualified   Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, used   in such test.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan,   Excess Aggregate Contributions, plus any income and minus any loss allocable   thereto, shall be forfeited, if not vested, or distributed, if vested, no   later than the last day of each Plan Year to Members to whose Accounts such   Excess Aggregate Contributions were allocated for the preceding Plan Year.   Excess Aggregate Contributions are allocated to the Highly Compensated   Employees with the largest Contribution Percentage Amounts taken into account   in calculating the ACP Test for the year in which the excess arose, beginning   with the Highly Compensated Employee with the largest amount of such   Contribution Percentage Amounts and continuing in descending order until all   of the Excess Aggregate Contributions have been allocated. For purposes of   the preceding sentence, the “largest amount” is determined after distribution   of any Excess Aggregate Contributions. If such Excess Aggregate
Contributions   are distributed more than 2 1/2 months after the last day of the Plan Year in   which such excess amounts arose, a 10 percent excise tax will be imposed on   the employer maintaining the plan with respect to such amounts.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be treated   as Annual Additions, as defined in Section 3.06.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
The Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be   adjusted for any income or loss. The income or loss allocable to such Excess   Aggregate Contributions allocated to each Member shall be equal to the income   or loss allocable to the Member’s Contribution Percentage Amounts for the   Plan Year in which the excess occurred multiplied by a fraction. The   numerator of the fraction is the Excess Aggregate Contributions. The   denominator of the fraction is the closing balance without regard to any   income or loss occurring during such Plan Year (as of the end of such Plan   Year) of the Member’s Account resulting from Contribution Percentage Amounts.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Excess Aggregate Contributions allocated to a   Member shall be distributed from the Member’s Account resulting from Member   Contributions that are not required as a condition of employment or   participation or for obtaining additional benefits from Employer   Contributions. If such Excess Aggregate Contributions exceed the balance in   the Member’s Account resulting from such Member Contributions, the balance   shall be forfeited, if not vested, or distributed, if vested, on a pro-rata   basis from the Member’s Account resulting from Contribution Percentage   Amounts.
  

SECTION 3.08 - 401(k) SAFE HARBOR PROVISIONS. 

	
  
a)
  	
  
Rules of Application.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
  
If we have elected in Item O(8) to have the   401(k) safe harbor provisions apply and such provisions apply for the entire   Plan Year, then the provisions of this section shall apply for the Plan Year.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
If Item O(8)(b) is selected, any provisions   relating to the ADP Test in Section 3.07 do not apply. If Item O(8)(d) is   selected, any provisions relating to the ADP Test in Section 3.07 do not   apply for the Plan Year specified in Item O(8)(d).
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
If Items O(8) and O(8)(a)(i) are selected and   Item O(8)(b) is selected, any provisions relating to the ACP Test in Section   3.07 with respect to Matching Contributions do not apply. If Items O(8) and   O(8)(a)(i) are selected and Item O(8)(d) is selected, any provisions   relating to the ACP Test in Section 3.07 with respect to Matching   Contributions do not apply for the Plan Year specified in Item O(8)(d).
  

37

	
  
 
  	
  
2)
  	
  
The provisions of this section shall not apply   unless (i) the Plan Year is 12 months long, or (ii) in the case of the first   Plan Year of a newly established plan (other than a successor plan), the Plan   Year is at least 3 months long (or any shorter period if we are a newly   established employer that establishes the Plan as soon as administratively   feasible after we come into existence).
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
3)
  	
  
However, if a cash or deferred arrangement is   added to an existing profit sharing, stock bonus, or pre-ERISA money purchase   pension plan for the first time during a plan year, the requirements in (1)   and (2) above will be treated as being satisfied for the entire Plan Year   provided:
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
the Plan is not a successor plan (within the   meaning of Internal Revenue Service Notice 98-1 or superseding guidance),
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
ii)
  	
  
the cash or deferred arrangement is made   effective no later than 3 months prior to the end of the Plan Year, and
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
iii)
  	
  
the requirements of Internal Revenue Service   Notice 98-52 are otherwise satisfied for the entire period from the effective   date of the cash or deferred arrangement to the end of the Plan Year.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
Thus, an existing calendar-year profit sharing   plan that does not contain a cash or deferred arrangement may be amended as   late as October 1 to add a cash or deferred arrangement and elect to apply   the 401(k) safe harbor provisions for that Plan Year. The Pay that would be   used to calculate the Qualified Matching Contributions or the Qualified   Nonelective Contributions for such Plan Year will be the Member’s Pay   received while the 401(k) safe harbor provisions apply, October 1 through   December 31.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
4)
  	
  
To the extent that any other provision of the   Plan is inconsistent with the provisions of this section, the provisions of   this section shall govern.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
b)
  	
  
 ADP   Test Safe Harbor.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
  
Contributions. If Item O(8)(b)(i) is selected, the Plan is satisfying the ADP Test   Safe Harbor using Qualified Matching Contributions as required in Item   O(8)(b)(i). If Item O(8)(b)(ii) is selected, the Plan is satisfying the ADP   Test Safe Harbor using Qualified Nonelective Contributions as required in   Item O(8)(b)(ii). If Item O(8)(d) is selected, the Plan is satisfying the ADP   Test Safe Harbor using Qualified Nonelective Contributions as required in   Item O(8)(d) for the Plan Year specified.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
2)
  	
  
Notice Requirement.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
If Item O(8)(b) is selected, at least 30 days,   but not more than 90 days, before the beginning of the Plan Year, we shall   provide each Active Member a comprehensive notice of his rights and   obligations under the Plan, including a description of the Qualified Matching   Contributions or Qualified Nonelective Contributions that will be made to the   Plan to satisfy the ADP Test Safe Harbor.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
ii)
  	
  
If Item O(8)(c) is selected, at least 30 days,   but not more than 90 days, before the beginning of the Plan Year, we shall   provide each Active Member a comprehensive notice of his rights and   obligations under the Plan, including a statement that we may amend the Plan   during the Plan Year to elect to make a Qualified Nonelective Contribution of   at least 3% of a Member’s Pay. If Item O(8)(d) is selected and the Plan
  

38

	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
is so amended, a supplemental notice will be   provided no later than 30 days before the end of the Plan Year specified in   Item O(8)(d) informing the Member of such amendment.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
The notice shall be written in a manner   calculated to be understood by the average Active Member.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
If an Employee becomes an Active Member after the   90th day before the beginning of the Plan Year and does not receive the notices   described above for that reason, the applicable notice must be provided no   more than 90 days before he becomes an Active Member but not later than the   date he becomes an Active Member.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
For a Plan Year that begins on or before April 1,   1999, the notice requirement is satisfied if the notice in (i) above is given   on or before March 1, 1999. For a Plan electing to apply the 401(k) safe   harbor provisions for the first time in 2000, for a Plan Year that begins on   or after January 1, 2000 and on or before June 1, 2000, the notice   requirement is satisfied if the notice in (i) or (ii) above is given on or   before May 1, 2000.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
3)
  	
  
Supplemental Notice. If Item O(8)(d) is selected, we shall provide each Active Member a   supplemental notice no later than 30 days before the end of the Plan Year   specified in Item O(8)(d). The supplemental notice shall state that a   Qualified Nonelective Contribution will be made for such Plan Year and   disclose the amount of such Qualified Nonelective Contribution. Such notice   may be provided separately or as a part of the notice in (2) above for the   following Plan Year.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
4)
  	
  
Election Periods. In addition to any other election periods provided under the Plan,   each Active Member may make or modify a deferral election during the 30-day   period immediately following receipt of the notice described in (2)(i) or   (ii) above.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
c)
  	
  
ACP Test Safe Harbor.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
  
Matching Contributions.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
If the Plan is satisfying the ADP Test Safe   Harbor and the ACP Test Safe Harbor, Matching Contributions shall be limited   as provided in Items O(8)(b)(i) and P.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
ii)
  	
  
If the Plan is satisfying the ADP Test Safe   Harbor using Qualified Matching Contributions, all Matching Contributions   shall be Qualified Matching Contributions. If the Plan is satisfying the ADP   Test Safe Harbor using Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Matching   Contributions shall not be Qualified Matching Contributions unless Item P(8)   is selected.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
d)
  	
  
ACP Test.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
  
Continued Application. If the Plan is satisfying the ADP Test Safe Harbor and the ACP Test   Safe Harbor, the Plan must still satisfy the ACP Test in the manner specified   in (2) below with respect to Member Contributions. If the Plan is satisfying   the ADP Test Safe Harbor but not the ACP Test Safe Harbor, the Plan must   satisfy the ACP Test in the manner specified in (2) below with respect to   Voluntary Contributions and Matching Contributions.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
2)
  	
  
Special Rules. If the Plan is satisfying the ADP Test Safe Harbor and the ACP Test   Safe Harbor, all Matching Contributions with respect to all Eligible Members,   as defined in Section 3.07, shall be disregarded. If the Plan is satisfying   the ADP Test Safe Harbor using Qualified Nonelective Contributions, but is   not satisfying the ACP Test Safe Harbor, such
  

39

	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall be   disregarded. Qualified Matching Contributions shall not be treated as being   taken into account for purposes of the ADP Test. Elective Deferral   Contributions may not be taken into account for purposes of the ACP Test.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
3)
  	
  
Multiple Use. If this Plan is the only cash or deferred arrangement in which a   Highly Compensated Employee participates, the provisions in Section 3.07   regarding the Aggregate Limit, as defined in Section 3.07, shall not apply.   If this Plan satisfies the ACP Test Safe Harbor and provides for no Member   Contributions, the provisions in Section 3.07 regarding the Aggregate Limit,   as defined in Section 3.07, shall not apply.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  e)
  	
  
Revocation of 401(k) Safe Harbor Election. If the ADP Test Safe Harbor is satisfied using Qualified Matching   Contributions, we may amend the Plan to revoke the 401(k) safe harbor   election for the Plan Year. Active Members shall be provided a supplemental   notice that explains the consequences of the amendment, informs them of the   effective date of the elimination of the Qualified Matching Contributions and   gives them a reasonable opportunity (including a reasonable period) to change   the amount of their Elective Deferral Contributions. The effective date of   the revocation cannot be earlier than the later of (i) 30 days after the   Active Members are given such notice, and (ii) the date the amendment   revoking such provisions is adopted.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
If elected in Item O(8)(b)(i)E, we shall revoke   the 401(k) safe harbor election for the Plan Year and perform the ADP Test   and ACP Test, if applicable, for the entire Plan Year using the current year   testing method described in Section 3.07. We shall make the Qualified   Matching Contributions for the period prior to the effective date of the   revocation.
  

SECTION 3.09 - 401(k) SIMPLE PROVISIONS.

	
  
a) 
  	
  
Rules of Application.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
  
 If we   have elected in Item O(9) to have the 401(k) SIMPLE provisions apply, then   the provisions of this section shall apply for a Year only if:
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
we are an Eligible Employer, and
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
ii)
  	
  
no contributions are made, or benefits are   accrued for services during the Year, on behalf of any Eligible Employee   under any other plan, contract, pension, or trust described in Code Section   219(g)(5)(A) or (B), maintained by us or a Controlled Group member.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
2)
  	
  
To the extent that any other provision of the   Plan is inconsistent with the provisions of this section, the provisions of   this section shall govern.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
b)
  	
  
Definitions. For purposes of applying the provisions of this section, the   following terms are defined:
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Compensation means the sum of the wages, tips, and other compensation from us   subject to Federal income tax withholding (as described in Code Section 6051   (a)(3)) and the Employee’s salary reduction contributions made under this or   any other Code Section 401(k) plan, and, if applicable, elective deferrals   under a Code Section 408(p) SIMPLE IRA plan, a SARSEP, or a Code Section   403(b) annuity contract and compensation deferred under a Code Section 457   plan, required to be reported by us on Form W-2 (as described in Code Section   6051 (a)(8)). For Self-employed Individuals, Compensation means net earnings   from self-employment determined under Code Section 1402(a) prior to subtracting   any contributions made under this Plan on behalf of the individual. The   provisions of the Plan implementing the limit on compensation under Code   Section 401 (a)(1 7) apply to the Compensation under (c) below.
  

40

	
  
 
  	
  
Eligible Employer means, with respect to any Year, an employer that had no more than   100 employees who received at least $5,000 of Compensation from the employer   for the preceding Year. In applying the preceding sentence, all employees of   controlled groups of corporations under Code Section 414(b), all employees of   trades or businesses (whether incorporated or not) under common control under   Code Section 414(c), all employees of affiliated service groups under Code   Section 414(m), and leased employees required to be treated as the employer’s   employees under Code Section 414(n), are taken into account.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
An Eligible Employer that elects to have the   401(k) SIMPLE provisions apply to the Plan and that fails to be an Eligible   Employer for any subsequent Year, is treated as an Eligible Employer for the   two Years following the last Year the Employer was an Eligible Employer. If   the failure is due to any acquisition, disposition, or similar transaction   involving an Eligible Employer, the preceding sentence applies only if the provisions   of Code Section 410(b)(6)(C)(i) are satisfied.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Eligible Employee means any Employee who is entitled to make elective deferrals under   the terms of the Plan.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Year means the calendar year. 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
c)
  	
  
Contributions.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
  
 Salary   Reduction Contributions.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
Each Eligible Employee may make a salary   reduction election to have his Compensation reduced for the Year in any   amount selected by the Employee subject to the limitation set forth in (ii)   below. We will make a salary reduction contribution to the Plan, as an   elective deferral, in the amount by which the Employee’s Compensation has   been reduced.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
ii)
  	
  
The total salary reduction contribution for the   Year cannot exceed $6,000 for any Employee. To the extent permitted by law,   this amount will be adjusted to reflect any annual cost-of-living increases   announced by the Internal Revenue Service.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
For purposes of the Plan, these contributions   shall be Elective Deferral Contributions.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
2)
  	
  
Other Contributions.
  
	  
	  
	  
	  

	  
	  
	
i)
	
Matching Contributions. Each Year we will contribute a matching contribution to the Plan on   behalf of each Employee who makes a salary reduction election under (c)(1)(i)   above. The amount of the matching contribution will be equal to the   Employee’s salary reduction contribution up to a limit of 3% of the   Employee’s Compensation for the full Year.

	  
	  
	  
	  

	  
	  
	  
	
For purposes of the Plan, these contributions   shall be Matching Contributions.
 
	  
	  
	  
	  

	  
	  
	 ii)
	
Nonelective Contributions. For any Year, instead of a matching contribution, we may elect to   contribute a nonelective contribution of 2% of Compensation for the full Year   for each Eligible Employee.

	  
	  
	  
	  

	  
	  
	  
	
For purposes of the Plan, these contributions   shall be Additional Contributions.

								

41

	
  
 
  	
  
3)
  	
  
Limitations on Other Contributions. No employer or employee contributions may be made to this Plan for   the Year other than salary reduction contributions described in (c)(1) above,   matching or nonelective contributions described in (c)(2) above, and rollover   contributions described in Regulations section 1 .402(c)-2, Q&A-1 (a).
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
4)
  	
  
The provisions of the Plan implementing the   limitations of Code Section 415 apply to contributions made pursuant to   (c)(1) and (c)(2) above.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
d)
  	
  
Election and Notice Requirements.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
  
Election Period.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
In addition to any other election periods   provided under the Plan, each Eligible Employee may make or modify a salary   reduction election during the 60-day period immediately preceding each   January 1.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
ii)
  	
  
For the Year an Employee becomes eligible to make   salary reduction contributions under the 401(k) SIMPLE provisions, the 60-day   election period requirement of (i) above is deemed satisfied if the Employee   may make or modify a salary reduction election during a 60-day period that   includes either the date the Employee becomes eligible or the day before.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
iii)
  	
  
Each Employee may terminate a salary reduction   election at any time during the Year.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
2)
  	
  
Notice Requirements.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
We will notify each Eligible Employee prior to   the 60-day election period described in (d)(1) above that he can make a   salary reduction election or modify a prior election during that period.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
ii)
  	
  
The notification will indicate whether we will   provide a 3% matching contribution described in (c)(2)(i) above or a 2%   nonelective contribution described in (c)(2)(ii) above.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
e)
  	
  
Vesting Requirements. All benefits attributable to contributions described in (c)(1) and   (c)(2) above are nonforfeitable at all times and all previous contributions   made under the Plan are nonforfeitable as of the beginning of the Year the   401(k) SIMPLE provisions apply. If these provisions were previously adopted   without a requirement that all previous contributions be nonforfeitable, this   requirement will not apply until the date a plan that requires these   contributions to be nonforfeitable is adopted.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
f)
  	
  
Top-heavy Rules. The Plan is not treated as a top-heavy plan under Code Section 416   for any Year for which this section applies.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  
	
  
g)
  	
  
Nondiscrimination Tests. The ADP and ACP tests described in Section 3.07 are treated as   satisfied for any Year for which this section applies.
  

ARTICLE IV
 INVESTMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS

SECTION 4.01 - INVESTMENT AND TIMING OF CONTRIBUTIONS.

	
  
a)
  	
  
Trusteed Plans. The provisions of this subparagraph apply to trusteed plans.
  

42

	
  
 
  	
  
The handling of Contributions is governed by the   provisions of the Trust Agreement, the Annuity Contract, and any other   funding arrangement in which the Plan Fund is or may be held or invested. To   the extent permitted by the Trust Agreement, Annuity Contract, or other   funding arrangement, the parties established by Item U(2) shall direct the   Contributions to any Insurance Policy, the guaranteed benefit policy portion   of the Annuity Contract, any of the investment options available under the   Annuity Contract, or any of the investment vehicles available under the Trust   Agreement and may request the transfer of amounts resulting from those   Contributions between such investment options and investment vehicles or the   transfer of amounts between the guaranteed benefit policy portion of the   Annuity Contract and such investment options and investment vehicles. A   Member may not direct the Trustee or Insurer to invest the Member’s Account in
collectibles. Collectibles mean any work of art, rug or antique, metal or   gem, stamp or coin, alcoholic beverage, or other tangible personal property   specified by the Secretary of the Treasury. However, for tax years beginning   after December 31, 1997, certain coins and bullion as provided in Code   Section 408(m)(3) shall not be considered collectibles. To the extent that a   Member who has investment direction fails to give timely direction, we shall   direct the investment of his Account. If we have investment direction, such   Account shall be invested ratably in the guaranteed benefit policy portion of   the Annuity Contract, the investment options available under the Annuity   Contract, or the investment vehicles available under the Trust Agreement in   the same manner as the Accounts of all other Members who do not direct their   investments. We shall have investment direction for amounts which have not   been allocated to Members. To the extent an investment is no longer   available, we
may require that amounts currently held in such investment be   reinvested in other investments.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
At least annually, the Named Fiduciary shall   review all pertinent Employee information and Plan data in order to establish   the funding policy of the Plan and to determine appropriate methods of   carrying out the Plan’s objectives. The Named Fiduciary shall inform the   Trustee and any Investment Manager of the Plan’s short-term and long-term   financial needs so the investment policy can be coordinated with the Plan’s   financial requirements.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
However, the Named Fiduciary may delegate to the   Investment Manager investment direction for Contributions and amounts which   are not subject to Member direction.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
b) 
  	
  
Nontrusteed Plans. The provisions of this subparagraph apply to plans which are not trusteed.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
The handling of Contributions which are directed   to the Annuity Contract is governed by the provisions of the Annuity   Contract. To the extent permitted by the Annuity Contract, the parties   established by Item U(2) shall direct the Contributions to the guaranteed   benefit policy portion of the Annuity Contract or any of the investment   options available under the Annuity Contract and may request the transfer of   amounts resulting from those Contributions between such investment options or   the transfer of amounts between the guaranteed benefit policy portion of the   Annuity Contract and such investment options. To the extent that a Member who   has investment direction fails to give timely direction, we shall direct the   investment of his Account. If we have investment direction, such Account   shall be invested ratably in the guaranteed benefit policy portion of the   Annuity Contract or the investment options available under the Annuity   Contract in
the same manner as the Accounts of all other Members who do not   direct their investments. We shall have investment direction for amounts   which have not been allocated to Members. To the extent an investment is no   longer available, we may require that amounts currently held in such   investment be reinvested in other investments.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
At least annually, the Named Fiduciary shall   review all pertinent Employee information and Plan data in order to establish   the funding policy of the Plan and to determine appropriate methods of   carrying out the Plan’s objectives. The Named Fiduciary shall inform any   Investment Manager of the Plan’s short-term and long-term financial needs so   the investment policy can be coordinated with the Plan’s financial   requirements.
  

43

	
  
 
  	
  
However, the Named Fiduciary may delegate to the   Investment Manager investment direction for Contributions and amounts which   are not subject to Member direction, including any Contributions made by us   before the end of the Plan Year which are not allocated when made.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
c)
  	
  
All Plans. The provisions of this subparagraph apply to all plans.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
We shall pay to the Insurer or Trustee, as   applicable, the Elective Deferral Contributions, Qualified Matching   Contributions, and Qualified Nonelective Contributions for each Plan Year not   later than the end of the 12-month period immediately following the Plan Year   for which they are deemed to be paid.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
If Items O(8)(b)(i) and O(8)(b)(i)C(1), (2), or   (3) are selected, we shall pay to the Insurer or Trustee, as applicable, the   Qualified Matching Contributions calculated based on Elective Deferral   Contributions and Pay for the pay period specified in Item O(8)(b)(i)C not   later than the last day of the following Plan-year Quarter.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
All Contributions are forwarded by us to the   Trustee to be deposited in the Trust Fund or to the Insurer to be deposited   under the Annuity Contract, as applicable. Contributions that are accumulated   through payroll deduction shall be paid to the Trustee or Insurer, as   applicable, by the earlier of (i) the date the Contributions can reasonably   be segregated from our assets, or (ii) the 15th business day of the month   following the month in which the Contributions would otherwise have been paid   in cash to the Member.
  

SECTION 4.01A - INVESTMENT IN QUALIFYING EMPLOYER SECURITIES.

The provisions of this section apply to plans which allow investment in Qualifying Employer Securities.

If permitted under Item U(5)(a) of the Adoption Agreement - Nonstandard, all or some portion of the Member’s Account may be invested in the Qualifying Employer Securities Fund. If the Member has investment control, once an investment in the Qualifying Employer Securities Fund is made available to Members, it shall continue to be available unless the Adoption Agreement is amended to disallow such available investment. In the absence of an election to invest in Qualifying Employer Securities, Members shall be deemed to have elected to have their Accounts invested wholly in other investment options of the Investment Fund. Once an election is made, it shall be considered to continue until a new election is made.

For purposes of determining the annual valuation of the Plan, and for reporting to Members and regulatory authorities, the assets of the Plan shall be valued at least annually on the Valuation Date which corresponds to the last day of the Plan Year. The fair market value of Qualifying Employer Securities shall be determined on such Valuation Date. The prices of Qualifying Employer Securities as of the date of the transaction shall apply for purposes of valuing distributions and other transactions of the Plan to the extent such value is representative of the fair market value of such securities in the opinion of the Plan Administrator. The value of a Member’s Account held in the Qualifying Employer Securities Fund may be expressed in units.

If the Qualifying Employer Securities are not publicly traded, or if an extremely thin market exists for such securities so that reasonable valuation may not be obtained from the market place, then such securities must be valued at least annually by an independent appraiser who is not associated with us, the Plan Administrator, the Trustee, or any person related to any fiduciary under the Plan. The independent appraiser may be associated with a person who is merely a contract administrator with respect to the Plan, but who exercises no discretionary authority and is not a Plan fiduciary.

44

If there is a public market for Qualifying Employer Securities of the type held by the Plan, then the Plan Administrator may use as the value of the securities the price at which such securities traded in such market. If the Qualifying Employer Securities do not trade on the relevant date, or if the market is very thin on such date, then the Plan Administrator may use for the valuation the next preceding trading day on which the trading prices are representative of the fair market value of such securities in the opinion of the Plan Administrator.

Cash dividends payable on the Qualifying Employer Securities shall be reinvested in additional shares of such securities. In the event of any cash or stock dividend or any stock split, such dividend or split shall be credited to the Accounts based upon the number of shares of Qualifying Employer Securities credited to each Account as of the payable date of such dividend or split.

All purchases of Qualifying Employer Securities shall be made at a price, or prices, which, in the judgement of the Plan Administrator, do not exceed the fair market value of such securities.

In the event that the Trustee acquires Qualifying Employer Securities by purchase from a “disqualified person” as defined in Code Section 4975(e)(2) or from a “party-in-interest” as defined in ERISA Section 3(14), the terms of such purchase shall contain the provision that in the event there is a final determination by the Internal Revenue Service, the Department of Labor, or court of competent jurisdiction that the fair market value of such securities as of the date of purchase was less than the purchase price paid by the Trustee, then the seller shall pay or transfer, as the case may be, to the Trustee an amount of cash or shares of Qualifying Employer Securities equal in value to the difference between the purchase price and such fair market value for all such shares. In the event that cash or shares of Qualifying Employer Securities are paid or transferred to the Trustee under this provision, such securities shall be valued at their fair
market value as of the date of such purchase, and interest at a reasonable rate from the date of purchase to the date of payment or transfer shall be paid by the seller on the amount of cash paid.

The Plan Administrator may direct the Trustee to sell, resell, or otherwise dispose of Qualifying Employer Securities to any person, including us, provided that any such sales to any disqualified person or a party-in-interest, including us, will be made at not less than the fair market value and no commission will be charged. Any such sale shall be made in conformance with ERISA Section 408(e).

We are responsible for compliance with any applicable Federal or state securities law with respect to all aspects of the Plan. If the Qualifying Employer Securities or interests in this Plan are required to be registered in order to permit investment in the Qualifying Employer Securities Fund as provided in Item U(5)(a) of the Adoption Agreement - Nonstandard, then such investment will not be effective until the later of the effective date of the Plan or the date such registration or qualification is effective. We, at our own expense, will take or cause to be taken any and all such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effect such registration or qualification. Further, if the Trustee is directed to dispose of any Qualifying Employer Securities held under the Plan under circumstances which require registration or qualification of the securities under applicable Federal or state securities laws, then we will, at our expense, take or cause to be taken any
and all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effect such registration or qualification. We are responsible for all compliance requirements under Section 16 of the Securities Act.

SECTION 4.02 - PURCHASE OF INSURANCE.

If permitted under Item U(4), the purchase of life insurance is available under this Plan for the purpose of providing incidental death benefits. If life insurance is available, an Active Member may elect to have any part of his Account which does not result from accumulated deductible employee contributions, as defined in Code Section 72(o)(5)(B), applied to purchase life insurance coverage on his life.

45

The Trustee shall apply for and will be the owner of any Insurance Policy purchased under the terms of this Plan. The purchase shall be subject to the provisions of this section, the distribution of benefits provisions of Article VI or VIA, whichever applies, and the beneficiary provisions of Section 10.07.

If Item AA(1 )(a) is selected and the Member has a spouse, such spouse shall be his Beneficiary under the Insurance Policy, unless (i) a qualified election has been made according to the provisions of Section 6A.03, or (ii) the Trustee has been named as Beneficiary. If Item AA(1 )(a) is not selected and the Member has a spouse to whom he has been continuously married for at least one year, such spouse shall be his Beneficiary under the Insurance Policy, unless (i) a qualified election has been made according to the provisions of Section 6.03, or (ii) the Trustee has been named as Beneficiary.

If the Trustee is named as Beneficiary, upon the death of the Member, the Trustee shall be required to pay over all proceeds of the Insurance Policy to the Member’s Beneficiary or spouse, as the case may be, according to the distribution of benefits provisions of Article VI or VIA, whichever applies.

Under no circumstances shall the Trust Fund retain any part of the proceeds. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Plan and the terms of any Insurance Policy purchased hereunder, the Plan provisions shall control.

The purchase of insurance shall be subject to the limitations that may be imposed by the Insurer under the applicable Insurance Policy. The Insurance Policy may provide for waiver of premium for disability.

The total of all insurance premiums for insurance coverage on the life of a Member provided by our Contributions shall be limited to a percentage of all our Contributions made for that Member. All such ordinary life insurance premiums shall be limited to a percentage which is less than 50 percent. All such term life and universal life insurance premiums shall be limited to a percentage which is not more than 25 percent. If both ordinary life insurance and term life or universal life insurance are purchased, one-half of all such ordinary life insurance premiums and all such other life insurance premiums shall be limited to a percentage which is not more than 25 percent. Ordinary life insurance policies are policies with both nondecreasing death benefits and nonincreasing premiums.

Any dividends declared upon an amount of insurance in force on the life of a Member may, within the terms of the Insurance Policy, be applied to reduce the earliest premium due, purchase paid-up insurance coverage, accumulate under the policy to provide additional death benefit, or be credited to the Member’s Account which is included in the Plan Fund. In the absence of any direction, such dividends shall be applied to reduce the earliest premium due for such amount of insurance.

A Member may elect to have amounts deducted from his Account to pay insurance premiums. The total amount deducted cannot exceed the amount of Contributions credited to his Account which were not used to provide insurance, but could have been.

If a decrease in the amount of life insurance is necessary, any cash value of the terminated insurance shall be retained in the Member’s Account.

SECTION 4.03 - TRANSFER OF OWNERSHIP.

Any transfer of ownership under this section shall be subject to the distribution of benefits provisions of Article VI or VIA, whichever applies.

46

Upon the request of a Member, we may purchase for its cash value a personal life insurance policy issued to, and insuring the life of, the Member. Such policy shall be immediately transferred from us to the Trustee. The cash value of the purchased policy shall be a part of our Contribution for the Plan Year. Any such purchase shall be accomplished only under an appropriate written agreement between the Member, the Trustee, and us. In lieu of our purchase of such policy and at our direction, the Trustee may purchase the policy directly from the Member. These provisions shall not be available if the policy is subject to a policy loan or similar lien. The purchase of and future premiums for any such policy shall be subject to the limitations in Section 4.02.

If the Insurance Policy on a Member’s life allows transfer of ownership, he may pay the Trustee an amount equal to the cash value of such policy. Such payment shall become a part of his Account. Upon receiving the payment, the Trustee shall transfer ownership of the policy to the Member. This transfer of ownership is not a distribution from the Plan. This option shall only be available to a Member if the policy would, but for the sale, be surrendered by the Plan.

If the Insurance Policy on a Member’s life allows transfer of ownership and a distribution of his Vested Account would include the cash value of such policy, he may have ownership of such policy transferred to himself without paying the cash value to the Trustee. Any Insurance Policy transferred to the Member for which he has not paid the cash value to the Trustee is a distribution from the Plan.

In applying the provisions of this section, all Members in similar circumstances shall be treated in a similar manner. Members who are Highly Compensated Employees shall not be treated in a manner more favorable than that afforded all other Members.

SECTION 4.04 - TERMINATION OF INSURANCE.

The termination of insurance under this section shall be subject to the distribution of benefits provisions of Article VI or VIA, whichever applies.

No premium payments shall be made under this Plan for an Inactive Member. If a Member becomes an Inactive Member before his Retirement Date, the Trustee may either use the cash value of the Insurance Policy on his life to provide paid-up insurance or may surrender the Insurance Policy. The cash value of a surrendered Insurance Policy is retained in the Member’s Account and added to the Investment Fund. The purchase of paid-up insurance shall be subject to the provisions of the Insurance Policy. If the Member ceases to be an Employee before his Retirement Date, he may elect to have the ownership of the Insurance Policy transferred as provided in Section 4.03.

On a Member’s Retirement Date, any Insurance Policy on his life, the ownership of which has not been transferred to him, shall terminate. The cash value shall be paid to the Member in cash or applied to provide an income for him according to the provisions of the Insurance Policy. In any event, no portion of the value of any Insurance Policy shall be used to continue life insurance protection under the Plan beyond actual retirement.

ARTICLE V
 BENEFITS

SECTION 5.01 - RETIREMENT BENEFITS.

On a Member’s Retirement Date, his Vested Account shall be distributed to him according to the distribution of benefits provisions of Article VI or VIA, whichever applies, and the provisions of Section 10.11.

47

SECTION 5.02 - DEATH BENEFITS.

If a Member dies before his Annuity Starting Date, his Vested Account shall be distributed according to the distribution of benefits provisions of Article VI or VIA, whichever applies, and the provisions of Section 10.11.

SECTION 5.03 - VESTED BENEFITS.

If an Inactive Member’s Vested Account is not payable under the provisions of Section 10.11, he may elect, but is not required, to receive a distribution of his Vested Account after he ceases to be an Employee. If Item Z(4)(a) is selected, distributions from the Member’s Vested Account which result from the designated Contributions shall not begin before the Member becomes Totally Disabled. If Item Z(4)(b) is selected, distributions from the Member’s Vested Account which result from the designated Contributions shall not be made until he has ceased to be an Employee for the period of time specified. If Item AA(1 )(a) is not selected, the Member’s election shall be subject to his spouse’s consent as provided in Section 6.03. A distribution under this paragraph shall be a retirement benefit and shall be distributed to the Member according to the distribution of benefits provisions of Article VI or VIA, whichever applies.

A Member may not elect to receive a distribution under the provisions of this section after he again becomes an Employee until he subsequently ceases to be an Employee and again meets the requirements of this section.

If an Inactive Member does not receive an earlier distribution, upon his Retirement Date or death, his Vested Account shall be distributed according to the provisions of Section 5.01 or 5.02.

The Nonvested Account of an Inactive Member who ceases to be an Employee shall remain a part of his Account until it becomes a Forfeiture. However, if he again becomes an Employee so that his Vesting Percentage may increase, the Nonvested Account may become part of his Vested Account.

SECTION 5.04 - WHEN BENEFITS START.

	
  
a)
  	
  
Unless otherwise elected, benefits shall begin   before the 60th day following the close of the Plan Year in which the latest   date below occurs:
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
  
The date the Member attains age 65 (or Normal   Retirement Age, if earlier).
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
2)
  	
  
The 10th anniversary of the Member’s Entry Date.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
3)
  	
  
The date the Member ceases to be an Employee.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of a   Member and spouse, if applicable, to consent to a distribution while a   benefit is immediately distributable, within the meaning of Section 6.03 or   6A.03, whichever applies, shall be deemed to be an election to defer the   start of benefits sufficient to satisfy this section.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
The Member may elect to have benefits begin after   the latest date for beginning benefits described above, subject to the   following provisions of this section. The Member shall make the election in   writing. Such election must be made before his Normal Retirement Date or the   date he ceases to be an Employee, if later. The Member shall not elect a date   for beginning benefits or a form of distribution which would result in a   benefit payable when he dies which would be more than incidental within the   meaning of governmental regulations.
  

48

	
  
 
  	
  
Benefits shall begin on an earlier date if   otherwise provided in the Plan. For example, the Member’s Retirement Date or   Required Beginning Date, as defined in Section 7.02.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  
	
  
b)
  	
  
The Member’s Vested Account which results from   Elective Deferral Contributions, Qualified Nonelective Contributions, and   Qualified Matching Contributions may not be distributed to a Member or to his   Beneficiary (or Beneficiaries) in accordance with the Member’s or   Beneficiary’s (or Beneficiaries’) election, earlier than separation from   service, death, or disability. Such amount may also be distributed upon:
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
  
Termination of the Plan as permitted in Article   VIII.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
2)
  	
  
The disposition by us, if we are a corporation,   to an unrelated corporation of substantially all of the assets, within the   meaning of Code Section 409(d)(2), used in a trade or business of ours if we   continue to maintain the Plan after the disposition, but only with respect to   Employees who continue employment with the corporation acquiring such assets.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
3)
  	
  
The disposition by us, if we are a corporation,   to an unrelated entity of our interest in a subsidiary, within the meaning of   Code Section 409(d)(3), if we continue to maintain the Plan, but only with   respect to Employees who continue employment with such subsidiary.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
4)
  	
  
The attainment of age 59 1/2 as permitted in   Section 5.05.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
5)
  	
  
The hardship of the Member as permitted in Section   5.05.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
All distributions that may be made pursuant to   one or more of the foregoing distributable events will be a retirement   benefit and shall be distributed to the Member according to the distribution   of benefits provisions of Article VI or VIA, whichever applies. In addition,   distributions that are triggered by any of the first three events enumerated   above must be made in a lump sum. A lump sum shall include a distribution of   an annuity contract.
  

SECTION 5.05 - WITHDRAWAL BENEFITS.

	
  
a)
  	
  
Financial Hardship Withdrawals. If elected by us in Item Y(3), withdrawals of part of the Member’s   Account as provided in Item Y(3) will be permitted in the event of hardship   due to an immediate and heavy financial need.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Immediate and heavy financial need shall be   limited to: (i) expenses incurred or necessary for medical care, described in   Code Section 213(d), of the Member, the Member’s spouse, or any dependents of   the Member (as defined in Code Section 152); (ii) the purchase (excluding   mortgage payments) of a principal residence for the Member; (iii) payment of   tuition, related educational fees, and room and board expenses, for the next   12 months of post-secondary education for the Member, his spouse, children,   or dependents; (iv) the need to prevent the eviction of the Member from, or   foreclosure on the mortgage of, the Member’s principal residence; or (v) any   other distribution which is deemed by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue to   be made on account of immediate and heavy financial need as provided in   Treasury regulations.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
No withdrawal shall be allowed which is not   necessary to satisfy such immediate and heavy financial need. Such withdrawal   shall be deemed necessary only if all of the following requirements are met:   (i) the distribution is not in excess of the amount of the immediate and   heavy financial need (including amounts necessary to pay any Federal, state,   or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the   distribution); (ii) the Member has obtained all distributions, other than   hardship distributions, and all nontaxable loans currently available under   all plans maintained by us; (iii) the Plan, and all other plans maintained by   us, provide that the Member’s elective contributions and member contributions   will be suspended
  

49

	
  
 
  	
  
for at least 12 months after receipt of the   hardship distribution; and (iv) the Plan, and all other plans maintained by   us, provide that the Member may not make elective contributions for the   Member’s taxable year immediately following the taxable year of the hardship   distribution in excess of the applicable limit under Code Section 402(g) for   such next taxable year less the amount of such Member’s elective   contributions for the taxable year of the hardship distribution. The Plan   will suspend elective contributions and member contributions for 12 months   and limit elective deferrals as provided in the preceding sentence. A Member   shall not cease to be an Eligible Member, as defined in Section 3.07, merely   because his elective contributions or member contributions are suspended.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  
	
  
b)
  	
  
Other Withdrawals. A Member may withdraw any part of his Account resulting from his   Voluntary Contributions subject to the limitations provided in Item Y(1). A   Member may withdraw any part of his Account resulting from his Rollover   Contributions subject to the limitations provided in Item Y(2). If elected by   us in Item Y(4), withdrawals of part of the Member’s Account as provided in   Item Y(4) will be permitted at any time after he attains age 59 1/2 subject   to the limitations provided in Item Y(4). If elected by us in Item Y(5),   withdrawals of part of the Member’s Account as provided in Item Y(5) will be   permitted after he has been an Active Member for at least five years subject   to the limitations provided in Item Y(5).
  

A request for withdrawal shall be made in such manner and in accordance with such rules as we will prescribe for this purpose (including by means of voice response or other electronic means under circumstances we permit). Withdrawals shall be a retirement benefit and shall be distributed to the Member according to the distribution of benefits provisions of Article VI or VIA, whichever applies. A forfeiture shall not occur solely as a result of a withdrawal.

SECTION 5.06 - LOANS TO MEMBERS.

If permitted under Item U(3)(a), loans shall be made available to all Members on a reasonably equivalent basis. For purposes of this section, and unless otherwise specified, Member means any Member or Beneficiary who is a party-in-interest as defined in ERISA. Loans shall not be made to Highly Compensated Employees in an amount greater than the amount made available to other Members.

No loans shall be made to any shareholder-employee or Owner-employee. For purposes of this requirement, a shareholder-employee means an employee or officer of an electing small business (Subchapter S) corporation who owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of Code Section 318(a)(1)), on any day during the taxable year of such corporation, more than 5 percent of the outstanding stock of the corporation.

A loan to a Member shall be a Member-directed investment of his Account. The portion of the Member’s Account held in the Qualifying Employer Securities Fund may be redeemed for purposes of a loan only after the amount held in other investment options has been depleted. The loan is a Trust Fund investment but no Account other than the borrowing Member’s Account shall share in the interest paid on the loan or bear any expense or loss incurred because of the loan.

The number of outstanding loans shall be limited to one, unless otherwise specified in Item U(3)(a)(iv). No more than one loan shall be approved for any Member in any 12-month period, unless otherwise specified in Item U(3)(a)(v). If Item U(3)(a)(ii) is selected, the minimum amount of any loan shall be the amount specified in that item.

Loans must be adequately secured and bear a reasonable rate of interest.

The amount of the loan shall not exceed the maximum amount that may be treated as a loan under Code Section 72(p) (rather than a distribution) to the Member and shall be equal to the lesser of (a) or (b) below:

50

	
  
a)
  	
  
$50,000, reduced by the highest outstanding loan   balance of loans during the one-year period ending on the day before the new   loan is made.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  b)
  	
  
The greater of (1) or (2), reduced by (3) below:
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
  
One-half of the Member’s Vested Account.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
2)
  	
  
$10,000.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
3)
  	
  
Any outstanding loan balance on the date the new   loan is made.
  

For purposes of this maximum, a Member’s Vested Account does not include any accumulated deductible employee contributions, as defined in Code Section 72(o)(5)(B), and all qualified employer plans, as defined in Code Section 72(p)(4), of ours and any Controlled Group member shall be treated as one plan.

The foregoing notwithstanding, the amount of such loan shall not exceed 50 percent of the amount of the Member’s Vested Account reduced by any outstanding loan balance on the date the new loan is made. In addition, the amount of the loan may be further limited to a specified dollar amount, if Item U(3)(a)(iii) so indicates. For purposes of this maximum, a Member’s Vested Account does not include any accumulated deductible employee contributions, as defined in Code Section 72(o)(5)(B). No collateral other than a portion of the Member’s Vested Account (as limited above) shall be accepted. The Loan Administrator shall determine if the collateral is adequate for the amount of the loan requested.

A Member must obtain the consent of his spouse, if any, to the use of the Vested Account as security for the loan. Spousal consent shall be obtained no earlier than the beginning of the 90-day period that ends on the date on which the loan to be so secured is made. The consent must be in writing, must acknowledge the effect of the loan, and must be witnessed by a plan representative or a notary public. Such consent shall thereafter be binding with respect to the consenting spouse or any subsequent spouse with respect to that loan. A new consent shall be required if the Vested Account is used for collateral upon renegotiation, extension, renewal, or other revision of the loan. If Item AA(1 )(a) is selected, no consent shall be required. If AA(1 )(a) is not selected and subparagraph (d) of Section 6.03 applies, no consent shall be required.

If a valid spousal consent has been obtained in accordance with the above, or spousal consent is not required, then, notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the portion of the Member’s Vested Account used as a security interest held by the Plan by reason of a loan outstanding to the Member shall be taken into account for purposes of determining the amount of the Vested Account payable at the time of death or distribution, but only if the reduction is used as repayment of the loan. If spousal consent is required and less than 100 percent of the Member’s Vested Account (determined without regard to the preceding sentence) is payable to the surviving spouse, then the Vested Account shall be adjusted by first reducing the Vested Account by the amount of the security used as repayment of the loan, and then determining the benefit payable to the surviving spouse.

Each loan shall bear a reasonable fixed rate of interest to be determined by the Loan Administrator. In determining the interest rate, the Loan Administrator shall take into consideration fixed interest rates currently being charged by commercial lenders for loans of comparable risk on similar terms and for similar durations, so that the interest will provide for a return commensurate with rates currently charged by commercial lenders for loans made under similar circumstances. The Loan Administrator shall not discriminate among Members in the matter of interest rates; but loans granted at different times may bear different interest rates in accordance with the current appropriate standards.

51

The loan shall by its terms require that repayment (principal and interest) be amortized in level payments, not less frequently than quarterly, over a period not extending beyond five years from the date of the loan. If Item U(3)(a)(vi)A is selected and the loan is used to acquire a dwelling unit, which within a reasonable time (determined at the time the loan is made) will be used as the principal residence of the Member, the repayment period may extend beyond five years from the date of the loan. The period of repayment for any loan shall be arrived at by mutual agreement between the Loan Administrator and the Member and if the loan is for a principal residence, shall not be for a period longer than the repayment period consistent with commercial practices.

The Member shall make an application for a loan in such manner and in accordance with such rules as we will prescribe for this purpose (including by means of voice response or other electronic means under circumstances we permit). The application must specify the amount and duration requested.

Information contained in the application for the loan concerning the income, liabilities, and assets of the Member will be evaluated to determine whether there is a reasonable expectation that the Member will be able to satisfy payments on the loan as due. Additionally, the Loan Administrator will pursue any appropriate further investigations concerning the creditworthiness and credit history of the Member to determine whether a loan should be approved.

Each loan shall be fully documented in the form of a promissory note signed by the Member for the face amount of the loan, together with interest determined as specified above.

There will be an assignment of collateral to the Plan executed at the time the loan is made.

In those cases where repayment through payroll deduction is available, installments are so payable, and a payroll deduction agreement shall be executed by the Member at the time the loan is made. Loan repayments that are accumulated through payroll deduction shall be paid to the Trustee by the earlier of (i) the date the loan repayments can reasonably be segregated from our assets, or (ii) the 15th business day of the month following the month in which such amounts would otherwise have been paid in cash to the Member.

Where payroll deduction is not available, payments in cash are to be timely made. Any payment that is not by payroll deduction shall be made payable to us or the Trustee, as specified in the promissory note, and delivered to the Loan Administrator, including prepayments, service fees and penalties, if any, and other amounts due under the note. The Loan Administrator shall deposit such amounts into the Plan as soon as administratively practicable after they are received, but in no event later than the 15th business day of the month after they are received.

The promissory note may provide for reasonable late payment penalties and service fees. Any penalties or service fees shall be applied to all Members in a nondiscriminatory manner. If the promissory note so provides, such amounts may be assessed and collected from the Account of the Member as part of the loan balance.

Each loan may be paid prior to maturity, in part or in full, without penalty or service fee, except as may be set out in the promissory note.

The Plan shall suspend loan payments for a period not exceeding one year during which an approved unpaid leave of absence occurs other than a military leave of absence. The Loan Administrator shall provide the Member a written explanation of the effect of the suspension of payments upon his loan.

52

If a Member separates from service (or takes a leave of absence) from the Employer because of service in the military and does not receive a distribution of his Vested Account, the Plan shall suspend loan payments until the Member’s completion of military service or until the Member’s fifth anniversary of commencement of military service, if earlier, as permitted under Code Section 414(u). The Loan Administrator shall provide the Member a written explanation of the effect of his military service upon his loan.

If any payment of principal and interest, or any portion thereof, remains unpaid for more than 90 days after due, the loan shall be in default. For purposes of Code Section 72(p), the Member shall then be treated as having received a deemed distribution regardless of whether or not a distributable event has occurred.

Upon default, the Plan has the right to pursue any remedy available by law to satisfy the amount due, along with accrued interest, including the right to enforce its claim against the security pledged and execute upon the collateral as allowed by law. The entire principal balance, whether or not otherwise then due, along with accrued interest, shall become immediately due and payable without demand or notice, and subject to collection or satisfaction by any lawful means, including specifically, but not limited to, the right to enforce the claim against the security pledged and to execute upon the collateral as allowed by law.

In the event of default, foreclosure on the note and attachment of security or use of amounts pledged to satisfy the amount then due shall not occur until a distributable event occurs in accordance with the Plan, and shall not occur to an extent greater than the amount then available upon any distributable event which has occurred under the Plan.

All reasonable costs and expenses, including but not limited to attorney’s fees, incurred by the Plan in connection with any default or in any proceeding to enforce any provision of a promissory note or instrument by which a promissory note for a Member loan is secured, shall be assessed and collected from the Account of the Member as part of the loan balance.

If payroll deduction is being utilized, in the event that a Member’s available payroll deduction amounts in any given month are insufficient to satisfy the total amount due, there will be an increase in the amount taken subsequently, sufficient to make up the amount that is then due. If any amount remains past due more than 90 days, the entire principal amount, whether or not otherwise then due, along with interest then accrued, shall become due and payable, as above.

If no distributable event has occurred under the Plan at the time that the Member’s Vested Account would otherwise be used under this provision to pay any amount due under the outstanding loan, this will not occur until the time, or in excess of the extent to which, a distributable event occurs under the Plan. An outstanding loan will become due and payable in full 60 days after a Member ceases to be an Employee and a party-in-interest as defined in ERISA or after complete termination of the Plan.

SECTION 5.07 - DISTRIBUTIONS UNDER QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDERS.

The Plan specifically permits distributions to an Alternate Payee under a qualified domestic relations order as defined in Code Section 4 14(p), at any time, irrespective of whether the Member has attained his earliest retirement age, as defined in Code Section 414(p), under the Plan. A distribution to an Alternate Payee before the Member has attained his earliest retirement age is available only if the order specifies that distribution shall be made prior to the earliest retirement age or allows the Alternate Payee to elect a distribution prior to the earliest retirement age.

Nothing in this section shall permit a Member to receive a distribution at a time otherwise not permitted under the Plan nor shall it permit the Alternate Payee to receive a form of payment not permitted under the Plan.

53

The benefit payable to an Alternate Payee shall be subject to the provisions of Section 10.11 if the value of the benefit does not exceed $5,000 ($3,500 for Plan Years beginning before August 6, 1997).

The Plan Administrator shall establish reasonable procedures to determine the qualified status of a domestic relations order. Upon receiving a domestic relations order, the Plan Administrator shall promptly notify the Member and the Alternate Payee named in the order, in writing, of the receipt of the order and the Plan’s procedures for determining the qualified status of the order. Within a reasonable period of time after receiving the domestic relations order, the Plan Administrator shall determine the qualified status of the order and shall notify the Member and each Alternate Payee, in writing, of its determination. The Plan Administrator shall provide notice under this paragraph by mailing to the individual’s address specified in the domestic relations order, or in a manner consistent with Department of Labor regulations. The Plan Administrator may treat as qualified any domestic relations order entered before January 1, 1985,
irrespective of

whether it satisfies all the requirements described in Code Section 414(p).

If any portion of the Member’s Vested Account is payable during the period the Plan Administrator is making its determination of the qualified status of the domestic relations order, a separate accounting shall be made of the amount payable. If the Plan Administrator determines the order is a qualified domestic relations order within 18 months of the date amounts are first payable following receipt of the order, the payable amounts shall be distributed in accordance with the order. If the Plan Administrator does not make its determination of the qualified status of the order within the 18-month determination period, the payable amounts shall be distributed in the manner the Plan would distribute if the order did not exist and the order shall apply prospectively if the Plan Administrator later determines the order is a qualified domestic relations order.

The Plan shall make payments or distributions required under this section by separate benefit checks or other separate distribution to the Alternate Payee(s).

ARTICLE VI
 DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS FOR PLANS WHICH PROVIDE FOR LIFE ANNUITIES

The provisions of this article shall apply if Item AA(1 )(a) is not selected. The provisions of Article VIA shall apply if Item AA(1 )(a) is selected.

The provisions of this article shall apply to any Member who is credited with at least one Hour of Service on or after August 23, 1984, and to such other Members as provided in Section 6.05.

SECTION 6.01 - AUTOMATIC FORMS OF DISTRIBUTION.

Unless an optional form of benefit is selected pursuant to a qualified election within the election period (see Section 6.03), the automatic form of benefit payable to or on behalf of a Member is determined as follows:

	
  
a)
  	
  
Retirement Benefits. The automatic form of retirement benefit for a Member who does not   die before his Annuity Starting Date shall be:
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
  
The Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity for a   Member who has a spouse.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
2)
  	
  
The Normal Form for a Member who does not have a   spouse.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
b)
  	
  
Death Benefits. The automatic form of death benefit for a Member who dies before his   Annuity Starting Date shall be:
  

54

	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
  
A Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity for a   Member who has a spouse to whom he has been continuously married throughout   the one-year period ending on the date of his death. The spouse may elect to   start receiving the death benefit on any first day of the month on or after   the Member dies and by the date the Member would have been 70 1/2. If the   spouse dies before benefits start, the Member’s Vested Account, determined as   of the date of the spouse’s death, shall be paid to the spouse’s Beneficiary.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
2)
  	
  
A single sum payment to the Member’s Beneficiary   for a Member who does not have a spouse who is entitled to a Qualified   Preretirement Survivor Annuity.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Before a death benefit shall be paid on account   of the death of a Member who does not have a spouse who is entitled to a   Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity, it must be established to the   satisfaction of a plan representative that the Member does not have such a   spouse.
  

SECTION 6.02 - OPTIONAL FORMS OF DISTRIBUTION.

	
  
a)
  	
  
Retirement Benefits. The optional forms of retirement benefit shall be the following: (i)   a straight life annuity; (ii) single life annuities with certain periods of   5, 10, or 15 years; (iii) a single life annuity with installment refund; (iv)   survivorship life annuities with installment refund and survivor percentages   of 50%, 66 2/3% or 100%; (v) fixed period annuities for any period of whole   months which is not less than 60 and does not exceed the Life Expectancy, as   defined in Article VII, of the Member where the Life Expectancy, as defined   in Article VII, is not recalculated; (vi) a full flexibility option; and   (vii) a single sum payment. That portion of a Member’s Account which is held   in the Qualifying Employer Securities Fund may be distributed in kind. That   portion of a Member’s Account which is held in the Self-directed Brokerage   Account may be distributed in kind. The optional forms shall be modified as   provided
below:
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
  
If Item AA(2)(a) is selected, the full   flexibility option shall not be available.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
2)
  	
  
If Item AA(2)(b)(i) is selected, a single sum   payment shall not be available for that part of a Member’s Vested Account   resulting from Elective Deferral Contributions, Matching Contributions,   Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Additional Contributions and   Discretionary Contributions. If Item AA(2)(a) is not selected, the full flexibility   option shall not be available for that part of a Member’s Vested Account   which he cannot receive in a single sum.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
3)
  	
  
If Item AA(2)(b)(ii) is selected, a single sum   payment shall not be available for that part of a Member’s Vested Account resulting   from Elective Deferral Contributions, Matching Contributions, Qualified   Nonelective Contributions, Additional Contributions and Discretionary   Contributions before his Retirement Date or the date he becomes Totally   Disabled, if earlier. If Item AA(2)(a) is not selected, the full flexibility   option shall not be available for that part of a Member’s Vested Account   which he cannot receive in a single sum.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
4)
  	
  
If Item U(5)(a)(iv)A of the Adoption Agreement -   Nonstandard is selected, a distribution in kind shall not be available for   that portion of a Member’s Account which is held in the Qualifying Employer   Securities Fund.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
5)
  	
  
If Item U(5)(a)(iv)B of the Adoption Agreement -   Nonstandard is selected, a distribution in a single sum payment shall not be   available for that portion of a Member’s Account which is held in the   Qualifying Employer Securities Fund.
  

55

	
  
 
  	
  
The full flexibility option is an optional form   of benefit under which the Member receives a distribution each calendar year,   beginning with the calendar year in which his Annuity Starting Date occurs.   The Member may elect the amount to be distributed each year (not less than   $1,000). The amount payable in his first Distribution Calendar Year, as   defined in Article VII, must satisfy the minimum distribution requirements of   Article VII for such year. Distributions for later Distribution Calendar   Years, as defined in Article VII, must satisfy the minimum distribution   requirements of Article VII for such years. If the Member’s Annuity Starting   Date does not occur until his second Distribution Calendar Year, as defined   in Article VII, the amount payable for such year must satisfy the minimum   distribution requirements of Article VII for both the first and second   Distribution Calendar Years, as defined in Article VII.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Election of an optional form is subject to the   qualified election provisions of Section 6.03 and the distribution   requirements of Article VII.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Any annuity contract distributed shall be   nontransferable. The terms of any annuity contract purchased and distributed   by the Plan to a Member or spouse shall comply with the requirements of this   Plan.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
b)
  	
  
Death Benefits. The optional forms of death benefit are a single sum payment and any   annuity that is an optional form of retirement benefit. However, the full   flexibility option shall not be available if the Beneficiary is not the   spouse of the deceased Member.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
Election of an optional form is subject to the   qualified election provisions of Section 6.03 and the distribution   requirements of Article VII.
  

SECTION 6.03 - ELECTION PROCEDURES.

The Member, Beneficiary, or spouse shall make any election under this section in writing. The Plan Administrator may require such individual to complete and sign any necessary documents as to the provisions to be made. Any election permitted under (a) and (b) below shall be subject to the qualified election provisions of (c) below.

	
  
a)
  	
  
Retirement Benefits. A Member may elect his Beneficiary or Contingent Annuitant and may   elect to have retirement benefits distributed under any of the optional forms   of retirement benefit available in Section 6.02.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
b)
  	
  
Death Benefits. A Member may elect his Beneficiary and may elect to have death   benefits distributed under any of the optional forms of death benefit   available in Section 6.02.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
If the Member has not elected an optional form of   distribution for the death benefit payable to his Beneficiary, the   Beneficiary may, for his own benefit, elect the form of distribution, in like   manner as a Member.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
The Member may waive the Qualified Preretirement   Survivor Annuity by naming someone other than his spouse as Beneficiary.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
In lieu of the Qualified Preretirement Survivor   Annuity described in Section 6.01, the spouse may, for his own benefit, waive   the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity by electing to have the benefit   distributed under any of the optional forms of death benefit available in   Section 6.02.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
c)
  	
  
Qualified Election. The Member, Beneficiary, or spouse may make an election at any time   during the election period. The Member, Beneficiary, or spouse may revoke the   election made (or make a new election) at any time and any number of times   during the election period. An election is effective only if it meets the   consent requirements below.
  

56

	
   
  	
  
1)
  	
  
Election Period for Retirement Benefits. The election period as to retirement benefits is the 90-day period   ending on the Annuity Starting Date. An election to waive the Qualified Joint   and Survivor Annuity may not be made before the date the Member is provided   with the notice of the ability to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor   Annuity. If the Member elects a full flexibility option, he may revoke his   election at any time before his first Distribution Calendar Year, as defined   in Article VII. When he elects to have benefits begin again, he shall have a   new Annuity Starting Date. His election period for this election is the   90-day period ending on the Annuity Starting Date for the optional form of   retirement benefit elected.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
2)
  	
  
Election Period for Death Benefits. A Member may make an election as to death benefits at any time   before he dies. The spouse’s election period begins on the date the Member   dies and ends on the date benefits begin. The Beneficiary’s election period   begins on the date the Member dies and ends on the date benefits begin.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
An election to waive the Qualified Preretirement   Survivor Annuity may not be made by the Member before the date he is provided   with the notice of the ability to waive the Qualified Preretirement Survivor   Annuity. A Member’s election to waive the Qualified Preretirement Survivor   Annuity which is made before the first day of the Plan Year in which he   reaches age 35 shall become invalid on such date. An election made by a   Member after he ceases to be an Employee will not become invalid on the first   day of the Plan Year in which he reaches age 35 with respect to death   benefits from that part of his Account resulting from Contributions made   before he ceased to be an Employee.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
3)
  	
  
Consent to Election. If the Member’s Vested Account exceeds $5,000 ($3,500 for Plan Years   beginning before August 6, 1997), any benefit which is (i) immediately   distributable or (ii) payable in a form other than a Qualified Joint and Survivor   Annuity or a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity, requires the consent   of the Member and the Member’s spouse (or where either the Member or the   spouse has died, the survivor). Such consent shall also be required if the   Member’s Vested Account at the time of any prior distribution exceeded $5,000   ($3,500 for Plan Years beginning before August 6, 1997). The rule in the   preceding sentence shall not apply effective October 17, 2000. However,   consent will still be required if the Member had previously had an Annuity   Starting Date with respect to any portion of such Vested Account.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
The consent of the Member or spouse to a benefit   which is immediately distributable must not be made before the date the   Member or spouse is provided with the notice of the ability to defer the   distribution. Such consent shall be in writing.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
The consent shall not be made more than 90 days   before the Annuity Starting Date. Spousal consent is not required for a   benefit which is immediately distributable in a Qualified Joint and Survivor   Annuity. Furthermore, if spousal consent is not required because the Member   is electing an optional form of retirement benefit that is not a life annuity   pursuant to (d) below, only the Member need consent to the distribution of a benefit   payable in a form that is not a life annuity and which is immediately   distributable. Neither the consent of the Member nor the Member’s spouse   shall be required to the extent that a distribution is required to satisfy   Code Section 401 (a)(9) or 415.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
In addition, upon termination of this Plan, if   the Plan does not offer an annuity option (purchased from a commercial   provider), and if we (or any entity within the same Controlled Group) do not   maintain another defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock   ownership plan as defined in Code Section 4975(e)(7)), the Member’s Account   balance will, without the Member’s consent, be distributed to the Member.   However, if any entity within the same Controlled Group maintains another   defined
  

57

	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
contribution plan (other than an employee stock   ownership plan as defined in Code Section 4975(e)(7)) then the Member’s   Account will be transferred, without the Member’s consent, to the other plan   if the Member does not consent to an immediate distribution.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
A benefit is immediately distributable if any   part of the benefit could be distributed to the Member (or surviving spouse)   before the Member attains (or would have attained if not deceased) the older   of Normal Retirement Age or age 62.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
If the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is   waived, the spouse has the right to limit consent only to a specific   Beneficiary or a specific form of benefit. The spouse can relinquish one or   both such rights. Such consent shall be made in writing. The consent shall   not be made more than 90 days before the Annuity Starting Date. If the   Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity is waived, the spouse has the right   to limit consent only to a specific Beneficiary. Such consent shall be in writing.   The spouse’s consent shall be witnessed by a plan representative or notary   public. The spouse’s consent must acknowledge the effect of the election,   including that the spouse had the right to limit consent only to a specific   Beneficiary or a specific form of benefit, if applicable, and that the   relinquishment of one or both such rights was voluntary. Unless the consent   of the spouse expressly permits designations by the Member without a
requirement of further consent by the spouse, the spouse’s consent must be   limited to the form of benefit, if applicable, and the Beneficiary (including   any Contingent Annuitant), class of Beneficiaries, or contingent Beneficiary   named in the election.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
Spousal consent is not required, however, if the   Member establishes to the satisfaction of the plan representative that the   consent of the spouse cannot be obtained because there is no spouse or the   spouse cannot be located. A spouse’s consent under this paragraph shall not   be valid with respect to any other spouse. A Member may revoke a prior   election without the consent of the spouse. Any new election will require a   new spousal consent, unless the consent of the spouse expressly permits such   election by the Member without further consent by the spouse. A spouse’s consent   may be revoked at any time within the Member’s election period.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
d)
  	
  
Special Rule for Profit Sharing Plans. This subparagraph (d) applies if the Plan is not a direct or   indirect transferee after December 31, 1984, of a defined benefit plan, money   purchase plan, target benefit plan, stock bonus plan, or profit sharing plan   which is subject to the survivor annuity requirements of Code Sections 401   (a)(1 1) and 417. If the above condition is met, spousal consent is not   required for electing an optional form of retirement benefit that is not a   life annuity. If such condition is not met, such consent requirements shall   be operative.
  

SECTION 6.04 - NOTICE REQUIREMENTS.

	
  
a)
  	
  
Optional Forms of Retirement Benefit and Right to   Defer. The Plan Administrator shall furnish to   the Member and the Member’s spouse a written explanation of the optional   forms of retirement benefit in Section 6.02, including the material features   and relative values of these options, in a manner that would satisfy the   notice requirements of Code Section 41 7(a)(3) and the right of the Member   and the Member’s spouse to defer distribution until the benefit is no longer   immediately distributable.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
The Plan Administrator shall furnish the written   explanation by a method reasonably calculated to reach the attention of the   Member and the Member’s spouse no less than 30 days, and no more than 90   days, before the Annuity Starting Date.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
The Member (and spouse, if applicable) may waive   the 30-day election period if the distribution of the elected form of   retirement benefit begins more than 7 days after the Plan Administrator   provides the Member (and spouse, if applicable) the written explanation   provided that: (i) the
  

58

	
  
 
  	
  
Member has been provided with information that clearly   indicates that the Member has at least 30 days to consider the decision of   whether or not to elect a distribution and a particular distribution option,   (ii) the Member is permitted to revoke any affirmative distribution election   at least until the Annuity Starting Date or, if later, at any time prior to   the expiration of the 7-day period that begins the day after the explanation   is provided to the Member, and (iii) the Annuity Starting Date is a date   after the date that the written explanation was provided to the Member.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
b)
  	
  
Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. The Plan Administrator shall furnish to the Member a written   explanation of the following: the terms and conditions of the Qualified Joint   and Survivor Annuity; the Member’s right to make, and the effect of, an   election to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity; the rights of the   Member’s spouse; and the right to revoke an election and the effect of such a   revocation.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
The Plan Administrator shall furnish the written   explanation by a method reasonably calculated to reach the attention of the   Member no less than 30 days, and no more than 90 days, before the Annuity   Starting Date.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
The Member (and spouse, if applicable) may waive   the 30-day election period if the distribution of the elected form of   retirement benefit begins more than 7 days after the Plan Administrator   provides the Member (and spouse, if applicable) the written explanation   provided that: (i) the Member has been provided with information that clearly   indicates that the Member has at least 30 days to consider whether to waive   the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and elect (with spousal consent, if   applicable) a form of distribution other than a Qualified Joint and Survivor   Annuity, (ii) the Member is permitted to revoke any affirmative distribution   election at least until the Annuity Starting Date or, if later, at any time   prior to the expiration of the 7-day period that begins the day after the   explanation of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is provided to the   Member, and (iii) the Annuity Starting Date is a date after the date that the
written explanation was provided to the Member.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
After the written explanation is given, a Member   or spouse may make a written request for additional information. The written   explanation must be personally delivered or mailed (first class mail, postage   prepaid) to the Member or spouse within 30 days from the date of the written   request. The Plan Administrator does not need to comply with more than one   such request by a Member or spouse.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
The Plan Administrator’s explanation shall be   written in nontechnical language and will explain the terms and conditions of   the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and the financial effect upon the   Member’s benefit (in terms of dollars per benefit payment) of electing not to   have benefits distributed in accordance with the Qualified Joint and Survivor   Annuity.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
c)
  	
  
Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity. The Plan Administrator shall furnish to the Member a written   explanation of the following: the terms and conditions of the Qualified   Preretirement Survivor Annuity; the Member’s right to make, and the effect   of, an election to waive the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity; the   rights of the Member’s spouse; and the right to revoke an election and the   effect of such a revocation.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
The Plan Administrator shall furnish the written   explanation by a method reasonably calculated to reach the attention of the   Member within the applicable period. The applicable period for a Member is   whichever of the following periods ends last:
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
1)
  	
  
the period beginning one year before the date the   individual becomes a Member and ending one year after such date; or
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
2)
  	
  
the period beginning one year before the date the   Member’s spouse is first entitled to a Qualified Preretirement Survivor   Annuity and ending one year after such date.
  

59

	
  
 
  	
  
If such notice is given before the period   beginning with the first day of the Plan Year in which the Member attains age   32 and ending with the close of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in   which the Member attains age 35, an additional notice shall be given within   such period. If a Member ceases to be an Employee before attaining age 35, an   additional notice shall be given within the period beginning one year before   the date he ceases to be an Employee and ending one year after such date.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
After the written explanation is given, a Member   or spouse may make a written request for additional information. The written   explanation must be personally delivered or mailed (first class mail, postage   prepaid) to the Member or spouse within 30 days from the date of the written   request. The Plan Administrator does not need to comply with more than one   such request by a Member or spouse.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
The Plan Administrator’s explanation shall be   written in nontechnical language and will explain the terms and conditions of   the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity and the financial effect upon   the spouse’s benefit (in terms of dollars per benefit payment) of electing   not to have benefits distributed in accordance with the Qualified   Preretirement Survivor Annuity.
  

SECTION 6.05 - TRANSITIONAL RULES.

	
  
a)
  	
  
Any living Member not receiving benefits on   August 23, 1984, who would otherwise not receive the benefits prescribed by   the previous sections of this article, must be given the opportunity to elect   to have the prior sections of this article apply if such Member is credited   with at least one Hour of Service under this Plan, or a predecessor plan, in   a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1976, and such Member had at   least ten Years of Service when he separated from service.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  
	
  
b)
  	
  
Any living Member not receiving benefits on   August 23, 1984, who was credited with at least one Hour of Service under this   Plan, or a predecessor plan, on or after September 2, 1974, and who is not   otherwise credited with any service in a Plan Year beginning on or after   January 1, 1976, must be given the opportunity to elect to have his benefits   paid in accordance with (d) below.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
c)
  	
  
The respective opportunities to elect (as   described in (a) and (b) above) must be afforded to the appropriate Members   during the period beginning on August 23, 1984, and ending on the date   benefits would otherwise begin to such Members.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
d)
  	
  
Any Member who has elected according to (b) above   and any Member who does not elect under (a) above or who meets the   requirements of (a) above except that such Member does not have at least ten   Years of Service when he separates from service, shall have his benefits   distributed in accordance with all of the following requirements if benefits   would have been payable in the form of a life annuity:
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
1) 
  	
  
Automatic Joint and Survivor Annuity. If benefits in the form of a life annuity become payable to a married   Member who:
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
begins to receive payments under the Plan on or   after his Normal Retirement Age; or 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
ii)
  	
  
dies on or after his Normal Retirement Age while   still working for us; or
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
iii)
  	
  
begins to receive payments on or after his qualified   early retirement age; or 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
iv)
  	
  
separates from service on or after attaining his   Normal Retirement Age (or his 
  

60

	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
qualified early retirement age) and after   satisfying the eligibility requirements for the payment of benefits under the   Plan and thereafter dies before beginning to receive such benefits;
  

	
  
 
  	
  
then such benefits shall be paid under the   Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, unless the Member has elected otherwise   during the election period. The election period must begin at least six   months before the Member attains his qualified early retirement age and end   not more than 90 days before benefits begin. Any election hereunder shall be   in writing and may be changed by the Member at any time.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
2)
  	
  
Election of Early Survivor Annuity. A Member who is employed after attaining his qualified early   retirement age shall be given the opportunity to elect, during the election   period, to have a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity payable on death.   If the Member elects the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity, payments   under such annuity must not be less than the payments which would have been   made to the spouse under the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity if the   Member had retired on the day before his death.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
Any election under this provision shall be in   writing and may be changed by the Member at any time. The election period   begins on the later of (i) the 90th day before the Member attains his   qualified early retirement age, or (ii) the date on which participation   begins, and ends on the date he terminates employment.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
3)
  	
  
For purposes of this subparagraph (d), qualified   early retirement age is the latest of:
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
the earliest date, under the Plan, on which the   Member may elect to receive retirement benefits,
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
ii)
  	
  
the first day of the 120th month beginning before   the Member reaches his Normal Retirement Age, or
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
iii)
  	
  
the date the Member begins participation.
  

ARTICLE VIA
 DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS FOR PLANS WHICH DO NOT PROVIDE FOR LIFE ANNUITIES

The provisions of this article shall apply if Item AA(1 )(a) is selected. The provisions of Article VI shall apply if Item AA(1 )(a) is not selected.

SECTION 6A.01 - AUTOMATIC FORMS OF DISTRIBUTION.

Unless an optional form of benefit is selected pursuant to a qualified election within the election period (see Section 6A.03), the automatic form of benefit payable to or on behalf of a Member is determined as follows:

	
  
a)
  	
  
Retirement Benefits. The automatic form of retirement benefit for a Member who does not   die before his Annuity Starting Date shall be a single sum payment except as   provided in the following sentence. If Items U(5)(a) and U(5)(a)(iv)B of the   Adoption Agreement- Nonstandard are selected, the automatic form of   retirement benefit for that portion of a Member’s Account which is held in   the Qualifying Employer Securities Fund shall be a distribution in kind.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
b)
  	
  
Death Benefits. The automatic form of death benefit for a Member who dies before his   Annuity Starting Date shall be a single sum payment to the Member’s   Beneficiary.
  

61

SECTION 6A.02 - OPTIONAL FORMS OF DISTRIBUTION.

	
  
a)
  	
  
Retirement Benefits.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
  
If Item AA(1)(a)(i) is selected, the only form of   retirement benefit is a single sum payment except as provided below:
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
If Items U(5)(a) and U(5)(a)(iv)B of the Adoption   Agreement - Nonstandard are selected, the only form of retirement benefit for   that portion of a Member’s Account which is held in the Qualifying Employer   Securities Fund is a distribution in kind.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
ii)
  	
  
If Item U(5)(a) of the Adoption Agreement -   Nonstandard is selected and Items U(5)(a)(iv)A and B of the Adoption   Agreement - Nonstandard are not selected, the optional forms of retirement   benefit for that portion of a Member’s Account which is held in the   Qualifying Employer Securities Fund are a single sum payment and a   distribution in kind.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
iii)
  	
  
The optional forms of retirement benefit for that   portion of a Member’s Account which is held in the Self-directed Brokerage   Account are a single sum payment and a distribution in kind.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
Election of an optional form is subject to the   qualified election provisions of Section 6A.03 and the distribution   requirements of Article VII.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
2)
  	
  
If Item AA(1)(a)(i) is not selected, the optional   forms of retirement benefit shall be the following: (i) a single sum payment   and (ii) fixed period annuities for any period of whole months which is not   less than 60 and does not exceed the Life Expectancy, as defined in Article   VII, of the Member where the Life Expectancy, as defined in Article VII, is   not recalculated. That portion of a Member’s Account which is held in the   Qualifying Employer Securities Fund may be distributed in kind. That portion   of a Member’s Account which is held in the Self-directed Brokerage Account   may be distributed in kind. The optional forms shall be modified as provided   below:
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	

  
  
 	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
If Item U(5)(a)(iv)A of the Adoption Agreement -   Nonstandard is selected, a distribution in kind shall not be available for   that portion of a Member’s Account which is held in the Qualifying Employer   Securities Fund.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
ii)
  	
  
If Item U(5)(a)(iv)B of the Adoption Agreement -   Nonstandard is selected, a distribution in a single sum payment shall not be   available for that portion of a Member’s Account which is held in the   Qualifying Employer Securities Fund.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
iii)
  	
  
The optional forms of retirement benefit for that   portion of a Member’s Account which is held in the Self-directed Brokerage   Account are a single sum payment and a distribution in kind.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
Election of an optional form is subject to the   qualified election provisions of Section 6A.03 and the distribution   requirements of Article VII.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
Any annuity contract distributed shall be   nontransferable. The terms of any annuity contract purchased and distributed   by the Plan to a Member or spouse shall comply with the requirements of this   Plan.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
b)
  	
  
Death Benefits. 1) If Item AA(1)(a)(i) is selected, the only form of death benefit   is a single sum payment.
  

62

	
   
  	
  
2) 
  	
  
If Item AA(1)(a)(i) is not selected, the optional   forms of death benefit are a single sum payment and any annuity that is an   optional form of retirement benefit.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
Election of an optional form is subject to the   qualified election provisions of Section 6A.03 and the distribution   requirements of Article VII.
  

SECTION 6A.03 - ELECTION PROCEDURES.

The Member or Beneficiary, if applicable, shall make any election under this section in writing. The Plan Administrator may require such individual to complete and sign any necessary documents as to the provisions to be made. Any election permitted under (a) and (b) below shall be subject to the qualified election provisions of (c) below.

	
  
a)
  	
  
Retirement Benefits.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
1)
  	
  
If Item AA(1)(a)(i) is selected, no election can   be made. However, if Item U(5)(a) of the Adoption Agreement - Nonstandard is   selected and Items U(5)(a)(iv)A and B of the Adoption Agreement - Nonstandard   are not selected, a Member may elect to have retirement benefits from that   portion of his Account which is held in the Qualifying Employer Securities   Fund distributed under any of the optional forms of retirement benefit   available in Section 6A.02.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
2)
  	
  
If Item AA(1)(a)(i) is not selected, a Member may   elect his Beneficiary and may elect to have retirement benefits distributed   under any of the optional forms of retirement benefit available in Section   6A.02.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
3)
  	
  
In addition, a Member may elect to have   retirement benefits from his Self-directed Brokerage Account distributed   under any of the optional forms of retirement benefit available in Section   6A.02.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  
	
  
b)
  	
  
Death Benefits.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
  
If Item AA(1)(a)(i) is selected, a Member may   elect his Beneficiary.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
2)
  	
  
If Item AA(1)(a)(i) is not selected, a Member may   elect his Beneficiary and may elect to have death benefits distributed under   any of the optional forms of death benefit available in Section 6A.02.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
If the Member has not elected an optional form of   distribution for the death benefit payable to his Beneficiary, the Beneficiary   may, for his own benefit, elect the form of distribution, in like manner as a   Member.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
c)
  	
  
Qualified Election. The Member or Beneficiary, if applicable, may make an election at   any time during the election period. The Member or Beneficiary, if applicable,   may revoke the election made (or make a new election) at any time and any   number of times during the election period. An election is effective only it   if meets the consent requirements below.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
  
Election Period for Retirement Benefits. The Member, if applicable, may make an election as to retirement   benefits at any time before the Annuity Starting Date.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
2)
  	
  
Election Period for Death Benefits. A Member may make an election as to death benefits at any time   before he dies. The Beneficiary’s election period, if applicable, begins on   the date the Member dies and ends on the date benefits begin.
  

63

	 	
  
3)
  	
  
Consent to Election. If the Member’s Vested Account exceeds $5,000 ($3,500 for Plan Years   beginning before August 6, 1997), any benefit which is immediately   distributable requires the consent of the Member. Such consent shall also be   required if the Member’s Vested Account at the time of any prior distribution   exceeded $5,000 ($3,500 for Plan Years beginning before August 6, 1997).   However, for distributions made after March 21, 1999 and before October 17,   2000, such consent shall only be required if the Member’s Vested Account   exceeds $5,000 or the Member had previously had an Annuity Starting Date with   respect to any portion of such Vested Account. For distributions made on or   after October 17, 2000, such consent shall only be required if the Member’s   Vested Account exceeds $5,000.
  
	
 
 	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	 	
  
 
  	
  
The consent of the Member to a benefit which is   immediately distributable must not be made before the date the Member is   provided with the notice of the ability to defer the distribution. Such   consent shall be made in writing.
  
	
 
 	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	 	
  
 
  	
  
The consent shall not be made more than 90 days   before the Annuity Starting Date. The consent of the Member shall not be   required to the extent that a distribution is required to satisfy Code   Section 401(a)(9) or 415.
  
	
 
	
   
  	
  
 
  
	 	
  
 
  	
  
In addition, upon termination of this Plan, if   the Plan does not offer an annuity option (purchased from a commercial   provider), and if we (or any entity within the same Controlled Group) do not   maintain another defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock   ownership plan as defined in Code Section 4975(e)(7)), the Member’s Account   balance will, without the Member’s consent, be distributed to the Member.   However, if any entity within the same Controlled Group maintains another   defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan as   defined in Code Section 4975(e)(7)) then the Member’s Account will be   transferred, without the Member’s consent, to the other plan if the Member   does not consent to an immediate distribution.
  
	
 
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	 	
  
 
  	
  
A benefit is immediately distributable if any   part of the benefit could be distributed to the Member before the Member   attains the older of Normal Retirement Age or age 62.
  
	
 
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	 	  
	 Spousal consent is needed to name a Beneficiary other than the Member’s spouse. If the Member names a Beneficiary other than his spouse, the spouse has the right to limit consent only to a specific Beneficiary. The spouse can relinquish such right. Such consent shall be made in writing. The spouse’s consent shall be witnessed by a plan representative or notary public. The spouse’s consent must acknowledge the effect of the election, including that the spouse had the right to limit consent only to a specific Beneficiary and that the relinquishment of such right was voluntary. Unless the consent of the spouse expressly permits designations by the Member without a requirement of further consent by the spouse, the spouse’s consent must be limited to the Beneficiary, class of Beneficiaries, or contingent Beneficiary named in the election.

	
 
	  
	  

	 	
  
 
  	
  
Spousal consent is not required, however,   if the Member establishes to the satisfaction
of the plan representative that   the consent of the spouse cannot be obtained because there is no spouse or   the spouse cannot be located. A spouse’s consent under this paragraph shall   not be valid with respect to any other spouse. A Member may revoke a prior   election without the consent of the spouse. Any new election will require a   new spousal consent, unless the consent of the spouse expressly permits such   election by the Member without further consent by the spouse. A spouse’s   consent may be revoked at any time within the Member’s election period.
  

64

SECTION 6A.04 - NOTICE REQUIREMENTS.

If Item AA(1 )(a)(i) is selected, the provisions of (a) below apply unless Item U(5)(a) of the Adoption Agreement - Nonstandard is selected and Items U(5)(a)(iv)A and B of the Adoption Agreement - Nonstandard are not selected. In that case, the provisions of (b) below apply. If Item AA(1 )(a)(i) is not selected, the provisions of (b) below apply.

	
  
a)
  	
  
Right to Defer. The Plan Administrator shall furnish to the Member a written   explanation of the right of the Member to defer distribution until the   benefit is no longer immediately distributable.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
The Plan Administrator shall furnish the written   explanation by a method reasonably calculated to reach the attention of the   Member no less than 30 days, and no more than 90 days, before the Annuity   Starting Date.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
However, distribution may begin less than 30 days   after the notice described in this subparagraph is given, provided the Plan   Administrator clearly informs the Member that he has a right to a period of   at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of   whether or not to elect a distribution, and the Member, after receiving the   notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  
	
  
b)
  	
  
Optional Forms of Retirement Benefit and Right to   Defer. The Plan Administrator shall furnish to   the Member a written explanation of the optional forms of retirement benefit   in Section 6A.02, including the material features and relative values of   these options, in a manner that would satisfy the notice requirements of Code   Section 41 7(a)(3) and the right of the Member to defer distribution until   the benefit is no longer immediately distributable.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
The Plan Administrator shall furnish the written   explanation by a method reasonably calculated to reach the attention of the Member   no less than 30 days, and no more than 90 days, before the Annuity Starting   Date.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
However, distribution may begin less than 30 days   after the notice described in this subparagraph is given, provided the Plan   Administrator clearly informs the Member that he has a right to a period of   at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of   whether or not to elect a distribution (and if applicable, a particular   distribution option), and the Member, after receiving the notice, affirmatively   elects a distribution.
  

ARTICLE VII
 DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS

SECTION 7.01 - APPLICATION.

The optional forms of distribution are only those provided in Article VI and VIA, whichever applies. An optional form of distribution shall not be permitted unless it meets the requirements of this article. The timing of any distribution must meet the requirements of this article.

SECTION 7.02 - DEFINITIONS.

For purposes of this article, the following terms are defined:

Applicable Life Expectancy means Life Expectancy (or Joint and Last Survivor Expectancy) calculated using the attained age of the Member (or Designated Beneficiary) as of the Member’s (or Designated Beneficiary’s) birthday in the applicable calendar year reduced by one for each calendar year which has elapsed since the date Life Expectancy was first calculated. If Life

65

Expectancy is being recalculated, the Applicable Life Expectancy shall be the Life Expectancy as so recalculated. The applicable calendar year shall be the first Distribution Calendar Year, and if Life Expectancy is being recalculated, such succeeding calendar year.

Designated Beneficiary means the individual who is designated as the beneficiary under the Plan in accordance with Code Section 401 (a)(9) and the proposed regulations thereunder.

Distribution Calendar Year means a calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the Member’s death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the Member’s Required Beginning Date. For distributions beginning after the Member’s death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin pursuant to subparagraph (e) of Section 7.03.

5-percent Owner means a 5-percent owner as defined in Code Section 416. A Member is treated as a 5-percent Owner for purposes of this article if such Member is a 5-percent Owner at any time during the Plan Year ending with or within the calendar year in which such owner attains age 70 1/2.

In addition, a Member is treated as a 5-percent Owner for purposes of this article if such Member becomes a 5-percent Owner in a later Plan Year. Such Member’s Required Beginning Date shall not be later than the April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which such later Plan Year ends.

Once distributions have begun to a 5-percent Owner under this article, they must continue to be distributed, even if the Member ceases to be a 5-percent Owner in a subsequent year.

Joint And Last Survivor Expectancy means joint and last survivor expectancy computed using the expected return multiples in Table VI of section 1.72-9 of the Income Tax Regulations.

Unless otherwise elected by the Member by the time distributions are required to begin, life expectancies shall be recalculated annually. Such election shall be irrevocable as to the Member and shall apply to all subsequent years. The life expectancy of a nonspouse Beneficiary may not be recalculated.

Life Expectancy means life expectancy computed using the expected return multiples in Table V of section 1.72-9 of the Income Tax Regulations.

Unless otherwise elected by the Member (or spouse, in the case of distributions described in (e)(2)(ii) of Section 7.03) by the time distributions are required to begin, life expectancy shall be recalculated annually. Such election shall be irrevocable as to the Member (or spouse) and shall apply to all subsequent years. The life expectancy of a nonspouse Beneficiary may not be recalculated.

Member’s Benefit means:

	
  
a) 
  	
  
The Account balance as of the last Valuation Date   in the calendar year immediately preceding the Distribution Calendar Year   (valuation calendar year) increased by the amount of any contributions or forfeitures   allocated to the Account balance as of the dates in the valuation calendar   year after the Valuation Date and decreased by distributions made in the   valuation calendar year after the Valuation Date.
  

66

	
  
b) 
  	
  
Exception For Second Distribution Calendar Year. For purposes of (a) above, if any portion of the minimum   distribution for the first Distribution Calendar Year is made in the second   Distribution Calendar Year on or before the Required Beginning Date, the   amount of the minimum distribution made in the second Distribution Calendar   Year shall be treated as if it had been made in the immediately preceding   Distribution Calendar Year.
  

Required Beginning Date means the date specified in Item Z(5).

If Item Z(5)(a) is not selected and the Plan previously provided for a Required Beginning Date based on age 70 1/2 for all Members, the preretirement age 70 1/2 distribution option is only eliminated with respect to Members who reach age 70 1/2 in or after a calendar year that begins after the later of December 31, 1998, or the adoption date of the amendment which eliminated such option. The preretirement age 70 1/2 distribution option is an optional form of benefit under which benefits payable in a particular distribution form (including any modifications that may be elected after benefits begin) begin at a time during the period that begins on or after January 1 of the calendar year in which the Member attains age 70 1/2 and ends April 1 of the immediately following calendar year.

If Item Z(5)(a) is not selected and the Plan previously provided for a Required Beginning Date based on age 70 1/2 for all Members, the options available for Members who are not 5-percent Owners and attained age 70 1/2 in calendar years before the calendar year that begins after the later of December 31, 1998, or the adoption date of the amendment which eliminated the preretirement age 70 1/2 distribution shall be those provided in Items Z(5)(b) and (c).

SECTION 7.03 - DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS. 

	
  
a) 
  	
  
General Rules.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
  
Subject to Section 6.01, joint and survivor   annuity requirements, if applicable, the requirements of this article shall   apply to any distribution of a Member’s interest and shall take precedence   over any inconsistent provisions of this Plan. Unless otherwise specified,   the provisions of this article apply to calendar years beginning after   December 31, 1984.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
2)
  	
  
All distributions required under this article   shall be determined and made in accordance with the proposed regulations   under Code Section 401 (a)(9), including the minimum distribution incidental   benefit requirement of section 1.401 (a)(9)-2 of the proposed regulations.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
3)
  	
  
With respect to distributions under the Plan made   on or after June 14, 2001, for calendar years beginning on or after January   1, 2001, the Plan will apply the minimum distribution requirements of Code   Section 401 (a)(9) in accordance with the regulations under Code Section 401   (a)(9) that were proposed on January 17, 2001 (the 2001 Proposed   Regulations), notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary. If   the total amount of required minimum distributions made to a Member for 2001   prior to June 14, 2001, are equal to or greater than the amount of required   minimum distributions under the 2001 Proposed Regulations, then no additional   distributions are required for such Member for 2001 on or after such date. If   the total amount of required minimum distributions made to a Member for 2001   prior to June 14, 2001, are less than the amount determined under the 2001   Proposed Regulations, then the amount of required minimum distributions
for   2001 on or after such date will be determined so that the total amount of   required minimum distributions for 2001 is the amount determined under the   2001 Proposed Regulations. These provisions shall continue in effect until   the last calendar year beginning before the effective date of final   regulations under Code Section 401 (a)(9) or such other date as may be   published by the Internal Revenue Service.
  

67

	
  b)
  	
  
Required Beginning Date. The entire interest of a Member must be distributed or begin to be   distributed no later than the Member’s Required Beginning Date.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
c)
  	
  
Limits on Distribution Periods. As of the first Distribution Calendar Year, distributions, if not   made in a single sum, may only be made over one of the following periods (or   combination thereof):
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
  
the life of the Member,
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
2)
  	
  
the life of the Member and a Designated   Beneficiary,
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
3)
  	
  
a period certain not extending beyond the Life   Expectancy of the Member, or
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
4)
  	
  
a period certain not extending beyond the Joint   and Last Survivor Expectancy of the Member and a Designated Beneficiary.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
d)
  	
  
Determination of Amount To Be Distributed Each   Year. If the Member’s interest is to be distributed   in other than a single sum, the following minimum distribution rules shall   apply on or after the Required Beginning Date:
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
1) 
  	
  
Individual Account.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
If a Member’s Benefit is to be distributed over
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
A.
  	
  
a period not extending beyond the Life Expectancy   of the Member or the Joint and Last Survivor Expectancy of the Member and the   Member’s Designated Beneficiary, or
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
B.
  	
  
a period not extending beyond the Life Expectancy   of the Designated Beneficiary,
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
the amount required to be distributed for each   calendar year beginning with the distributions for the first Distribution   Calendar Year, must be at least equal to the quotient obtained by dividing   the Member’s Benefit by the Applicable Life Expectancy.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
ii)
  	
  
For calendar years beginning before January 1,   1989, if the Member’s spouse is not the Designated Beneficiary, the method of   distribution selected must assure that at least 50 percent of the present   value of the amount available for distribution is paid within the Life   Expectancy of the Member.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
iii)
  	
  
For calendar years beginning after December 31,   1988, the amount to be distributed each year, beginning with distributions   for the first Distribution Calendar Year shall not be less than the quotient   obtained by dividing the Member’s Benefit by the lesser of:
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
A.
  	
  
the Applicable Life Expectancy, or
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
B.
  	
  
if the Member’s spouse is not the Designated   Beneficiary, the applicable divisor determined from the table set forth in   Q&A-4 of section 1.401 (a)(9)-2 of the proposed regulations.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
Distributions after the death of the Member shall   be distributed using the Applicable Life Expectancy in (1)(i) above as the   relevant divisor without regard to section 1.401 (a)(9)-2 of the proposed   regulations.
  

68

	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
iv)
  	
  
The minimum distribution required for the   Member’s first Distribution Calendar Year must be made on or before the   Member’s Required Beginning Date. The minimum distribution for other calendar   years, including the minimum distribution for the Distribution Calendar Year   in which the Member’s Required Beginning Date occurs, must be made on or   before December 31 of that Distribution Calendar Year.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
2) 
  	
  
Other Forms. If the Member’s Benefit is distributed in the form of an annuity   purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder shall be made   in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 401 (a)(9) and the   proposed regulations thereunder.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
e) 
  	
  
Death Distribution Provisions.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
  
Distribution Beginning Before Death. If the Member dies after distribution of his interest has begun, the   remaining portion of such interest shall continue to be distributed at least   as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used prior to the   Member’s death.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
2)
  	
  
Distribution Beginning After Death.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
If the Member dies before distribution of his   interest begins, distribution of the Member’s entire interest shall be   completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth   anniversary of the Member’s death except to the extent that an election is   made to receive distributions in accordance with A or B below:
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
A.
  	
  
if any portion of the Member’s interest is   payable to a Designated Beneficiary, distributions may be made over the life   or over a period certain not greater than the Life Expectancy of the   Designated Beneficiary beginning on or before December 31 of the calendar   year immediately following the calendar year in which the Member died;
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
B.
  	
  
if the Designated Beneficiary is the Member’s   surviving spouse, the date distributions are required to begin in accordance   with A above shall not be earlier than the later of:
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
1.
  	
  
December 31 of the calendar year immediately   following the calendar year in which the Member died, or
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
2.
  	
  
December 31 of the calendar year in which the   Member would have attained age 70 1/2.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
ii)
  	
  
If the Member has not made an election pursuant   to this (e)(2) by the time of his death, the Member’s Designated Beneficiary   must elect the method of distribution no later than the earlier of:
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
A.
  	
  
December 31 of the calendar year in which   distributions would be required to begin under this subparagraph, or
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
B.
  	
  
December 31 of the calendar year which contains   the fifth anniversary of the date of death of the Member.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
iii)
  	
  
If the Member has no Designated Beneficiary, or   if the Designated Beneficiary does not elect a method of distribution,   distribution of the Member’s entire interest must be completed by December 31   of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Member’s death.
  

69

	
  
 
  	
  
3)
  	
  
For purposes of (e)(2) above, if the surviving   spouse dies after the Member, but before payments to such spouse begin, the   provisions of (e)(2) above, with the exception of (e)(2)(i)B therein, shall   be applied as if the surviving spouse were the Member.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
4)
  	
  
For purposes of this (e), distribution of a   Member’s interest is considered to begin on the Member’s Required Beginning   Date (or if (e)(3) above is applicable, the date distribution is required to   begin to the surviving spouse pursuant to (e)(2) above). If distribution in   the form of an annuity irrevocably begins to the Member before the Required   Beginning Date, the date distribution is considered to begin is the date   distribution actually begins.
  

SECTION 7.04 - TRANSITIONAL RULE.

	
  
a) 
  	
  
Notwithstanding the other requirements of this   article and subject to the joint and survivor annuity requirements of Article   VI, if applicable, distribution on behalf of any Member, including a   5-percent Owner, may be made in accordance with all of the following   requirements (regardless of when such distribution begins):
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
  
The distribution by the Plan is one which would   not have disqualified such Plan under Code Section 401 (a)(9) as in effect   prior to amendment by the Deficit Reduction Act of 1984.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
2)
  	
  
The distribution is in accordance with a method   of distribution designated by the Member whose interest in the Plan is being   distributed or, if the Member is deceased, by a Beneficiary of such Member.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
3)
  	
  
Such designation was in writing, was signed by   the Member or the Beneficiary, and was made before January 1, 1984.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
4)
  	
  
The Member had accrued a benefit under the Plan   as of December 31, 1983.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
5)
  	
  
The method of distribution designated by the   Member or the Beneficiary specifies the time at which distribution will   begin, the period over which distributions will be made, and in the case of   any distribution upon the Member’s death, the Beneficiaries of the Member   listed in order of priority.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  b)
  	
  
A distribution upon death will not be covered by   this transitional rule unless the information in the designation contains the   required information described above with respect to the distributions to be   made upon the death of the Member.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
c) 
  	
  
For any distribution which begins before January   1, 1984, but continues after December 31, 1983, the Member, or Beneficiary,   to whom such distribution is being made, will be presumed to have designated   the method of distribution under which the distribution is being made if the   method of distribution was specified in writing and the distribution   satisfies the requirements in (a)(1) and (5) above.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
d) 
  	
  
If a designation is revoked, any subsequent   distribution must satisfy the requirements of Code Section 401 (a)(9) and the   proposed regulations thereunder. If a designation is revoked subsequent to   the date distributions are required to begin, the Plan must distribute by the   end of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the revocation   occurs, the total amount not yet distributed which would have been required   to have been distributed to satisfy Code Section 401 (a)(9) and the proposed   regulations thereunder, but for the section 242(b)(2) election. For calendar   years beginning after December 31, 1988, such distributions must meet the   minimum distribution incidental benefit requirements in section 1.401   (a)(9)-2 of the proposed regulations. Any changes in the designation will be   considered to be a revocation of the designation. However, the mere   substitution or addition of another Beneficiary (one not
  

70

	
  
 
  	
  
named in the designation) under the designation   will not be considered a revocation of the designation, so long as such   substitution or addition does not alter the period over which distributions   are to be made under the designation, directly or indirectly (for example, by   altering the relevant measuring life). In the case in which an amount is   transferred or rolled over from one plan to another plan, the rules in   Q&A J-2 and J-3 in section 1.401 (a)(9)-2 of the proposed regulations   shall apply.
  

ARTICLE VIII
 TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

We expect to continue the Plan indefinitely, but reserve the right to terminate the Plan in whole or in part at any time upon giving written notice to all parties concerned. Complete discontinuance of Contributions constitutes complete termination of the Plan.

The Account of each Member shall be fully (100%) vested and nonforfeitable as of the effective date of complete termination of the Plan. The Account of each Member who is included in the group of Members deemed to be affected by the partial termination of the Plan shall be fully (100%) vested and nonforfeitable as of the effective date of the partial termination of the Plan. The Member’s Vested Account shall continue to participate in the earnings credited, expenses charged, and any appreciation or depreciation of the Investment Fund until his Vested Account is distributed.

A Member’s Account which does not result from Elective Deferral Contributions, Qualified Nonelective Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions may be distributed to the Member after the effective date of the complete termination of the Plan. A Member’s Account resulting from such Contributions may be distributed upon complete termination of the Plan, but only if neither we nor any Controlled Group member maintain or establish a successor defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code Section 4975(e)(7), a simplified employee pension plan as defined in Code Section 408(k) or a SIMPLE IRA plan as defined in Code Section 408(p)) and such distribution is made in a lump sum. A distribution under this article shall be a retirement benefit and shall be distributed to the Member according to the provisions of Article VI or VIA, whichever applies.

The Member’s entire Vested Account shall be paid in a single sum to the Member as of the effective date of complete termination of the Plan if (i) the requirements for distribution of Elective Deferral Contributions in the above paragraph are met and (ii) consent of the Member is not required in Plan Section 6.03 or 6A.03, whichever is applicable, to distribute a benefit which is immediately distributable. This is a small amounts payment. The small amounts payment is in full settlement of all benefits otherwise payable.

Upon complete termination of the Plan, no more Employees shall become Members and no more Contributions shall be made.

The assets of this Plan shall not be paid to us at any time, except that, after the satisfaction of all liabilities under the Plan, any assets remaining may be paid to us. The payment may not be made if it would contravene any provision of law.

71

ARTICLE IX
 ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

SECTION 9.01 - ADMINISTRATION.

Subject to the provisions of this article, the Plan Administrator has complete control of the administration of the Plan. The Plan Administrator has all the powers necessary for it to properly carry out its administrative duties. Not in limitation, but in amplification of the foregoing, the Plan Administrator has complete discretion to construe or interpret the provisions of the Plan, including ambiguous provisions, if any, and to determine all questions that may arise under the Plan, including all questions relating to the eligibility of Employees to participate in the Plan and the amount of benefit to which any Member, Beneficiary, spouse, or Contingent Annuitant may become entitled. The Plan Administrator’s decisions upon all matters within the scope of its authority are final.

Unless otherwise set out in the Plan or Annuity Contract, the Plan Administrator may delegate recordkeeping and other duties which are necessary to assist it with the administration of the Plan to any person or firm which agrees to accept such duties. The Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely upon all tables, valuations, certificates, and reports furnished by the consultant or actuary appointed by the Plan Administrator and upon all opinions given by any counsel selected or approved by the Plan Administrator.

The Plan Administrator shall receive all claims for benefits by Members, former Members, Beneficiaries, spouses, and Contingent Annuitants. The Plan Administrator shall determine all facts necessary to establish the right of any Claimant to benefits and the amount of those benefits under the provisions of the Plan. The Plan Administrator may establish rules and procedures to be followed by Claimants in filing claims for benefits, in furnishing and verifying proofs necessary to determine age, and in any other matters required to administer the Plan.

SECTION 9.02 - EXPENSES.

Expenses of the Plan, to the extent that we do not pay such expenses, may be paid out of the assets of the Plan provided that such payment is consistent with ERISA. Such expenses include, but are not limited to, expenses for bonding required by ERISA; expenses for recordkeeping and other administrative services; fees and expenses of the Trustee or Annuity Contract; expenses for investment education service; and direct costs that we incur with respect to the Plan.

SECTION 9.03 - RECORDS.

All acts and determinations of the Plan Administrator shall be duly recorded. All these records, together with other documents necessary for the administration of the Plan, shall be preserved in the Plan Administrator’s custody.

Writing (handwriting, typing, printing), photostating, photographing, micro-filming, magnetic impulse, mechanical or electrical recording, or other forms of data compilation shall be acceptable means of keeping records.

SECTION 9.04 - INFORMATION AVAILABLE.

Any Member in the Plan or any Beneficiary may examine copies of the Plan description, latest annual report, any bargaining agreement, this Plan, the Annuity Contract, or any other instrument under which the Plan was established or is operated. The Plan Administrator shall maintain all of the items listed in this section in its office, or in such other place or places as it may designate in order to comply with governmental regulations. These items may be examined during reasonable

72

business hours. Upon the written request of a Member or Beneficiary receiving benefits under the Plan, the Plan Administrator shall furnish him with a copy of any of these items. The Plan Administrator may make a reasonable charge to the requesting person for the copy.

SECTION 9.05 - CLAIM AND APPEAL PROCEDURES.

A Claimant must submit any required forms and pertinent information when making a claim for benefits under the Plan.

If a claim for benefits under the Plan is denied, the Plan Administrator shall provide adequate written notice to any Claimant whose claim for benefits under the Plan has been denied. The notice must be furnished within 90 days of the date that the claim is received by the Plan Administrator. The Claimant shall be notified in writing within this initial 90-day period if special circumstances require an extension of time needed to process the claim and the date by which the Plan Administrator’s decision is expected to be rendered. The written notice shall be furnished no later than 180 days after the date the claim was received by the Plan Administrator.

The Plan Administrator’s notice to the Claimant shall specify the reason for the denial; specify references to pertinent Plan provisions on which denial is based; describe any additional material and information needed for the Claimant to perfect his claim for benefits; explain why the material and information is needed; inform the Claimant that any appeal he wishes to make must be made in writing to the Plan Administrator within 60 days after receipt of the Plan Administrator’s notice of denial of benefits and that failure to make the written appeal within such 60-day period renders the Plan Administrator’s determination of such denial final, binding and conclusive.

If the Claimant appeals to the Plan Administrator, the Claimant (or his authorized representative) may submit in writing whatever issues and comments the Claimant (or his authorized representative) feels are pertinent. The Claimant (or his authorized representative) may review pertinent Plan documents. The Plan Administrator shall reexamine all facts related to the appeal and make a final determination as to whether the denial of benefits is justified under the circumstances. The Plan Administrator shall advise the Claimant of its decision within 60 days of his written request for review, unless special circumstances (such as a hearing) would make rendering a decision within the 60-day limit unfeasible. The Claimant shall be notified within the 60-day limit if an extension is necessary. The Plan Administrator shall render a decision on a claim for benefits no later than 120 days after the request for review is received.

SECTION 9.06 - DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY.

All or any part of the administrative duties and responsibilities under this article may be delegated by the Plan Administrator to a retirement committee. The duties and responsibilities of the retirement committee shall be set out in a separate written agreement.

SECTION 9.07 - EXERCISE OF DISCRETIONARY AUTHORITY.

The Employer, Plan Administrator, and any other person or entity who has authority with respect to the management, administration, or investment of the Plan may exercise that authority in its/his full discretion, subject only to the duties imposed under ERISA. This discretionary authority includes, but is not limited to, the authority to make any and all factual determinations and interpret all terms and provisions of the Plan documents relevant to the issue under consideration. The exercise of authority will be binding upon all persons; will be given deference in all courts of law to the greatest extent allowed under law; and will not be overturned or set aside by any court of law unless found to be arbitrary and capricious or made in bad faith.

73

SECTION 9.08 - TRANSACTION PROCESSING.

Transactions (including, but not limited to, investment directions, trades, loans, and distributions) shall be processed as soon as administratively practicable after proper directions are received from the Member or such other parties. No guarantee is made by the Plan, Plan Administrator, Trustee, Insurer, or us that such transactions will be processed on a daily or other basis, and no guarantee is made in any respect regarding the processing time of such transactions.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, we, the Plan Administrator, or the Trustee reserve the right to not value an investment option on any given Valuation Date for any reason deemed appropriate by us, the Plan Administrator, or the Trustee.

Administrative practicality will be determined by legitimate business factors (including, but not limited to, failure of systems or computer programs, failure of the means of the transmission of data, force majeure, the failure of a service provider to timely receive values or prices, and correction for errors or omissions or the errors or omissions of any service provider) and in no event will be deemed to be less than 14 days. The processing date of a transaction shall be binding for all purposes of the Plan and considered the applicable Valuation Date for any transaction.

SECTION 9.09 - VOTING AND TENDER OF QUALIFYING EMPLOYER SECURITIES.

Voting rights with respect to Qualifying Employer Securities shall be exercised in the manner specified in Item U(5)(a)(ii) and (iii) of the Adoption Agreement - Nonstandard. Before each meeting of shareholders, we shall cause to be sent to each person with power to control such voting rights a copy of any notice and other information provided to shareholders and, if applicable, a form for instructing the Trustee how to vote at such meeting (or any adjournment thereof) the number of full and fractional shares subject to such person’s voting control. The Trustee may establish a deadline in advance of the meeting by which such forms must be received in order to be effective.

If Members control voting rights, each Member shall be entitled to one vote for each share credited to his Account.

If Members control voting rights, and if some or all of the Members have not directed or have not timely directed the Trustee on how to vote, then the Trustee shall vote such Qualifying Employer Securities in the same proportion as those shares of Qualifying Employer Securities for which the Trustee has received proper direction for such matter.

The decision whether to tender Qualifying Employer Securities in response to a tender or exchange offer for such Qualifying Employer Securities shall be made in the manner specified in Item U(5)(a)(iii) of the Adoption Agreement - Nonstandard. As soon as practicable after the commencement of a tender or exchange offer for Qualifying Employer Securities, we shall cause each person with power to control the response to such tender or exchange offer to be advised in writing the terms of the offer and, if applicable, to be provided with a form for instructing the Trustee, or for revoking such instruction, to tender or exchange shares of Qualifying Employer Securities, to the extent permitted under the terms of such offer. In advising such persons of the terms of the offer, we may include statements from the board of directors setting forth its position with respect to the offer.

If Members control tender decisions, and if some or all of the Members have not directed or have not timely directed the Trustee on how to tender, then the Trustee shall tender such Qualifying Employer Securities in the same proportion as those shares of Qualifying Employer Securities for which the Trustee has received proper direction for such matter.

74

If the tender or exchange offer is limited so that all of the shares that the Trustee has been directed to tender or exchange cannot be sold or exchanged, the shares that each Member directed to be tendered or exchanged shall be deemed to have been sold or exchanged in the same ratio that the number of shares actually sold or exchanged bears to the total number of shares that the Trustee was directed to tender or exchange.

If Members control voting rights or tender decisions, the Trustee shall hold their individual directions in confidence and, except as required by law, shall not divulge or release such individual directions to anyone associated with us. We may require verification of the Trustee’s compliance with the directions received from Members by any independent auditor selected by us, provided that such auditor agrees to maintain the confidentiality of such individual directions.

We may develop procedures to facilitate the exercise of votes or tender rights, such as the use of facsimile transmissions for the Members located in physically remote areas.

SECTION 9.10 - VOTING AND TENDER OF SELF-DIRECTED BROKERAGE ACCOUNTS.

Rights of ownership of securities held in the Self-directed Brokerage Account, including voting rights, tender rights, and rights to exercise exchange offers, shall be passed through to the Member with respect to whom the Self-directed Brokerage Account was established. These rights shall be exercised by the Member through the mechanism (including the course of dealing and practices and procedures) established by the Trustee under the Principal Trust Company Directed Trust Agreement for the exercise of such rights and in accordance with the Self-directed Brokerage Account documents.

ARTICLE X
 GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 10.01 - AMENDMENTS.

We may amend a selection or specification in the Adoption Agreement at any time, including any remedial retroactive changes (within the time specified by Internal Revenue Service regulation), to comply with any law or regulation issued by any governmental agency to which the Plan is subject.

An amendment may not diminish or adversely affect any accrued interest or benefit of Members or their Beneficiaries nor allow reversion or diversion of Plan assets to us at any time, except as may be required to comply with any law or regulation issued by any governmental agency to which the Plan is subject.

No amendment to this Plan shall be effective to the extent that it has the effect of decreasing a Member’s accrued benefit. However, a Member’s Account may be reduced to the extent permitted under Code Section 41 2(c)(8). For purposes of this paragraph, a Plan amendment which has the effect of decreasing a Member’s Account with respect to benefits attributable to service before the amendment shall be treated as reducing an accrued benefit. Furthermore, if the vesting schedule of the Plan is amended, in the case of an Employee who is a Member as of the later of the date such amendment is adopted or the date it becomes effective, the nonforfeitable percentage (determined as of such date) of such Employee’s right to his employer-derived accrued benefit shall not be less than his percentage computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment.

No amendment to the Plan shall be effective to eliminate or restrict an optional form of benefit with respect to benefits attributable to service before the amendment except as provided in Section 10.03 and below:

75

	
  
a) 
  	
  
The Plan is amended to eliminate or restrict the   ability of a Member to receive payment of his Account balance under a   particular optional form of benefit and the amendment satisfies the   conditions in (1) and (2) below:
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
  
The amendment provides a single sum distribution   form that is otherwise identical to the optional form of benefit eliminated   or restricted. For purposes of this condition (1), a single sum distribution   form is otherwise identical only if it is identical in all respects to the   eliminated or restricted optional form of benefit (or would be identical   except that it provides greater rights to the Member) except with respect to   the timing of payments after commencement.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
2)
  	
  
The amendment is not effective unless the   amendment provides that the amendment shall not apply to any distribution   with an Annuity Starting Date earlier than the earlier of:
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
i)
  	
  
the 90th day after the date the Member receiving   the distribution has been furnished a summary that reflects the amendment and   that satisfies the ERISA requirements at 29 CFR 2520.1 04b-3 relating to a   summary of material modifications, or
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
ii)
  	
  
the first day of the second Plan Year following   the Plan Year in which the amendment is adopted.
  
	  
	  
	  
	  

	
  
b) 
   	The Plan is amended to eliminate or restrict   in-kind distributions and the conditions in Q&A 2(b)(2)(iii) in section   1.411 (d)-4 of the regulations are met.

  
					

We may amend the Plan by adding overriding plan language to the Adoption Agreement in order to satisfy Code Sections 415 and 416 because of the required aggregation of multiple plans under those sections. We may amend the Plan by adding certain model amendments published by the Internal Revenue Service which specifically provide that their adoption will not cause the Plan to be treated as individually designed. An amendment to this Plan will be forwarded to Principal Life Insurance Company, the prototype plan sponsor.

We may attach an addendum which lists the Code Section 411 (d)(6) protected benefits that must be preserved due to a restatement or amendment of the Plan. Such a list would not be considered an amendment to the Plan and will not cause the Plan to be treated as individually designed. We may attach an addendum which identifies those provisions which are not amended retroactively when the Plan is amended retroactively due to changes in the Code. This would apply when the Plan is amended for the law changes through the Internal Revenue Service Restructuring and Reform Act of 1998. This would include a snap-off addendum which reflects the operation of the Plan between the earliest effective date and the date the Plan reflecting such changes is adopted.

If we amend the Plan for any reason other than those set out above, our Plan shall no longer participate in this prototype plan and shall be considered an individually designed plan. As the Employer, we reserve the right to continue our retirement program under a document separate and distinct from this Plan. In such event, all rights and obligations of ours, or of any Member or Beneficiary, under this document, shall cease. Assets held in support of this Plan will be transferred to the designated funding medium under the new or restated plan and, if applicable, Trust Agreement, in the manner permitted under, and subject to the provisions of, the Annuity Contract.

If, as a result of an amendment, an Employer Contribution is removed that is not 100% immediately vested when made, the vesting schedule in effect as of the last day such Contributions were permitted shall remain in effect with respect to that part of his Account resulting from such Contributions. The Member shall not become immediately 100% vested in such Contributions as a result of the elimination of such Contribution except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan.

76

We delegate authority to amend this Plan to Principal Life Insurance Company as the prototype plan sponsor. We hereby consent to any such amendment. However, no such amendment shall increase the duties of the Named Fiduciary without his consent. Such an amendment shall not deprive any Member or Beneficiary of any accrued benefit except to the extent necessary to comply with any law or regulation issued by any governmental agency to which this Plan is subject. Such an amendment shall not provide that the Plan Fund be used for any purpose other than the exclusive benefit of Members or their Beneficiaries or that such Plan Fund ever revert to or be used by us.

Any amendment to this Plan by Principal Life Insurance Company, as the prototype plan sponsor, shall be deemed to be an amendment to this Plan by us. The effective date of any amendment shall be specified in the written instrument of amendment.

An amendment shall not decrease a Member’s vested interest in the Plan. If an amendment to the Plan, or a deemed amendment in the case of a change in top-heavy status of the Plan as provided in Section 11.03, changes the computation of the percentage used to determine that portion of a Member’s Account attributable to our Contributions which is nonforfeitable (whether directly or indirectly), each Member or former Member

	
  
c)
  	
  
who has completed at least three Years of Service   on the date the election period described below ends (five Years of Service   if the Member does not have at least one Hour of Service in a Plan Year   beginning after December 31, 1988) and
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
d)
  	
  
whose Vesting Percentage will be determined on   any date after the date of the change
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
may elect, during the election period, to have   the nonforfeitable percentage of his Account which results from our   Contributions determined without regard to the amendment. This election may   not be revoked. If after the Plan is changed, the Member’s nonforfeitable   percentage will at all times be as great as it would have been if the change   had not been made, no election needs to be provided. The election period   shall begin no later than the date the Plan amendment is adopted, or deemed   adopted in the case of a change in the top-heavy status of the Plan, and end   no earlier than the 60th day after the latest of the date the amendment is   adopted (deemed adopted) or becomes effective, or the date the Member is   issued written notice of the amendment (deemed amendment) by us or the Plan   Administrator.
  

SECTION 10.02 - DIRECT ROLLOVERS.

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a Distributee’s election under this section, a Distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator, to have any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee in a Direct Rollover.

If Item Z(6)(a) is not selected, any part of a distribution made under Section 10.11 (or which is a small amounts payment made under Article VIII at complete termination of the Plan) which is an Eligible Rollover Distribution, which is equal to or more than $1,000, and for which the Distributee has not elected to either have such distribution paid to him or to an Eligible Retirement Plan shall be rolled over to an Individual Retirement Account (IRA) with an affiliate of Principal Life Insurance Company. Such amounts shall be initially invested in the Principal Investor Funds Money Market Fund. The Distributee shall have the option to change the investment after the IRA has been established.

77

If Item Z(6)(a) is not selected, any part of a distribution made under Section 10.11 (or which is a small amounts payment made under Article VIII at complete termination of the Plan) which is an Eligible Rollover Distribution, which is less than $1,000, and for which the Distributee has not elected to either have such distribution paid to him or to an Eligible Retirement Plan shall be paid to the Distributee.

If Item Z(6)(a) is selected, any distributions made under Section 10.11 (or which are small amounts payments made under Article VIII at complete termination of the Plan) which are Eligible Rollover Distributions and for which the Distributee has not elected to either have such distribution paid to him or to an Eligible Retirement Plan shall be paid to the Distributee.

SECTION 10.03 - MERGERS AND DIRECT TRANSFERS.

The Plan may not be merged or consolidated with, nor have its assets or liabilities transferred to, any other retirement plan, unless each Member in the Plan would (if the plan then terminated) receive a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation, or transfer which is equal to or greater than the benefit the Member would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger, consolidation, or transfer (if this Plan had then terminated). We may enter into merger agreements or direct transfer of assets agreements with the employers under other retirement plans which are qualifiable under Code Section 401(a), including an elective transfer, and may accept the direct transfer of plan assets, or may transfer plan assets, as a party to any such agreement. We shall not consent to, or be a party to a merger, consolidation, or transfer of assets with a defined benefit plan if such action would result in a defined benefit feature being maintained under this
Plan.

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, to the extent any optional form of benefit under this Plan permits a distribution prior to the Employee’s retirement, death, disability, or severance from employment, and prior to plan termination, the optional form of benefit is not available with respect to benefits attributable to assets (including the post-transfer earnings thereon) and liabilities that are transferred, within the meaning of Code Section 4 14(l), to this Plan from a money purchase pension plan qualified under Code Section 401(a) (other than any portion of those assets and liabilities attributable to voluntary employee contributions).

The Plan may accept a direct transfer of plan assets on behalf of an Eligible Employee. If the Eligible Employee is not an Active Member when the transfer is made, the Eligible Employee shall be deemed to be an Active Member only for the purpose of investment and distribution of the transferred assets. Our Contributions shall not be made for or allocated to the Eligible Employee and he may not make Member Contributions, until the time he meets all of the requirements to become an Active Member.

The Plan shall hold, administer, and distribute the transferred assets as a part of the Plan. The Plan shall maintain a separate account for the benefit of the Employee on whose behalf the Plan accepted the transfer in order to reflect the value of the transferred assets.

Unless a transfer of assets to the Plan is an elective transfer, as described below, the Plan shall apply the optional forms of benefit protections described in Section 10.01 to all transferred assets.

A Member’s protected benefits may be eliminated upon transfer between qualified defined contribution plans if the conditions in Q&A 3(b)(1) in section 1.411 (d)-4 of the regulations are met. The transfer must meet all of the other applicable qualification requirements.

A Member’s protected benefits may be eliminated upon transfer between qualified plans (both defined benefit and defined contribution) if the conditions in Q&A 3(c)(1) in section 1.411 (d)-4 of the regulations are met. Beginning January 1, 2002, if the Member is eligible to receive an immediate distribution of his entire nonforfeitable accrued benefit in a single sum distribution that

78

would consist entirely of an eligible rollover distribution under Code Section 401 (a)(31), such transfer will be accomplished as a direct rollover under Code Section 401 (a)(31). The rules applicable to distributions under the plan would apply to the transfer, but the transfer would not be treated as a distribution for purposes of the minimum distribution requirements of Code Section 401 (a)(9).

SECTION 10.04 - PROVISIONS RELATING TO THE INSURER AND OTHER PARTIES.

The obligations of an Insurer shall be governed solely by the provisions of the Annuity Contract or Insurance Policy. The Insurer shall not be required to perform any act not provided in or contrary to the provisions of the Annuity Contract or Insurance Policy. Each Annuity Contract and Insurance Policy when purchased will comply with the Plan. See Section 10.09.

Any issuer or distributor of investment contracts or securities is governed solely by the terms of its policies, written investment contract, prospectuses, security instruments, and any other written agreements entered into with the Trustee with regard to such investment contracts or securities.

Such Insurer, issuer, or distributor is not a party to the Plan, nor bound in any way by the Plan provisions. Such parties shall not be required to look to the terms of this Plan, nor to determine whether we, the Plan Administrator, the Trustee, or the Named Fiduciary have the authority to act in any particular manner or to make any contract or agreement.

Until notice of any amendment or termination of this Plan, or of a change in Trustee, has been received by the Insurer at its home office or an issuer or distributor at their principal address, they are and shall be fully protected in assuming that the Plan has not been amended or terminated and in dealing with any party acting as Trustee according to the latest information which they have received at their home office or principal address.

SECTION 10.05 - EMPLOYMENT STATUS.

Nothing contained in this Plan gives any Employee the right to be retained in our employ or to interfere with our right to discharge any Employee.

SECTION 10.06 - RIGHTS TO PLAN ASSETS.

An Employee shall not have any right to or interest in any assets of the Plan upon termination of employment or otherwise except as specifically provided under this Plan, and then only to the extent of the benefits payable to such Employee according to the Plan provisions.

Any final payment or distribution to a Member or his legal representative or to any Beneficiaries, spouse, or Contingent Annuitant of such Member under the Plan provisions shall be in full satisfaction of all claims against the Plan, the Named Fiduciary, the Plan Administrator, the Insurer, the Trustee, and us arising under or by virtue of the Plan.

SECTION 10.07 - BENEFICIARY.

Each Member may name a Beneficiary to receive any death benefit (other than any income payable to a Contingent Annuitant) which may arise out of his participation in the Plan. The Member may change his Beneficiary from time to time. If Item AA(1 )(a) is selected, unless a qualified election has been made, for purposes of distributing any death benefits before the Member’s Retirement Date, the Beneficiary of a Member who has a spouse shall be the Member’s spouse. If Item AA(1 )(a) is not selected, unless a qualified election has been made, for purposes of distributing any death benefits before the Member’s Retirement Date, the Beneficiary of a Member who has a spouse who is entitled to a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity shall be the Member’s spouse. The Member’s Beneficiary designation and any change of Beneficiary shall be

79

subject to the provisions of Section 6.03 or 6A.03, whichever applies. It is the responsibility of the Member to give written notice to the Insurer of the name of the Beneficiary on a form furnished for that purpose.

With our consent, the Plan Administrator may maintain records of Beneficiary designations for Members before their Retirement Dates. In that event, the written designations made by Members shall be filed with the Plan Administrator. If a Member dies before his Retirement Date, the Plan Administrator shall certify to the Insurer the Beneficiary designation on its records for the Member.

If there is no Beneficiary named or surviving when a Member dies, the Member’s Beneficiary shall be the Member’s surviving spouse, or where there is no surviving spouse, the executor or administrator of the Member’s estate.

SECTION 10.08 - NONALIENATION OF BENEFITS.

Benefits payable under the Plan are not subject to the claims of any creditor of any Member, Beneficiary, spouse, or Contingent Annuitant. A Member, Beneficiary, spouse, or Contingent Annuitant does not have any rights to alienate, anticipate, commute, pledge, encumber, or assign such benefits except in the case of a loan as provided in Section 5.06. The preceding sentences shall also apply to the creation, assignment, or recognition of a right to any benefit payable with respect to a Member according to a domestic relations order, unless such order is determined by the Plan Administrator to be a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p), or any domestic relations order entered into before January 1, 1985. The preceding sentences shall not apply to any offset of a Member’s benefits provided under the Plan against an amount the Member is required to pay the Plan with respect to a judgement, order, or decree issued, or a settlement
entered into, on or after August 5, 1997, which meets the requirements of Code Sections 401 (a)(1 3)(C) or (D).

SECTION 10.09 - CONSTRUCTION.

The validity of the Plan or any of its provisions is determined under and construed according to Federal law and, to the extent permissible, according to the laws of the state in which we have our principal office. In case any provision of this Plan is held illegal or invalid for any reason, such determination shall not affect the remaining provisions of this Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had never been included.

In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Plan and the terms of any Annuity Contract or Insurance Policy issued hereunder, the provisions of the Plan control.

SECTION 10.10 - LEGAL ACTIONS.

No person employed by us; no Member, former Member, or their Beneficiaries; nor any other person having or claiming to have an interest in the Plan is entitled to any notice of process. A final judgment entered in any such action or proceeding shall be binding and conclusive on all persons having or claiming to have an interest in the Plan.

SECTION 10.11 -SMALL AMOUNTS.

If consent of the Member is not required for a benefit which is immediately distributable in Plan Section 6.03 or 6A.03, whichever applies, a Member’s entire Vested Account shall be paid in a single sum as of the earliest of his Retirement Date, the date he dies, or the date he ceases to be an Employee for any other reason (the date we provide notice to the record keeper of the Plan of such event, if later). For purposes of this section, if the Member’s Vested Account is zero, the Member shall be deemed to have received a distribution of such Vested Account. If a Member would have received a distribution under the first sentence of this paragraph but for the fact that

80

the Member’s consent was needed to distribute a benefit which is immediately distributable, and if at a later time consent would not be needed to distribute a benefit which is immediately distributable and such Member has not again become an Employee, such Vested Account shall be paid in a single sum. This is a small amounts payment.

If Item Z(4)(b) is selected, the Member shall not be treated as ceasing to be an Employee for any reason other than retirement or death before the period of time specified has elapsed, and no small amounts payment shall be made if he again becomes an Employee before such period of time has elapsed.

If a small amounts payment is made as of the date the Member dies, the small amounts payment shall be made to the Member’s Beneficiary (spouse if the death benefit is payable to the spouse). If a small amounts payment is made while the Member is living, the small amounts payment shall be made to the Member. The small amounts payment is in full settlement of all benefits otherwise payable.

No other small amounts payment shall be made.

SECTION 10.12 - WORD USAGE.

The masculine gender, where used in this Plan, shall include the feminine gender and singular words, as used in this Plan, may include the plural, unless the context indicates otherwise. The words “in writing” and “written,” where used in this Plan, shall include any other forms (such as voice response or other electronic system) as permitted by any governmental agency to which the Plan is subject.

SECTION 10.13 - CHANGE IN SERVICE METHOD.

	
  
a) 
  	
  
Change of Service Method Under This Plan. If this Plan is amended to change the method of crediting service   from the elapsed time method to the hours method for any purpose under this   Plan, the Employee’s service shall be equal to the sum of (1), (2), and (3)   below:
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
  
The number of whole years of service credited to   the Employee under the Plan as of the date the change is effective.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
2)
  	
  
One year of service for the applicable service   period in which the change is effective if he is credited with the required   number of Hours of Service. If we do not have sufficient records to determine   the Employee’s actual Hours of Service in that part of the service period   before the effective date of the change, the Hours of Service shall be   determined using an equivalency. For any month in which he would be required   to be credited with one Hour of Service, the Employee shall be deemed for   purposes of this section to be credited with 190 Hours of Service.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
3)
  	
  
The Employee’s service determined under this Plan   using the hours method after the end of the service period in which the   change in service method was effective.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
If this Plan is amended to change the method of   crediting service from the hours method to the elapsed time method for any   purpose under this Plan, the Employee’s service shall be equal to the sum of   (4), (5), and (6) below:
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
4)
  	
  
The number of whole years of service credited to   the Employee under the Plan as of the beginning of the service period in   which the change in service method is effective.
  

81

	
  
 
  	
  
5)
  	
  
The greater of (i) the service that would be   credited to the Employee for that entire service period using the elapsed   time method or (ii) the service credited to him under the Plan as of the date   the change is effective.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
6)
  	
  
The Employee’s service determined under this Plan   using the elapsed time method after the end of the applicable service period   in which the change in service method was effective.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
b) 
  	
  
Transfers Between Plans with Different Service   Methods. If an Employee has been a member in   another plan of ours which credited service under the elapsed time method for   any purpose which under this Plan is determined using the hours method, then   the Employee’s service shall be equal to the sum of (1), (2), and (3) below:
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
1)
  	
  
The number of whole years of service credited to   the Employee under the other plan as of the date he became an Eligible   Employee under this Plan.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
2)
  	
  
One year of service for the applicable service   period in which he became an Eligible Employee if he is credited with the   required number of Hours of Service. If we do not have sufficient records to   determine the Employee’s actual Hours of Service in that part of the service   period before the date he became an Eligible Employee, the Hours of Service   shall be determined using an equivalency. For any month in which he would be   required to be credited with one Hour of Service, the Employee shall be   deemed for purposes of this section to be credited with 190 Hours of Service.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
3)
  	
  
The Employee’s service determined under this Plan   using the hours method after the end of the service period in which he became   an Eligible Employee.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
If an Employee has been a member in another plan   of ours which credited service under the hours method for any purpose which   under this Plan is determined using the elapsed time method, then the   Employee’s service shall be equal to the sum of (4), (5), and (6) below:
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
4)
  	
  
The number of whole years of service credited to   the Employee under the other plan as of the beginning of the service period   under that plan in which he became an Eligible Employee under this Plan.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
5)
  	
  
The greater of (i) the service that would be   credited to the Employee for that entire service period using the elapsed   time method or (ii) the service credited to him under the other plan as of   the date he became an Eligible Employee under this Plan.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
6)
  	
  
The Employee’s service determined under this Plan   using the elapsed time method after the end of the applicable service period   under the other plan in which he became an Eligible Employee.
  

If an Employee has been a member in a Controlled Group member’s plan which credited service under a different method than is used in this Plan, in order to determine entry and vesting, the provisions in (b) above shall apply as though the Controlled Group member’s plan were our plan.

Any modification of service contained in this Plan shall be applicable to the service determined pursuant to this section.

82

SECTION 10.14 - MILITARY SERVICE.

Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, the Plan shall provide contributions, benefits, and service credit with respect to qualified military service in accordance with Code Section 4 14(u). Loan repayments shall be suspended under this Plan as permitted under Code Section 4 14(u).

SECTION 10.15 - QUALIFICATION OF PLAN.

If the Plan is denied initial qualification upon timely application, it will be treated as void from the beginning. It will be terminated and all amounts contributed to the Plan, less expenses paid, shall be returned to us within one year after the date of denial. If amounts have been contributed by Employees, we shall refund to each Employee the amount made by him or, if less, the amount then in his Account resulting from such amounts. The Insurer and Trustee shall be discharged from all further obligations.

If the Plan fails to attain or retain qualification, it shall no longer participate in this prototype plan and shall be considered an individually designed plan.

ARTICLE XI
 TOP-HEAVY PLAN REQUIREMENTS

SECTION 11.01 - APPLICATION.

The provisions of this article shall supersede all other provisions in the Plan to the contrary.

For the purpose of applying the Top-heavy Plan requirements of this article, all members of the Controlled Group shall be treated as one Employer. The terms we, us, and our, as they are used in this article, shall be deemed to include all members of the Controlled Group, unless the terms as used clearly indicate only the Employer is meant.

The accrued benefit or account of a member which results from deductible employee contributions shall not be included for any purpose under this article.

The minimum vesting and contribution provisions of Sections 11.03 and 11.04 shall not apply to any Employee who is included in a group of Employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement which the Secretary of Labor finds to be a collective bargaining agreement between employee representatives and one or more employers, including us, if there is evidence that retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining between such representatives. For this purpose, the term “employee representatives” does not include any organization more than half of whose members are employees who are owners, officers, or executives.

SECTION 11.02 - DEFINITIONS.

For purposes of this article, the following terms are defined: 

Aggregation Group means:

	
  
a)
  	
  
each of our qualified plans in which a Key   Employee is a member during the Plan Year containing the Determination Date   (regardless of whether the plan has terminated) or one of the four preceding   Plan Years,
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
b)
  	
  
each of our other qualified plans which allows   the plan(s) described in (a) above to meet the nondiscrimination requirement   of Code Section 401 (a)(4) or the minimum coverage requirement of Code   Section 410, and
  

83

	
  
c) 
  	
  
any of our other qualified plans not included in   (a) or (b) above which we desire to include as part of the Aggregation Group.   Such a qualified plan shall be included only if the Aggregation Group would   continue to satisfy the requirements of Code Sections 401 (a)(4) and 410.
  

The plans in (a) and (b) above constitute the “required” Aggregation Group. The plans in (a), (b), and (c) above constitute the “permissive” Aggregation Group.

Compensation means compensation as defined in Item S(2) for purposes of Section 3.06. For purposes of determining who is a Key Employee in years beginning before January 1, 1998, Compensation shall include, in addition to compensation as defined in Item S(2) for purposes of Section 3.06, elective contributions. Elective contributions are amounts excludible from the gross income of the Employee under Code Sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1 )(B), or 403(b), and contributed by us, at the Employee’s election, to a Code Section 401(k) arrangement, a simplified employee pension, cafeteria plan, or tax-sheltered annuity. Elective contributions also include amounts deferred under a Code Section 457 plan maintained by us.

Determination Date means as to any plan, for any plan year subsequent to the first plan year, the last day of the preceding plan year. For the first plan year of the plan, the last day of that year.

Key Employee means any Employee or former Employee (and the Beneficiaries of such Employee) who at any time during the determination period was:

	
  
a)
  	
  
an officer of ours if such individual’s annual   Compensation exceeds 50 percent of the dollar limitation under Code Section   41 5(b)(1)(A),
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
b)
  	
  
an owner (or considered an owner under Code   Section 318) of one of the ten largest interests in us if such individual’s   annual Compensation exceeds 100 percent of the dollar limitation under Code   Section 41 5(c)(1)(A),
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  
	
  
c)
  	
  
a 5-percent owner of us, or
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
d)
  	
  
a 1-percent owner of us who has annual   Compensation of more than $150,000.
  

The determination period is the Plan Year containing the Determination Date and the four preceding Plan Years.

The determination of who is a Key Employee shall be made according to Code Section 41 6(i)(1) and the regulations thereunder.

Non-key Employee means any Employee who is not a Key Employee.

Present Value means the present value of a member’s accrued benefit under a defined benefit plan based only on the interest and mortality rates specified in Item S(6) of the Adoption Agreement - Standard or Item S(7) of the Adoption Agreement- Nonstandard.

Top-heavy Plan means a plan which is top-heavy for any plan year beginning after December 31, 1983. This Plan shall be top-heavy if any of the following conditions exist:

	
  
a)
  	
  
The Top-heavy Ratio for this Plan exceeds 60   percent and this Plan is not part of any required Aggregation Group or   permissive Aggregation Group.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  
	
  
b)
  	
  
This Plan is a part of a required Aggregation   Group, but not part of a permissive Aggregation Group, and the Top-heavy   Ratio for the required Aggregation Group exceeds 60 percent.
  

84

	
  
c) 
  	
  
This Plan is a part of a required Aggregation   Group and part of a permissive Aggregation Group and the Top-heavy Ratio for   the permissive Aggregation Group exceeds 60 percent.
  

Top-heavy Ratio means:

	
  
a)
  	
  
If we maintain one or more defined contribution   plans (including any simplified employee pension plan) and we have not   maintained any defined benefit plan which during the five-year period ending   on the Determination Date(s) has or has had accrued benefits, the Top-heavy   Ratio for this Plan alone or for the required or permissive Aggregation   Group, as appropriate, is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of   account balances of all Key Employees as of the Determination Date(s)   (including any part of any account balance distributed in the five-year   period ending on the Determination Date(s)), and the denominator of which is   the sum of all account balances (including any part of any account balance   distributed in the five-year period ending on the Determination Date(s)),   both computed in accordance with Code Section 416 and the regulations   thereunder. Both the numerator and denominator of the Top-heavy Ratio are   increased to reflect
any contribution not actually made as of the   Determination Date, but which is required to be taken into account on that   date under Code Section 416 and the regulations thereunder.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  
	
  
b)
  	
  
If we maintain one or more defined contribution   plans (including any simplified employee pension plan) and we maintain or   have maintained one or more defined benefit plans which during the five-year   period ending on the Determination Date(s) has or has had accrued benefits,   the Top-heavy Ratio for the required or permissive Aggregation Group, as   appropriate, is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of account   balances under the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans of all Key   Employees determined in accordance with (a) above, and the Present Value of   accrued benefits under the aggregated defined benefit plan or plans for all   Key Employees as of the Determination Date(s), and the denominator of which   is the sum of the account balances under the aggregated defined contribution   plan or plans for all members, determined in accordance with (a) above, and   the Present Value of accrued benefits under the defined benefit plan or
plans   for all members as of the Determination Date(s), all determined in accordance   with Code Section 416 and the regulations thereunder. The accrued benefits   under a defined benefit plan in both the numerator and denominator of the   Top-heavy Ratio are increased for any distribution of an accrued benefit made   in the five-year period ending on the Determination Date.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
c)
  	
  
For purposes of (a) and (b) above, the value of   account balances and the Present Value of accrued benefits shall be   determined as of the most recent Valuation Date that falls within or ends   with the 12-month period ending on the Determination Date, except as provided   in Code Section 416 and the regulations thereunder for the first and second   plan years of a defined benefit plan. The account balances and accrued   benefits of a member (i) who is not a Key Employee but who was a Key Employee   in a prior year or (ii) who has not been credited with at least one hour of   service with any employer maintaining the plan at any time during the   five-year period ending on the Determination Date will be disregarded. The   calculation of the Top-heavy Ratio and the extent to which distributions,   rollovers, and transfers are taken into account will be made in accordance   with Code Section 416 and the regulations thereunder. Deductible employee   contributions
will not be taken into account for purposes of computing the   Top-heavy Ratio. When aggregating plans, the value of account balances and   accrued benefits will be calculated with reference to the Determination Dates   that fall within the same calendar year.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
The accrued benefit of a member other than a Key   Employee shall be determined under (i) the method, if any, that uniformly   applies for accrual purposes under all defined benefit plans maintained by   us, or (ii) if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more   rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional rule of   Code Section 411 (b)(1)(C).
  

85

SECTION 11.03 - MODIFICATION OF VESTING REQUIREMENTS.

If a Member’s Vesting Percentage is determined under the vesting schedule selected in Item V(2), and such Vesting Percentage is not as great as the Vesting Percentage would be if it were determined under a schedule permitted in Code Section 416, the following shall apply. During any Plan Year in which the Plan is a Top-heavy Plan, the Member’s Vesting Percentage shall be the greater of the Vesting Percentage determined under the schedule selected in Item V(2) or,

	
  
a) 
  	
  
if the vesting schedule selected in Item V(2)   provides for partial vesting between 0% and 100%, the schedule below.
  

	
  VESTING   SERVICE
  	
   
 	
  
VESTING
  
	
  
(whole   years)
  	
   
 	
  
PERCENTAGE
  
	
  

  	
   
 	
  

  
	
  
Less than 2
  	
   
 	
  
0
  
	
  
2
  	
   
 	
  
20
  
	
  
3
  	
   
 	
  
40
  
	
  
4
  	
   
 	
  
60
  
	
  
5
  	
   
 	
  
80
  
	
  6 or more
  	
   
 	
  
100
  

	
  
b) 
  	
  
if the vesting schedule selected in Item V(2)   provides for only 0% or 100% vesting, the schedule below.
  

	
  
VESTING   SERVICE
  	
   
 	
  
VESTING
  
	
  
(whole   years)
  	
   
 	
  
PERCENTAGE
  
	
  

  	
   
 	
  

  
	
  Less than 3
  	
   
 	
  
0
  
	
  
3 or more
  	
   
 	
  
100
  

The applicable schedule above shall not apply to Members who are not credited with an Hour of Service after the Plan first becomes a Top-heavy Plan. The Vesting Percentage determined above applies to the portion of the Member’s Account which is multiplied by a Vesting Percentage to determine his Vested Account, including benefits accrued before the effective date of Code Section 416 and benefits accrued before this Plan became a Top-heavy Plan.

If, in a later Plan Year, this Plan is not a Top-heavy Plan, a Member’s Vesting Percentage shall be determined according to the provisions of Item V. A Member’s Vesting Percentage determined under either Item V or the applicable schedule above shall never be reduced and the election procedures of Section 10.01 shall apply when changing to or from the above schedule as though the automatic change were the result of an amendment.

The part of the Member’s Vested Account resulting from the minimum contributions required pursuant to Section 11.04 (to the extent required to be nonforfeitable under Code Section 416(b)) may not be forfeited under Code Section 411 (a)(3)(B) or (D).

SECTION 11.04 - MODIFICATION OF CONTRIBUTIONS.

During any Plan Year in which this Plan is a Top-heavy Plan, we shall make a minimum contribution as of the last day of the Plan Year for each Non-key Employee who is an Employee on the last day of the Plan Year and who was an Active Member at any time during the Plan Year. A Non-key Employee is not required to have a minimum number of Hours of Service or minimum amount of Compensation in order to be entitled to this minimum. A Non-key Employee who fails to

86

be an Active Member merely because his Compensation is less than a stated amount or merely because of a failure to make mandatory member contributions or, in the case of a cash or deferred arrangement, elective contributions shall be treated as if he were an Active Member. The minimum is the lesser of (a) or (b) below:

	
  
a)
  	
  
3 percent of such person’s Compensation for such   Plan Year.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
b)
  	
  
The “highest percentage” of Compensation for such   Plan Year at which our Contributions are made for or allocated to any Key   Employee. The highest percentage shall be determined by dividing our   Contributions made for or allocated to each Key Employee during the Plan Year   by the amount of his Compensation for such Plan Year, and selecting the   greatest quotient (expressed as a percentage). To determine the highest   percentage, all our defined contribution plans within the Aggregation Group   shall be treated as one plan. The minimum shall be the amount in (a) above if   this Plan and a defined benefit plan of ours are required to be included in   the Aggregation Group and this Plan enables the defined benefit plan to meet   the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) or 410.
  

For purposes of (a) and (b) above, Compensation shall be limited by Code Section 401 (a)(1 7).

If our contributions and allocations otherwise required under the defined contribution plan(s) are at least equal to the minimum above, no additional contribution shall be required. If our total contributions and allocations are less than the minimum above, we shall contribute the difference for the Plan Year.

The minimum contribution applies to all of our defined contribution plans in the aggregate which are Top-heavy Plans. A minimum contribution under a profit sharing plan shall be made without regard to whether or not we have profits.

To the extent a member covered under this Plan can be covered under any other plan or plans of ours, we may provide in Item S(5) of the Adoption Agreement - Standard or S(6) of the Adoption Agreement - Nonstandard that the minimum contribution or benefit requirement applicable to Top-heavy Plans shall be made in only one of the plans.

For purposes of this section, any employer contribution made according to a salary reduction or similar arrangement and employer contributions which are matching contributions, as defined in Code Section 401(m), shall not apply in determining if the minimum contribution requirement has been met, but shall apply in determining the minimum contribution required.

The requirements of this section shall be met without regard to any Social Security contribution. 

SECTION 11.05 - MODIFICATION OF CONTRIBUTION LIMITATION.

If the provisions of subparagraph (m) of Section 3.06 are applicable for any Limitation Year during which this Plan is a Top-heavy Plan, the contribution limitations shall be modified. The definitions of Defined Benefit Plan Fraction and Defined Contribution Plan Fraction in Section 3.06 shall be modified by substituting “100 percent” in lieu of “125 percent.” In addition, an adjustment shall be made to the numerator of the Defined Contribution Plan Fraction. The adjustment is a reduction of that numerator similar to the modification of the Defined Contribution Plan Fraction described in Section 3.06 and shall be made with respect to the last Plan Year beginning before January 1, 1984.

87

The modifications in the paragraph above shall not apply with respect to a Member so long as employer contributions, forfeitures, or nondeductible employee contributions are not credited to his account under this or any of our other defined contribution plans and benefits do not accrue for such Member under our defined benefit plan(s), until the sum of his Defined Contribution and Defined Benefit Plan Fractions is less than 1.0.

The modification of the contribution limitation shall not apply if both of the following requirements are met:

	
  
a)
  	
  
This Plan would not be a Top-heavy Plan if “90   percent” were substituted for “60 percent” in the definition of Top-heavy   Plan.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
b)
  	
  
A Non-key Employee who is covered only under a   defined benefit plan of ours, accrues a minimum benefit on, or adjusted to, a   straight life basis equal to the lesser of (i) 3 percent of his average   compensation multiplied by his years of service or (ii) 30 percent of his   average compensation. Average compensation and years of service shall have   the meaning set forth in such defined benefit plan for this purpose.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
The account of a Non-key Employee who is covered   only under one or more defined contribution plans of ours, is credited with a   minimum employer contribution under such plan(s) equal to 4 percent of the   person’s Compensation for each plan year in which the plan is a Top-heavy   Plan.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
If a Non-key Employee is covered under both   defined contribution and defined benefit plans of ours, (i) a minimum accrued   benefit for such person equal to the amount determined above for a person who   is covered only under a defined benefit plan is accrued in the defined   benefit plan(s) or (ii) a minimum contribution equal to 7.5 percent of the   person’s Compensation for a plan year in which the plans are Top-heavy Plans   will be credited to his account under the defined contribution plans.
  

If a member can be covered under this Plan and a defined benefit plan of ours, we may provide in Item S(5) of the Adoption Agreement - Standard or S(6) of the Adoption Agreement - Nonstandard for an increased minimum contribution or benefit so that the modification of the contribution limitation provided in this section shall not apply.

This section shall cease to apply effective as of the first Limitation Year beginning on or after January 1, 2000.

88

UNILATERAL AMENDMENT - MODEL AMENDMENTS TO COMPLY WITH THE 401(a)(9)
 FINAL AND TEMPORARY REGULATIONS AND TO USE THE ALTERNATIVE DEFINITION OF
 COMPENSATION AS SET FORTH IN REVENUE RULING 2002-27

Principal Life Insurance Company hereby amends the following prototype plans and by such amendment, amends each retirement plan set forth on any such prototype by an adopting employer:

	
  
The Principal Financial Group   Prototype for Savings Plans:
  
	
  
Nonstandardized
  	
  
Letter Serial No. K305394b
  	
  
Plan No.: 001
  	
  
Basic Plan No.: 02
  
	
  
Standardized
  	
  
Letter Serial No. K205395b
  	
  
Plan No.: 002
  	
  
Basic Plan No.: 02
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
The Principal Financial Group   Prototype for Money Purchase Plans:
  
	
  
Nonstandardized
  	
  
Letter Serial No. K305390b
  	
  
Plan No.: 001
  	
  
Basic Plan No.: 01
  
	
  Standardized
  	
  
Letter Serial No. K205391 b
  	
  
Plan No.: 002
  	
  
Basic Plan No.: 01
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
The Principal Financial Group   Prototype for Profit Sharing Plans:
  
	
  
Nonstandardized
  	
  
Letter Serial No. K305392b
  	
  
Plan No.: 003
  	
  
Basic Plan No.: 01
  
	
  
Standardized
  	
  
Letter Serial No. K205393b
  	
  
Plan No.: 004
  	
  
Basic Plan No.: 01
  

MODEL AMENDMENT TO COMPLY WITH THE 401(a)(9) FINAL AND TEMPORARY
 REGULATIONS

The plan’s existing minimum distribution provisions are superseded to the extent they are inconsistent with the provisions of this model amendment, but those provisions that are not inconsistent (such as the plan’s definition of required beginning date) shall be retained. The plan’s minimum distribution provisions are amended as follows:

ARTICLE VII. MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS.

Section 1. General Rules

	
  
1.1.
  	
  
Effective Date. The provisions of this article   will apply for purposes of determining required minimum distributions for   calendar years beginning with the 2003 calendar year.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
1.2. 
  	
  
Coordination with Minimum Distribution   Requirements Previously in Effect. This amendment is not effective until   calendar years beginning with the 2003 calendar year, therefore, no   coordination is required.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
1.3. 
  	
  
Precedence. The requirements of this article will   take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of the plan.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
1.4. 
  	
  
Requirements of Treasury Regulations   Incorporated. All distributions required under this article will be   determined and made in accordance with the Treasury regulations under section   401 (a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  
	
  
1.5. 
  	
  
TEFRA Section 242(b)(2) Elections.   Notwithstanding the other provisions of this article, distributions may be   made under a designation made before January 1, 1984, in accordance with   section 242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act (TEFRA) and   the provisions of the plan that relate to section 242(b)(2) of TEFRA.
  

1

Section 2. Time and Manner of Distribution.

	
  
2.1. 
  	
  
Required Beginning Date. The participant’s entire   interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, to the participant   no later than the participant’s required beginning date.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
2.2. 
  	
  
Death of Participant Before Distributions Begin.   If the participant dies before distributions begin, the participant’s entire   interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as   follows:
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
(a)
  	
  
If the participant’s surviving spouse is the   participant’s sole designated beneficiary, then distributions to the   surviving spouse will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately   following the calendar year in which the participant died, or by December 31   of the calendar year in which the participant would have attained age 70 1/2   if later, except to the extent that an election is made to receive   distributions in accordance with the 5-year rule. Under the 5-year rule, the   participant’s entire interest will be distributed to the designated   beneficiary by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth   anniversary of the participant’s death.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
(b)
  	
  
If the participant’s surviving spouse is not the   participant’s sole designated beneficiary, then distributions to the   designated beneficiary will begin by December 31 of the calendar year   immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died, except   to the extent that an election is made to receive distributions in accordance   with the 5-year rule. Under the 5-year rule, the participant’s entire   interest will be distributed to the designated beneficiary by December 31 of the   calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the participant’s death.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
(c)
  	
  
If there is no designated beneficiary as of   September 30 of the year following the year of the participant’s death, the   participant’s entire interest will be distributed by December 31 of the   calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the participant’s death.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
(d)
  	
  
If the participant’s surviving spouse is the   participant’s sole designated beneficiary and the surviving spouse dies after   the participant but before distributions to the surviving spouse begin, this   section 2.2, other than section 2.2(a), will apply as if the surviving spouse   were the participant.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
For purposes of this section 2.2 and section 4,   unless section 2.2(d) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the   participant’s required beginning date. If section 2.2(d) applies,   distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required   to begin to the surviving spouse under section 2.2(a). If distributions under   an annuity purchased from an insurance company irrevocably commence to the   participant before the participant’s required beginning date (or to the   participant’s surviving spouse before the date distributions are required to   begin to the surviving spouse under section 2.2(a)), the date distributions   are considered to begin is the date distributions actually commence.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  
	
  
2.3. 
  	
  
Forms of Distribution. Unless the participant’s   interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance   company or in a single sum on or before the required beginning date, as of   the first distribution calendar year distributions will be made in accordance   with sections 3 and 4 of this article. If the participant’s interest is   distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company,   distributions thereunder will be made in accordance with the requirements of   section 401 (a)(9) of the Code and the Treasury regulations.
  

2

Section 3. Required Minimum Distributions During Participant’s Lifetime.

	
  
3.1. 
  	
  
Amount of Required Minimum Distribution For Each   Distribution Calendar Year. During the participant’s lifetime, the minimum   amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year is the   lesser of:
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
(a)
  	
  
the quotient obtained by dividing the   participant’s account balance by the distribution period in the Uniform   Lifetime Table set forth in section 1.401 (a)(9)-9 of the Treasury   regulations, using the participant’s age as of the participant’s birthday in   the distribution calendar year; or
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
(b)
  	
  
if the participant’s sole designated beneficiary   for the distribution calendar year is the participant’s spouse, the quotient   obtained by dividing the participant’s account balance by the number in the   Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in section 1.401 (a)(9)-9 of the   Treasury regulations, using the participant’s and spouse’s attained ages as   of the participant’s and spouse’s birthdays in the distribution calendar   year.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
3.2. 
  	
  
Lifetime Required Minimum Distributions Continue   Through Year of Participant’s Death. Required minimum distributions will be   determined under this section 3 beginning with the first distribution   calendar year and up to and including the distribution calendar year that   includes the participant’s date of death.
  

Section 4. Required Minimum Distributions After Participant’s Death. 

	
  4.1.
  	
  
Death On or After Date Distributions Begin.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
(a)
  	
  
Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary.   If the participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is   a designated beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for   each distribution calendar year after the year of the participant’s death is   the quotient obtained by dividing the participant’s account balance by the   longer of the remaining life expectancy of the participant or the remaining   life expectancy of the participant’s designated beneficiary, determined as   follows:
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
(1)
  	
  
The participant’s remaining life expectancy is   calculated using the age of the participant in the year of death, reduced by   one for each subsequent year.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
(2)
  	
  
If the participant’s surviving spouse is the   participant’s sole designated beneficiary, the remaining life expectancy of   the surviving spouse is calculated for each distribution calendar year after   the year of the participant’s death using the surviving spouse’s age as of   the spouse’s birthday in that year. For distribution calendar years after the   year of the surviving spouse’s death, the remaining life expectancy of the   surviving spouse is calculated using the age of the surviving spouse as of   the spouse’s birthday in the calendar year of the spouse’s death, reduced by   one for each subsequent calendar year.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
(3)
  	
  
If the participant’s surviving spouse is not the   participant’s sole designated beneficiary, the designated beneficiary’s   remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the beneficiary in   the year following the year of the participant’s death, reduced by one for   each subsequent year.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
(b)
  	
  
No Designated Beneficiary. If the participant   dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is no designated   beneficiary as of September 30 of the year after the year of the   participant’s death, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each   distribution calendar year after the year of the participant’s death is the   quotient
  

3

	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
obtained by dividing the participant’s account   balance by the participant’s remaining life expectancy calculated using the   age of the participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each   subsequent year.
  

4.2.      Death Before Date Distributions Begin.

	
   
  	
  
(a)
  	
  
Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary.   If the participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is a   designated beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each   distribution calendar year after the year of the participant’s death is the   quotient obtained by dividing the participant’s account balance by the   remaining life expectancy of the participant’s designated beneficiary, determined   as provided in section 4.1, except to the extent that an election is made to   receive distributions in accordance with the 5-year rule. Under the 5-year   rule, the participant’s entire interest will be distributed to the designated   beneficiary by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth   anniversary of the participant’s death.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
(b)
  	
  
No Designated Beneficiary. If the participant   dies before the date distributions begin and there is no designated   beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the   participant’s death, distribution of the participant’s entire interest will   be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth   anniversary of the participant’s death.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
(c)
  	
  
Death of Surviving Spouse Before Distributions to   Surviving Spouse Are Required to Begin. If the participant dies before the   date distributions begin, the participant’s surviving spouse is the   participant’s sole designated beneficiary, and the surviving spouse dies   before the distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under   section 2.2(a), this section 4.2 will apply as if the surviving spouse were   the participant.
  

Section 5. Definitions.

	
  
5.1. 
  	
  
Designated Beneficiary. The individual who is   designated as the beneficiary under Plan Section 10.07 and is the designated   beneficiary under section 401 (a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code and section   1.401 (a)(9)-1, Q&A-4, of the Treasury regulations.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
5.2. 
  	
  
Distribution Calendar Year. A calendar year for   which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before   the participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar   year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the participant’s   required beginning date. For distributions beginning after the participant’s   death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year in which   distributions are required to begin under section 2.2. The required minimum   distribution for the participant’s first distribution calendar year will be   made on or before the participant’s required beginning date. The required   minimum distribution for other distribution calendar years, including the   required minimum distribution for the distribution year in which the   participant’s required beginning date occurs, will be made on or before   December 31 of that distribution calendar
year.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  
	
  
5.3. 
  	
  
Life Expectancy. Life expectancy as computed by   use of the Single Life Table in section 1.401 (a)(9)-9 of the Treasury   regulations.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
5.4. 
  	
  
Participant’s Account Balance. The account   balance as of the last valuation date in the calendar year immediately   preceding the distribution calendar year (valuation calendar year) increased   by the amount of any contributions made and allocated or forfeitures   allocated to the account balance as of dates in the valuation calendar year   after the valuation date and decreased by distributions made in the valuation   calendar year after the
  

4

	
  
 
  	
  
valuation date. The account balance for the   valuation calendar year includes any amounts Rolled over or transferred to   the plan either in the valuation calendar year or in the distribution   calendar year if distributed or transferred in the valuation calendar year.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  5.5. 
  	
  
Required Beginning Date. The date specified in   Plan Section 7.02. 
  

Section 6. Election to Allow Participants or Beneficiaries to Elect 5-Year Rule.

	
  
 
  	
  
Participants or beneficiaries may elect on an   individual basis whether the 5-year rule or the life expectancy rule in   sections 2.2 and 4.2 of Article VII of the plan applies to distributions   after the death of a participant who has a designated beneficiary. The   election must be made no later than the earlier of September 30 of the   calendar year in which distribution would be required to begin under section 2.2   of Article VII of the plan, or by September 30 of the calendar year which   contains the fifth anniversary of the participant’s (or, if applicable,   surviving spouse’s) death. If neither the participant nor beneficiary makes   an election under this paragraph, distributions will be made in accordance   with the life expectancy rule under sections 2.2 and 4.2 of Article VII of   the plan.
  

Section 7. Election to Allow Designated Beneficiary Receiving Distributions Under 5-Year Rule to Elect Life Expectancy Distributions.

	
  
 
  	
  
A designated beneficiary who is receiving   payments under the 5-year rule may make a new election to receive payments   under the life expectancy rule until December 31, 2003, provided that all   amounts that would have been required to be distributed under the life   expectancy rule for all distribution calendar years before 2004 are   distributed by the earlier of December 31, 2003 or the end of the 5-year   period.
  

MODEL AMENDMENT TO USE THE ALTERNATIVE DEFINITION OF COMPENSATION AS
 SET FORTH IN REVENUE RULING 2002-27

The plan’s definition of compensation is amended as follows:

	
  
1.
  	
  
Effective Date. This amendment shall apply to   plan years and limitation years beginning on or after January 1, 1998.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
2.
  	
  
For purposes of the definition of compensation under   Item Q(2) and Plan Section 3.07 (Item S(2) and Plan Section 3.06, if Savings   Plan), amounts under section 125 of the Internal Revenue Code include any   amounts not available to a participant in cash in lieu of group health   coverage because the participant is unable to certify that he has other   health coverage. An amount will be treated as an amount under section 125 of   the Code only if the Employer does not request or collect information   regarding the participant’s other health coverage as part of the enrollment   process for the health plan.
  

Executed by Principal Life Insurance Company on August 6, 2003 by

	

  

  	
  
 
  
	

  Officer
  	
  

  

5

UNILATERAL GOOD FAITH COMPLIANCE AMENDMENT
 TO COMPLY WITH CODE SECTION 401(a)(31)(B) AS AMENDED BY THE
 ECONOMIC GROWTH AND TAX RELIEF RECONCILIATION ACT OF 2001 (EGTRRA)

Principal Life Insurance Company hereby amends the following prototype plans and by such amendment, amends each retirement plan set forth on any such prototype by an adopting employer.

	
  
The Principal Financial Group   Prototype for Savings Plans:
  	
  
 
  
	
  
With an approval date of July 22, 2003
  	
  
 
  
	
  
Nonstandardized
  	
  
Letter Serial No.: K305394b
  	
  
Plan No.: 001
  	
  
Basic Plan No.: 02
  
	
  Standardized
  	
  
Letter Serial No.: K205395b
  	
  
Plan No.: 002
  	
  
Basic Plan No.: 02
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
The Principal Financial Group   Prototype Version III for Savings Plans:
  	
  
 
  
	
  
With an approval date of September 16, 2003
  	
  
 
  
	
  
Nonstandardized
  	
  
Letter Serial No.: K377150a
  	
  
Plan No.: 001
  	
  
Basic Plan No.: 05
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	 The Principal Financial Group Prototype for Profit Sharing Plans: 
	  
	  

	
  
With an   approval date of July 22, 2003
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  Nonstandardized
  	
  
Letter Serial No.: K305392b
  	
  
Plan No.: 003
  	
  
Basic Plan No.: 01
  
	
  
Standardized
  	
  
Letter Serial No.: K205393b
  	
  
Plan No.: 004
  	
  
Basic Plan No.: 01
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
The Principal Financial Group   Prototype Version III for Profit Sharing 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
With an approval date of September 16, 2003
  	
  
 
  
	
  
Nonstandardized
  	
  
Letter Serial No.: K377149a
  	
  
Plan No.: 002
  	
  
Basic Plan No.: 04
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	The Principal Financial Group Prototype for Money Purchase Plans: 
	  
	  

	
  With an   approval date of July 22, 2003
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
Nonstandardized
  	
  
Letter Serial No.: K305390b
  	
  
Plan No.: 001
  	
  
Basic Plan No.: 01
  
	
  
Standardized
  	
  
Letter Serial No.: K205391 b
  	
  
Plan No.: 002
  	
  
Basic Plan No.: 01
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
The Principal Financial Group   Prototype Version III for Money Purchase Plans: 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
With an approval date of September 16, 2003
  	
  
 
  
	
  
Nonstandardized
  	
  
Letter Serial No.: K377148a
  	
  
Plan No.: 001
  	
  
Basic Plan No.: 04
  

This amendment of the Plan is adopted to reflect certain provisions of the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 (EGTRRA). This amendment is intended as good faith compliance with the requirements of EGTRRA and is to be construed in accordance with EGTRRA and guidance issued thereunder. This amendment shall be effective as of March 28, 2005.

This amendment shall continue to apply to the Plan, including the Plan as later amended, until such provisions are integrated into the Plan or the good faith compliance EGTRRA amendment provisions are specifically amended.

This amendment shall supersede any previous good faith compliance EGTRRA amendment and the provisions of the Plan to the extent those provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this amendment.

1

AUTOMATIC ROLLOVERS
In the event of a mandatory distribution greater than $1,000 in accordance with the small amounts payment provisions of Article VIII or Plan Section 10.11, if the Participant does not elect to have such distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Participant in a Direct Rollover or to receive the distribution directly in accordance with Plan Section 10.02, then the Plan Administrator will pay the distribution in a Direct Rollover to an individual retirement plan with an affiliate of Principal Life Insurance Company.

In the event of any other small amounts payment to a Distributee in accordance with the small amounts payment provisions of Article VIII or Plan Section 10.11, if the Distributee does not elect to have such distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee in a Direct Rollover or to receive the distribution directly in accordance with Plan Section 10.02, then the Plan Administrator will pay the distribution to the Distributee.

Executed by Principal Life Insurance Company on February 15, 2005 by

Officer

2

UNILATERAL GOOD FAITH COMPLIANCE AMENDMENT TO COMPLY WITH THE
 2004 FINAL REGULATIONS UNDER CODE SECTIONS 401(k) AND 401(m)
 AND TO COMPLY WITH CODE SECTION 402A

Principal Life Insurance Company hereby amends the following prototype plans and by such amendment, amends each retirement plan set forth on any such prototype by an adopting employer.

	
  
The Principal Financial Group Prototype for   Savings Plans with an approval date of July 22, 2003:
  	
  
 
  
	
  
Nonstandardized
  	
  
Letter Serial No.: K305394b
  	
  
Plan No.: 001
  	
  
Basic Plan No.: 02
  
	
  Standardized
  	
  
Letter Serial No.: K205395b
  	
  
Plan No.: 002
  	
  
Basic Plan No.: 02
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
The Principal Financial Group Prototype Version   III for Savings Plans with an approval date of September 16, 2003:
  
	
  
Nonstandardized
  	
  
Letter Serial No.: K377150a
  	
  
Plan No.: 001
  	
  
Basic Plan No.: 05
  

This amendment of the Plan is adopted to reflect certain provisions of the 2004 final regulations under Code Sections 401(k) and 401(m) and the law under Code Section 402A as added by section 617(a) of the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 (EGTRRA). This amendment is intended as good faith compliance with the requirements of the 2004 final regulations and EGTRRA and is to be construed in accordance with such regulations and EGTRRA and guidance issued thereunder.

This amendment shall supersede the provisions of the Plan to the extent those provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this amendment.

Any election made by the Employer regarding the provisions added to the Adoption Agreement shall continue to apply to all Adoption Agreements signed by the Employer until such provisions are integrated into the Adoption Agreement or such election is superseded by another election.

2004 FINAL REGULATIONS UNDER CODE SECTIONS 401(k) AND 401(m)

Except as otherwise provided, the provisions of this section of the amendment shall be effective as of the first day of the first Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 2006.

QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS

The Other Employer Contributions and Forfeitures item in the Adoption Agreement is amended to no longer allow the following Qualified Nonelective Contribution choices:

	
  
 
  	
  
•
  	
  
Set amount, service formula
  
	
  
 
  	
  
•
  	
  
Discretionary, same dollar amount
  
	
  
 
  	
  
•
  	
  
Qualified Nonelective Contributions made for, or   allocated only to, Nonhighly Compensated Employees whose Annual Pay for the   Plan Year is not over a specified dollar amount
  

The Other Employer Contributions and Forfeitures item in the Adoption Agreement is amended to modify the discretionary, bottom up Qualified Nonelective Contribution to limit the allocation to any eligible person to 5% of such person’s Pay. For purposes of this limit, Pay shall be the Pay used for purposes of the ADP Test for the Plan Year.

1

AUTOMATIC DEFERRAL LIMIT
 The Elective Deferral Contributions item in the Adoption Agreement is amended to allow automatic Elective Deferral Contributions of more than 6% of Pay.

EXCESS AMOUNTS
 This section amends Section 3.07 of the Plan.

Modification of the Deferral Percentage Calculation. If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two or more cash or deferred arrangements of the Employer that have different plan years, all cash or deferred arrangements for the 12-month plan year of the plan being tested shall be treated as a single arrangement.

Modification of the Contribution Percentage Calculation. If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two or more plans of the Employer that include Contribution Percentage Amounts and such plans have different plan years, all Contribution Percentage Amounts for the 12-month plan year of the plan being tested shall be treated as a single plan.

Income on Excess Contributions and Excess Aggregate Contributions (Gap Period Income). This section applies for purposes of determining income or loss on Excess Contributions and Excess Aggregate Contributions beginning with the 2006 Plan Year.

Any Excess Contributions or Excess Aggregate Contributions, in addition to any adjustment for income or loss for the Plan Year in which the excess occurred, shall be adjusted for income or loss for the gap period between the end of such Plan Year and the date of distribution. Such income or loss allocable to the gap period shall be equal to 10% of the income or loss allocable to the applicable excess for the Plan Year multiplied by the number of complete months (counting 16 days or more as a complete month) in the gap period.

401(k) SAFE HARBOR
 This section amends the rules of application provision of Section 3.08 of the Plan.

Change of Plan Year. A Plan is not required to have a Plan Year that is 12 months long if the Plan has a short Plan Year as a result of changing its Plan Year, provided that:

	
  
 
  	
  
(i)
  	
  
the Plan satisfied the 401(k) safe harbor   requirements for the immediately preceding Plan Year; and
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
(ii)
  	
  
the Plan satisfies the 401(k) safe harbor   requirements (determined without regard to the revocation of 401(k) safe   harbor election section) for the immediately following Plan Year (or for the   immediately following 12 months if the immediately following Plan Year is   less than 12 months).
  

Final Plan Year. A Plan is not required to have a Plan Year that is 12 months long if the Plan has a short Plan Year due to Plan termination, provided that the Plan satisfies the 401(k) safe harbor provisions through the date of termination and either:

	
   
  	
  
(i)
  	
  
the Plan would satisfy the requirements of the   revocation of 401(k) safe harbor election section, treating the termination   of the Plan as a reduction or suspension of the Qualified Matching   Contributions, other than the requirement that Active Participants have a   reasonable opportunity to change the amount of their Elective Deferral   Contributions and, if applicable, Participant Contribution elections; or
  

2

	
  
 
  	
  
(ii) 
  	
  
the Plan termination is in connection with a   transaction described in Code Section 41 0(b)(6)(C) or the Employer incurs a   substantial business hardship comparable to a substantial business hardship   described in Code Section 412(d).
  

HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTIONS
 This section amends the financial hardship withdrawal provisions of Section 5.05 of the Plan.

Modification of the list of events for immediate and heavy financial needs. An immediate and heavy financial need shall be limited to: (i) expenses incurred or necessary for medical care that would be deductible under Code Section 213(d) (determined without regard to whether the expenses exceed 7.5% of adjusted gross income); (ii) the purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a principal residence for the Participant; (iii) payment of tuition, related educational fees, and room and board expenses, for the next 12 months of post-secondary education for the Participant, his spouse, children, or dependents (as defined in Code Section 152, and for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2005, without regard to Code Section 1 52(b)(1), (b)(2), and (d)(1 )(B)); (iv) payments necessary to prevent the eviction of the Participant from, or foreclosure on the mortgage of, the Participant’s principal residence; (v) payments for funeral or burial expenses
for the Participant’s deceased parent, spouse, child, or dependent (as defined in Code Section 152 without regard to Code Section 1 52(d)(1 )(B)); (vi) expenses to repair damage to the Participant’s principal residence that would qualify for a casualty loss deduction under Code Section 165 (determined without regard to whether the loss exceeds 10% of adjusted gross income); or (vii) any other distribution which is deemed by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue to be made on account of immediate and heavy financial need as provided in Treasury regulations.

TERMINATION OF THE PLAN - SUCCESSOR DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN
 For purposes of Article VIII of the Plan, the term “successor defined contribution plan” shall not include a plan or contract that satisfies the requirements of Code Section 403(b) or a plan described in Code Sections 457(b) or (f).

CODE SECTION 402A

The provisions of this section of the amendment shall apply to Contributions received on or after January 1, 2006.

ROTH ELECTIVE DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS 
 Section 3.01 of the Basic Plan is amended as follows:

A Participant is not permitted to designate a portion of his Elective Deferral Contributions as Roth Elective Deferral Contributions, unless the Employer elects otherwise in the Adoption Agreement. If elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, all Participants who are eligible to make Elective Deferral Contributions under this Plan may elect to designate all or any portion of their Elective Deferral Contributions as Roth Elective Deferral Contributions, as permitted under EGTRRA section 617 and Code Section 402A. Such Roth Elective Deferral Contributions are includible in the Participant’s gross income.

Section 3.07 of the Basic Plan is amended as follows:

Distributions of Excess Amounts from the portion of the Participant’s Account resulting from Elective Deferral Contributions shall be made on a pro rata basis from the Participant’s Account

3

resulting from Pre-tax Elective Deferral Contributions and Roth Elective Deferral Contributions in the same proportion that such Contributions were made for the applicable year, unless the Participant is permitted in the Adoption Agreement to elect a different order of distribution.

The Elective Deferral Contributions item in the Adoption Agreement is amended to add the following choices:

The provisions allowing Roth Elective Deferral Contributions shall not apply, except as otherwise specified in (a) or (b) below.

	
  
a)
  	
  
The provisions allowing Roth Elective Deferral   Contributions shall apply to
  

          Contributions received on or after   _____________________________ , _________________ .
          (Must be January 1, 2006 or later.)

(Select (b) to amend the selection in (a) above.)

	
  
b)
  	
  
Roth Elective Deferral Contributions are not   permitted on or after
  

          ___________________________ ,     _________ . (Must be January 1, 2006 or later.)

Distributions of Excess Amounts described in Section 3.07 from the portion of the Participant’s Account resulting from Elective Deferral Contributions shall be made on a pro rata basis from the Participant’s Account resulting from Pre-tax Elective Deferral Contributions and Roth Elective Deferral Contributions in the same proportion that such Contributions were made for the applicable year, except as otherwise specified in (c) or (d) below.

	
  
c)
  	
  
The Participant may elect a different order of   distribution for distributions made on or
  

           after   _____________________ ,    ___________ . (Must be January 1, 2006 or later.)

(Select (d) to amend the selection in (c) above.)

	
  
d)
  	
  
The Participant is not permitted to elect a   different order of distribution for
  

          distributions made on or after    _________________________ ,    ____________ . 

          (Must be January 1, 2006 or later.)

Executed by Principal Life Insurance Company on October 21, 2005 by

Officer

4

UNILATERAL GOOD FAITH COMPLIANCE AMENDMENT TO COMPLY WITH THE
 2004 FINAL REGULATIONS UNDER CODE SECTIONS 401(k) AND 401(m)
 AND THE 2005 FINAL AND 2006 PROPOSED REGULATIONS
 UNDER CODE SECTION 402A

Principal Life Insurance Company hereby amends the following prototype plans and by such amendment, amends each retirement plan set forth on any such prototype by an adopting employer.

	
  
The Principal Financial Group Prototype for   Savings Plans with an approval date of July 22, 2003:
  	
  
 
  
	
  
Nonstandardized
  	
  
Letter Serial No.: K305394b
  	
  
Plan No.: 001
  	
  
Basic Plan No.: 02
  
	
  Standardized
  	
  
Letter Serial No.: K205395b
  	
  
Plan No.: 002
  	
  
Basic Plan No.: 02
  
	
  
 
  
	
  
The Principal Financial Group Prototype Version   III for Savings Plans with an approval date of September 16, 2003:
  
	
  
Nonstandardized
  	
  
Letter Serial No.: K377150a
  	
  
Plan No.: 001
  	
  
Basic Plan No.: 05
  

This amendment of the Plan is adopted to reflect certain provisions of the 2004 final regulations under Code Sections 401(k) and 401(m) and the final and proposed regulations under Code Section 402A. This amendment is intended as good faith compliance with the requirements of the final and proposed regulations and is to be construed in accordance with such regulations.

This amendment shall supersede the provisions of the Plan and any previous good faith compliance amendment to the extent those provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this amendment.

This amendment shall continue to apply to the Plan, including the Plan as later amended, until such provisions are integrated into the Plan or the good faith compliance provisions of this amendment are specifically amended.

2004 FINAL REGULATIONS UNDER CODE SECTIONS 401(k) AND 401(m)

Except as otherwise provided, the provisions of this section of the amendment shall be effective as of the first day of the first Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 2006.

EXCESS AMOUNTS
 The provisions of Section 3.07 of the Basic Plan are modified as follows:

Income on Excess Elective Deferrals (Gap Period Income). This section applies for purposes of determining income or loss on Excess Elective Deferrals for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2006.

Any Excess Elective Deferrals, in addition to any adjustment for income or loss for the taxable year in which the excess occurred, shall be adjusted for income or loss for the gap period between the end of such taxable year and the date of distribution. Such income or loss allocable to the gap period shall be equal to 10% of the income or loss allocable to the Excess Elective Deferrals for the taxable year multiplied by the number of complete months (counting 16 days or more as a complete month) in the gap period.

1

Income on Excess Contributions and Excess Aggregate Contributions (Gap Period Income). This section applies for purposes of determining income or loss on Excess Contributions and Excess Aggregate Contributions beginning with the 2006 Plan Year.

Any Excess Contributions or Excess Aggregate Contributions, in addition to any adjustment for income or loss for the Plan Year in which the excess occurred, shall be adjusted for income or loss for the gap period between the end of such Plan Year and the date of distribution. Such income or loss allocable to the gap period shall be equal to 10% of the income or loss allocable to the applicable excess for the Plan Year multiplied by the number of complete months (counting 16 days or more as a complete month) in the gap period.

ELIMINATION OF POST-HARDSHIP CONTRIBUTION LIMIT REDUCTION
The financial hardship withdrawal suspension period provisions of Section 5.05 of the Basic Plan are modified as follows:

The reduction in the applicable limit under Code Section 402(g) for the next taxable year following a hardship withdrawal is removed for distributions to which the suspension period reduction from 12 to 6 months applies.

2005 FINAL REGULATIONS AND 2006 PROPOSED REGULATIONS
 UNDER CODE SECTION 402A

DIRECT ROLLOVERS OF PLAN DISTRIBUTIONS
 This section shall apply to distributions made after December 31, 2005.

Modification of the definition of Eligible Retirement Plan. The definition of Eligible Retirement Plan is modified as follows:

Eligible Retirement Plan means an eligible plan under Code Section 457(b) which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan, an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b), an annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a), an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b), or a qualified plan described in Code Section 401(a), that accepts the Distributee’s Eligible Rollover Distribution. The definition of Eligible Retirement Plan shall also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving spouse, or to a spouse or former spouse who is the Alternate Payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p).

If any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution is attributable to payments or distributions from a designated Roth account, an Eligible Retirement Plan with respect to such portion shall include only another designated Roth account of the individual from whose Account the payments or distributions were made under an annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a) or a qualified plan described in Code Section 401(a), or a Roth IRA described in Code Section 408A of such individual.

Modification of the definition of Eligible Rollover Distribution. The definition of Eligible Rollover Distribution is modified as follows:

Eligible Rollover Distribution means any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the Distributee, except that an Eligible Rollover Distribution does not include: (i) any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint lives (or joint life

2

expectancies) of the Distributee and the Distributee’s designated Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; (ii) any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code Section 401 (a)(9); (iii) any hardship distribution; (iv) the portion of any other distribution(s) that is not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities); and (v) any other distribution(s) that is reasonably expected to total less than $200 during a year.

A portion of a distribution shall not fail to be an Eligible Rollover Distribution merely because the portion consists of after-tax employee contributions that are not includible in gross income. However, such portion may be transferred only to an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(a) or (b), or to a qualified defined contribution plan described in Code Section 401(a) or 403(a) that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred, including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not so includible.

A portion of a distribution shall not fail to be an Eligible Rollover Distribution merely because the portion consists of the portion of a designated Roth account that is not includible in a Participant’s gross income. However, such portion may be transferred only to a Roth IRA described in Code Section 408A or to a designated Roth account under a qualified defined contribution plan described in Code Section 401(a) or 403(a) that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred, including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not so includible.

If the distribution includes any portion of a designated Roth account, in determining if (v) above applies: (i) any portion of the distribution from the designated Roth account shall not be treated as an Eligible Rollover Distribution if it is reasonably expected to total less than $200 during a year and (ii) the balance of the distribution, if any, shall not be treated as an Eligible Rollover Distribution if it is reasonably expected to total less than $200 during a year. However, all Eligible Rollover Distributions are combined in determining a mandatory distribution of an Eligible Rollover Distribution greater than $1,000 in Section 10.02 of the Basic Plan.

The provisions of this section of the amendment shall apply on or after January 1, 2006.

ROTH ELECTIVE DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS

The following definitions are added:

Pre-tax Elective Deferral Contributions means a Participant’s Elective Deferral Contributions that are not includible in the Participant’s gross income at the time deferred.

Roth Elective Deferral Contributions means a Participant’s Elective Deferral Contributions that are includible in the Participant’s gross income at the time deferred and have been irrevocably designated as Roth Elective Deferral Contributions by the Participant in his elective deferral agreement. A separate accounting record is kept for that part of a Participant’s Account resulting from Roth Elective Deferral Contributions.

The provisions of Section 3.06 of the Basic Plan are modified as follows:

Distributions of any Elective Deferral Contributions (plus attributable earnings), to the extent they would reduce the Excess Amount, will be distributed from the Participant’s Account resulting from Pre-tax Elective Deferral Contributions and Roth Elective Deferral Contributions on the same basis as the distribution of Excess Amounts in Section 3.07 of the Basic Plan.

3

ROLLOVERS FROM OTHER PLANS
 If Rollover Contributions are allowed, the following provisions are effective for distributions made after December 31, 2005.

Direct Rollovers. The Plan will accept a direct rollover of an Eligible Rollover Distribution from a qualified plan described in Code Section 401(a) or 403(a), including after-tax employee contributions and, if Roth Elective Deferral Contributions are permitted under the Plan, any portion of a designated Roth account.

Participant Rollover Contributions from Other Plans. The Plan will accept a Participant contribution of an Eligible Rollover Distribution from a qualified plan described in Code Section 401(a) or 403(a) including, if Roth Elective Deferral Contributions are permitted under the Plan, any portion of a designated Roth account to the extent the portion of the designated Roth account distributed would otherwise be includible in a Participant’s gross income.

Executed by Principal Life Insurance Company on May 26, 2006 by

Officer

4

Pension Protection Act
 Summary of 2007 Operational Changes

It is your responsibility to operate your plan in accordance with the Pension Protection Act rules that become effective in 2007 especially in the absence of a formal plan amendment. Here is a summary of the provisions that will be included in the unilateral amendment to help you operate your plan correctly.

	
  
 
  	
  
• 
  	
  
Revised Vesting Schedule for Employer   Contributions (other than Matching Contributions)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
Faster minimum vesting schedules for matching   contributions were contained in the Economic Growth and Tax Relief   Reconciliation Act. The Pension Protection Act requires that these new   minimum vesting schedules also apply to all contributions made by you.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
If the vesting schedule currently selected in   your Adoption Agreement is not as fast as either of these two schedules:
  

	
   
 	
   
 	
  3-year cliff
  	
   
 	
  
6-year graded
  
	
  
Years of Service
  	
   
 	
  
Vesting%
  	
   
 	
  
Vesting%
  
	
  

  	
   
 	
  

  	
   
 	
  

  
	
  
0
  	
   
 	
  
0%
  	
   
 	
  
0%
  
	
  1
  	
   
 	
  
0%
  	
   
 	
  
0%
  
	
  
2
  	
   
 	
  
0%
  	
   
 	
  
20%
  
	
  
3
  	
   
 	
  
100%
  	
   
 	
  
40%
  
	
  
4
  	
   
 	
   
 	
   
 	
  
60%
  
	
  
5
  	
   
 	
   
 	
   
 	
  
80%
  
	
  
6
  	
   
 	
   
 	
   
 	
  
100%
  

	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
the vesting schedule will be changed as follows:
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
•
  	
  
5-year cliff (100% vesting after 5 years) will   change to 3-year cliff (see above)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
•
  	
  
4-year cliff (100% vesting after 4 years) will   change to 3-year cliff (see above)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
•
  	
  
7-year graded (0% vesting until year 3, then 20%   per year) will change to 6-year graded (see above)
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
•
  	
  
Any other schedule will change to a blended   schedule that provides the better of the percentage in the current vesting   schedule or the 6-year graded schedule for each year of service. Here is an   example:
  

	
   
 	
   
 	
  
Current
  	
   
 	
   
 	
   
 	
  
Blended
  
	
  
Years   of Service
  	
   
 	
  
Schedule
  	
   
 	
  
6-year   graded
  	
   
 	
  
Schedule
  
	
  

  	
   
 	
  

  	
   
 	
  

  	
   
 	
  

  
	
  0
  	
   
 	
  
0%
  	
   
 	
  
0%
  	
   
 	
  
0%
  
	
  
1
  	
   
 	
  
0%
  	
   
 	
  
0%
  	
   
 	
  
0%
  
	
  
2
  	
   
 	
  
33%
  	
   
 	
  
20%
  	
   
 	
  
33%
  
	
  3
  	
   
 	
  
33%
  	
   
 	
  
40%
  	
   
 	
  
40%
  
	
  
4
  	
   
 	
  
66%
  	
   
 	
  
60%
  	
   
 	
  
66%
  
	
  
5
  	
   
 	
  
66%
  	
   
 	
  
80%
  	
   
 	
  
80%
  
	
  
6
  	
   
 	
  
100%
  	
   
 	
  
100%
  	
   
 	
  
100%
  

The new vesting schedule will be effective as of the first day of your plan year that begins on or after January 1, 2007, and will apply to those plan participants who complete one hour of service on or after that date.

1

	
  
 
  	
  
•
  	
  
IRA Rollover by Nonspouse Beneficiary
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
Currently, your plan only provides for a rollover   of a death benefit that is an eligible rollover distribution to an IRA by a   surviving spouse. The unilateral amendment will add wording to the Basic Plan   to provide this option for a beneficiary who is not a surviving spouse.   However, the nonspouse beneficiary can only do the rollover to an IRA in a   direct rollover and the IRA must be an inherited IRA.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
This change will apply to distributions made on   or after January 1, 2007.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
•
  	
  
Expanded Rollover for After-tax Contributions
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
The Pension Protection Act expanded the   portability of after-tax employee contributions and the types of plans that   can now be involved in a direct rollover.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
Currently, your plan allows a participant to make   a direct rollover (trustee-to-trustee transfer) of a distribution that   includes after-tax employee contributions from your plan to another defined   contribution plan. The unilateral amendment will amend the Basic Plan to   provide for the direct rollover of after-tax employee contributions to any   qualified plan (defined contribution or defined benefit) or a 403(b) plan   that is written to accept such a transfer.
  
	
   
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
In addition, the unilateral amendment will amend   the Rollover Contributions section of the Basic Plan to allow after-tax   employee contributions to be included in a direct rollover to the plan from a   403(b) plan. This will only apply to your plan if your plan allows rollover   contributions.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
This change will be effective for tax years   beginning on or after January 1, 2007.
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
  
 
  	
  
•
  	
  
Notice and Consent Requirements
  
	
  
 
  	
  
 
  	
  
 
  
	
   
  	
   
  	
  Certain notices must be provided to participants   at least 30 days but not more than 90 days before the date of a distribution.   The Pension Protection Act extended this notice period to 180 days. The   wording in the Notice Requirements section of the Basic Plan will be changed   from 90 days to 180 days.
  
	
   
  	
   
  	
   
  
	
   
  	
   
  	
  In addition, the notice provided to the   participant of the right to defer a distribution until normal retirement age   was expanded to include the consequences of taking a distribution before   reaching normal retirement age. The wording in the Notice Requirements   section of the Basic Plan will be changed to include this additional   requirement.
  
	
   
  	
   
  	
   
  
	
   
  	
   
  	
  This longer   period and the additional notice requirement will apply to distributions made   on or after January 1, 2007.
  

2QuickLinks
 -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document
  

 
 

Exhibit 10.30    
    

RIGEL PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.  

 
 

2000 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN    
    

ADOPTED JANUARY 27, 2000

APPROVED BY STOCKHOLDERS MARCH 15, 2000

AMENDED DECEMBER 13, 2002

AMENDED AND RESTATED APRIL 24, 2003

APPROVED BY STOCKHOLDERS JUNE 20, 2003

AMENDED AND RESTATED APRIL 22, 2005

APPROVED BY STOCKHOLDERS JUNE 2, 2005

AMENDED AND RESTATED MARCH 10, 2006 AND APRIL 18, 2006

APPROVED BY STOCKHOLDERS MAY 30, 2006

AMENDED JANUARY 31, 2007

APPROVED BY STOCKHOLDERS MAY 31, 2007

TERMINATION DATE: APRIL 24, 2013

1.     PURPOSES.  

        (a)   The Plan is an amendment and restatement of, and is intended to supersede and replace, the Company's 1997 Stock Option
Plan. 

        (b)   The persons eligible to receive Stock Awards are the Employees, Directors and Consultants of the Company and its
Affiliates. 

        (c)   The purpose of the Plan is to provide a means by which eligible recipients of Stock Awards may be given an opportunity to
benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock through the granting of the following Stock Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options, (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options, (iii) stock
bonuses and (iv) rights to acquire restricted stock. 

        (d)   The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to retain the services of the group of persons eligible to receive Stock Awards,
to secure and retain the services of new members of this group and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and its Affiliates. 

        (e)   Any stock awards granted under the Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2001 Non-Officer Equity Incentive Plan
(the "Non-Officer Plan") prior to April 24, 2003 shall be governed by the terms of the Non-Officer Plan as in effect immediately prior to April 24, 2003, as set
forth in Appendix A to this Plan. The Common Stock that was reserved for issuance under the Non-Officer Plan, including the Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to outstanding
stock awards granted under the Non-Officer Plan prior to April 24, 2003, shall be included in the aggregate share reserve for this Plan, as set forth in subsection 4(a). 

2.     DEFINITIONS.  

        (a)   "Affiliate" means any parent corporation or subsidiary corporation of the
Company, whether now or hereafter existing, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Code. 

        (b)   "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company. 

1

 

        (c)   "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 

        (d)   "Committee" means a committee of one or more members of the Board
appointed by the Board in accordance with subsection 3(c). 

        (e)   "Common Stock" means the common stock of the Company. 

        (f)    "Company" means Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware
corporation. 

        (g)   "Consultant" means any person, including an advisor, (i) engaged
by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and who is compensated for such services or (ii) who is a member of the Board of Directors of an Affiliate. However, the
term "Consultant" shall not include either Directors who are not compensated by the Company for their services as Directors or Directors who are merely paid a director's fee by the Company for their
services as Directors. 

        (h)   "Continuous Service" means that the Participant's service with the
Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. The Participant's Continuous Service shall not be deemed to have terminated merely because of
a change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Consultant or Director or a change in the entity for which the Participant renders such
service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant's service. For example, a change in status without interruption from an Employee of the Company to a Consultant of an
Affiliate or a Director will not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service. The Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party's sole discretion, may determine whether
Continuous Service shall be considered interrupted in the case of any leave of absence approved by that party, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave. 

        (i)    "Covered Employee" means the chief executive officer and the four
(4) other highest compensated officers of the Company for whom total compensation is required to be reported to stockholders under the Exchange Act, as determined for purposes of
Section 162(m) of the Code. 

        (j)    "Director" means a member of the Board of Directors of the Company. 

        (k)   "Disability" means the permanent and total disability of a person within
the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code. 

        (l)    "Employee" means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. Mere
service as a Director or payment of a director's fee by the Company or an Affiliate shall not be sufficient to constitute "employment" by the Company or an Affiliate. 

        (m)  "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

        (n)   "Fair Market Value" means, as of any date, the
value of the Common Stock determined as follows: 

          (i)  If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on the Nasdaq National Market or the Nasdaq
SmallCap Market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or market
(or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the last market trading day prior to the day of determination, as reported in The Wall
Street Journal or such other source as the Board deems reliable. 

         (ii)  In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value shall be determined in good faith by the
Board. 

        (o)   "Incentive Stock Option" means an Option intended to qualify as an
incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder. 

2

 

        (p)   "Non-Employee Director" means a Director who either
(i) is not a current Employee or Officer of the Company or its parent or a subsidiary, does not receive compensation (directly or indirectly) from the Company or its parent or a subsidiary for
services rendered as a consultant or in any capacity other than as a Director (except for an amount as to which disclosure would not be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K
promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act ("Regulation S-K")), does not possess an interest in any other transaction as to which disclosure would be required under Item 404(a) of
Regulation S-K and is not engaged in a business relationship as to which disclosure would be required under Item 404(b) of Regulation S-K; or (ii) is
otherwise considered a "non-employee director" for purposes of Rule 16b-3. 

        (q)   "Nonstatutory Stock Option" means an Option not intended to qualify as an
Incentive Stock Option. 

        (r)   "Officer" means a person who is an officer of the Company within the
meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. 

        (s)   "Option" means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option
granted pursuant to the Plan. 

        (t)    "Option Agreement" means a written agreement between the Company and an
Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option grant. Each Option Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan. 

        (u)   "Optionholder" means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to
the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option. 

        (v)   "Outside Director" means a Director who either (i) is not a
current employee of the Company or an "affiliated corporation" (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 162(m) of the Code), is not a former employee of the Company
or an "affiliated corporation" receiving compensation for prior services (other than benefits under a tax qualified pension plan), was not an officer of the Company or an "affiliated corporation" at
any time and is not currently receiving direct or indirect remuneration from the Company or an "affiliated corporation" for services in any capacity other than as a Director or (ii) is
otherwise considered an "outside director" for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code. 

        (w)  "Participant" means a person to whom a Stock Award is granted pursuant to
the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Stock Award. 

        (x)   "Performance Criteria" means the one or more criteria that the Board
shall select for purposes of establishing the Performance Goals for a Performance Period. The Performance Criteria that shall be used to establish such Performance Goals may be based on any one of, or
combination of, the following: (i) earnings per share; (ii) earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation; (iii) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization
(EBITDA); (iv) net earnings; (v) total shareholder return; (vi) return on equity; (vii) return on assets, investment, or capital employed; (viii) operating margin;
(ix) gross margin; (x) operating income; (xi) net income (before or after taxes); (xii) net operating income; (xiii) net operating income after tax;
(xiv) pre- and after-tax income; (xv) pre-tax profit; (xvi) operating cash flow; (xvii) sales or revenue targets;
(xviii) increases in revenue or product revenue; (xix) expenses and cost reduction goals; (xx) improvement in or attainment of expense levels; (xxi) improvement in or
attainment of working capital levels; (xxii) economic value added (or an equivalent metric); (xxiii) market share; (xxiv) cash flow; (xxv) cash flow per share;
(xxvi) share price performance; (xxvii) debt reduction; (xxviii) implementation or completion of projects or processes; (xxix) customer satisfaction; (xxx) total
stockholder return; (xxxi) stockholders' equity; and (xxxii) other measures of performance selected by the Board. Partial achievement of the specified criteria may result in the payment
or vesting corresponding to the degree of achievement as specified in the Stock Award 

3

 

Agreement.
The Board shall, in its sole discretion, define the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period. 

        (y)   "Performance Goals" means, for a Performance Period, the one or more
goals established by the Board for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria. The Board is authorized at any time in its sole discretion, to adjust or modify the calculation of a
Performance Goal for such Performance Period in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the rights of Participants, (a) in the event of, or in anticipation of, any unusual or
extraordinary corporate item, transaction, event or development; (b) in recognition of, or in anticipation of, any other unusual or nonrecurring events affecting the Company, or the financial
statements of the Company, or in response to, or in anticipation of, changes in applicable laws, regulations, accounting principles, or business conditions; or (c) in view of the Board's
assessment of the business strategy of the Company, performance of comparable organizations, economic and business conditions, and any other circumstances deemed relevant. Specifically, the Board is
authorized to make adjustment in the method of calculating attainment of Performance Goals and objectives for a Performance Period as follows: (i) to exclude the dilutive effects of
acquisitions or joint ventures; (ii) to assume that any business divested by the Company achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a Performance Period following
such divestiture; and (iii) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase,
reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to common shareholders other
than regular cash dividends. In addition, the Board is authorized to make adjustment in the method of calculating attainment of Performance Goals and objectives for a Performance Period as follows:
(i) to exclude restructuring and/or other nonrecurring charges; (ii) to exclude exchange rate effects, as applicable, for non-U.S. dollar denominated net sales and operating
earnings; (iii) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting standards required by the Financial Accounting Standards Board; (iv) to exclude the effects to any
statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (v) to exclude the impact of any "extraordinary items" as determined under generally accepted accounting principles; and (vi) to exclude any
other unusual, non-recurring gain or loss or other extraordinary item. 

        (z)   "Performance Period" means the one or more periods of time, which may be
of varying and overlapping durations, as the Board may select, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant's right to and
the payment of a Stock Award. 

        (aa)    "Plan" means this Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2000 Equity
Incentive Plan. 

        (bb)    "Rule 16b-3" means Rule 16b-3
promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect from time to time. 

        (cc)    "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

        (dd)    "Stock Award" means any right granted under the Plan, including an
Option, a stock bonus, a right to acquire restricted stock, a stock unit award and a stock appreciation right. 

        (ee)    "Stock Award Agreement" means a written agreement between the Company
and a holder of a Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Stock Award grant. Each Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan. 

        (ff)    "Ten Percent Stockholder" means a person who owns (or is deemed to own
pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any of its Affiliates. 

4

 

3.     ADMINISTRATION.  

        (a)   Administration by Board.    The Board shall administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates
administration to a Committee, as provided in subsection 3(c). 

        (b)   Powers of Board.    The Board shall have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express
provisions of the Plan: 

          (i)  To determine from time to time which of the persons eligible under the Plan shall be granted Stock Awards; when and how
each Stock Award shall be granted; what type or combination of types of Stock Award shall be granted; the provisions of each Stock Award granted (which need not be identical), including the time or
times when a person shall be permitted to receive Common Stock pursuant to a Stock Award; and the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which a Stock Award shall be granted to each such
person. 

         (ii)  To construe and interpret the Plan and Stock Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and
regulations for its administration. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Stock Award Agreement, in a manner and to the
extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effective. 

       (iii)  To amend the Plan or a Stock Award as provided in Section 12. 

        (iv)  To terminate or suspend the Plan as provided in Section 13. 

         (v)  Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best
interests of the Company which are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan. 

        (c)   Delegation to Committee.

          (i)  General.    The Board may delegate administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees of one
(1) or more members of the Board, and the term "Committee" shall apply to any person or persons to whom such authority has been delegated. If administration is delegated to a Committee, the
Committee shall have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee any of the administrative
powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board shall thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent
with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. The Board may abolish the Committee at any time and revest in the Board the administration of the Plan. 

         (ii)  Committee Composition when Common Stock is Publicly Traded.    At such time as the Common Stock is publicly
traded, in the discretion of the Board, a Committee may consist solely of two or more Outside Directors, in accordance with Section 162(m) of the Code, and/or solely of two or more
Non-Employee Directors, in accordance with Rule 16b-3. Within the scope of such authority, the Board or the Committee may (1) delegate to a committee of one or
more members of the Board who are not Outside Directors the authority to grant Stock Awards to eligible persons who are either (a) not then Covered Employees and are not expected to be Covered
Employees at the time of recognition of income resulting from such Stock Award or (b) not persons with respect to whom the Company wishes to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code and/or
(2) delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board who are not Non-Employee Directors the authority to grant Stock Awards to eligible persons who are not then subject
to Section 16 of the Exchange Act. 

5

 

        (d)   Effect of Board's Decision.    All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good
faith shall not be subject to review by any person and shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons. 

        (e)   Cancellation and Re-Grant of Stock Awards.    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan,
neither the Board nor any Committee shall have the authority to: (i) reprice any outstanding Stock Awards under the Plan, (ii) cancel and re-grant any outstanding Stock
Awards under the Plan, or (iii) effect any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles unless, in each case, the stockholders of the Company have
approved such an action within twelve (12) months prior to such an event. 

4.     SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.  

        (a)   Share Reserve.    Subject to the provisions of subsection 11(a) relating to adjustments upon changes in Common
Stock, the shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Stock Awards shall not exceed in the aggregate 8,410,403 shares of Common Stock, which number consists of (i) 1,058,333 shares
of Common Stock initially reserved for issuance under the Plan plus (ii) 1,600,000 shares of Common Stock approved by the Board in April 2003 and subsequently approved by the Company's
stockholders plus (iii) 388,889 shares of Common Stock that were originally reserved for issuance under the Non-Officer Plan (prior to the termination of such plan) as approved by
the Board in April 2003 and subsequently approved by the Company's stockholders plus (iv) 296,022 shares and 392,159 shares of Common Stock made available for issuance on
December 2, 2003 and 2004, respectively, pursuant to the evergreen provision that was approved by the Board and the Company's stockholders in April 2003 (and subsequently terminated by
the Board and stockholders in April 2005) plus (v) 2,275,000 shares of Common Stock approved by the Board in April 2005 and subsequently approved by the Company's stockholders
plus (vi) 500,000 shares of Common Stock approved by the Board in April 2006 and subsequently approved by the Company's stockholders plus (vii) 1,900,000 shares of Common stock
approved by the Board in January 2007 [and subsequently approved by the Company's stockholders]. 

        (b)   Subject to subsection 4(c), the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan shall be reduced by:
(i) one (1) share for each share of stock issued pursuant to (A) an Option granted under Section 6, or (B) a Stock Appreciation Right granted under subsection 7(d)
with respect to which the strike price is at least one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the underlying Common Stock on the date of grant; and (ii) one and four tenths (1.4)
shares for each share of Common Stock issued pursuant to a Stock Bonus Award, Restricted Stock Award, Stock Unit Award or Performance Stock Award. 

        (c)   Reversion of Shares to the Share Reserve.

          (i)  Shares Available For Subsequent Issuance.    If any (i) Stock Award, including any stock awards granted
under the Non-Officer Plan prior to April 24, 2003, shall for any reason expire or otherwise terminate, in whole or in part, without having been exercised in full,
(ii) shares of Common Stock issued to a Participant pursuant to a Stock Award, including any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to stock awards under the Non-Officer Plan prior
to April 24, 2003, are forfeited to or repurchased by the Company, including any repurchase or forfeiture caused by the failure to meet a contingency or condition required for the vesting of
such shares, or (iii) Stock Award is settled in cash, then the shares of Common Stock not issued under such Stock Award, or forfeited to or repurchased by the Company, shall revert to and again
become available for issuance under the Plan. To the extent there is issued a share of Common Stock pursuant to a Stock Award that counted as one and four tenths (1.4) shares against the number of
shares available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to subsection 4(b) and such share of Common Stock again becomes available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to this subsection 4(c)(i), then 

6

 

the
number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan shall increase by one and four tenths (1.4) shares. 

         (ii)  Shares Not Available For Subsequent Issuance.    If any shares subject to a Stock Award are not delivered to a
Participant because the Stock Award is exercised through a reduction of shares subject to the Stock Award (i.e., "net exercised"), the number of shares
that are not delivered to the Participant shall not remain available for issuance under the Plan. If any shares subject to a Stock Award are not delivered to a Participant because such shares are
withheld in satisfaction of the withholding of taxes incurred in connection with the exercise of an Option or stock appreciation right, or the issuance of shares under a stock bonus award, restricted
stock award or stock unit award, the number of shares that are not delivered to the Participant shall not remain available for subsequent issuance under the Plan. If the exercise price of any Stock
Award is satisfied by tendering shares of Common Stock held by the Participant (either by actual delivery or attestation), then the number of shares so tendered shall not remain available for
subsequent issuance under the Plan. 

        (d)   Source of Shares.    The shares of Common Stock subject to the Plan may be unissued shares or reacquired
shares, bought on the market or otherwise. 

5.     ELIGIBILITY.  

        (a)   Eligibility for Specific Stock Awards.    Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees. Stock
Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants. 

        (b)   Ten Percent Stockholders.    A Ten Percent Stockholder shall not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless
the exercise price of such Option is at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the date of grant and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of
five (5) years from the date of grant. 

        (c)   Section 162(m) Limitation.    Subject to the provisions of Section 11 relating to adjustments
upon changes in the shares of Common Stock, no Employee shall be eligible to be granted Options covering more than one hundred sixty-six thousand six hundred sixty-six
(166,666) shares of Common Stock during any calendar year. 

        (d)   Consultants.  

          (i)  A Consultant shall not be eligible for the grant of a Stock Award if, at the time of grant, a Form S-8 Registration Statement
under the Securities Act ("Form S-8") is
not available to register either the offer or the sale of the Company's securities to such Consultant because of the nature of the services that the Consultant is providing to the Company, or because
the Consultant is not a natural person, or as otherwise provided by the rules governing the use of Form S-8, unless the Company determines both (i) that such grant
(A) shall be registered in another manner under the Securities Act (e.g., on a Form S-3 Registration Statement) or
(B) does not require registration under the Securities Act in order to comply with the requirements of the Securities Act, if applicable, and (ii) that such grant complies with the
securities laws of all other relevant jurisdictions. 

         (ii)  Form S-8 generally is available to consultants and advisors only if (i) they are natural
persons; (ii) they provide bona fide services to the issuer, its parents, its majority-owned subsidiaries or majority-owned subsidiaries of the issuer's parent; and (iii) the services
are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction, and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the issuer's securities. 

7

 

6.     OPTION PROVISIONS.  

        Each Option shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. All Options shall be separately designated
Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate certificate or certificates will be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased
on exercise of each type of Option. The provisions of separate Options need not be identical, but each Option shall include (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the Option or
otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions: 

        (a)   Term.    Subject to the provisions of subsection 5(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Option shall be
exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date it was granted. 

        (b)   Exercise Price of an Incentive Stock Option.    Subject to the provisions of subsection 5(b) regarding Ten
Percent Stockholders, the exercise price of each Incentive Stock Option shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option on the date
the Option is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Incentive Stock Option may be granted with an exercise price lower than that set forth in the preceding sentence if such Option is granted
pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner satisfying the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code. 

        (c)   Exercise Price of a Nonstatutory Stock Option.    The exercise price of each Nonstatutory Stock Option shall be
not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option on the date the Option is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Nonstatutory Stock
Option may be granted with an exercise price lower than that set forth in the preceding sentence if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner
satisfying the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code. 

        (d)   Consideration.    The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to an Option shall be paid, to the
extent permitted by applicable statutes and regulations, either (i) in cash at the time the Option is exercised or (ii) at the discretion of the Board (1) by delivery to the
Company of other Common Stock; (2) according to a deferred payment or other similar arrangement with the Optionholder; (3) by a "net exercise" arrangement pursuant to which the Company
will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price;  provided, however,
that the Company shall accept a cash or other payment from the Participant to the extent of any remaining balance of the aggregate
exercise price not satisfied by such holding back of whole shares; provided, further, however, that shares of Common Stock will no longer be outstanding
under an Option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (i) shares are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the "net exercise," (ii) shares are delivered to the
Participant as a result of such exercise, and (iii) shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations; or (4) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to
the Board. Unless otherwise specifically provided in the Option, the purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to an Option that is paid by delivery to the Company of other Common Stock
acquired, directly or indirectly from the Company, shall be paid only by shares of the Common Stock of the Company that have been held for more than six (6) months (or such longer or shorter
period of time required to avoid a charge to the Company's earnings for financial accounting purposes). At any time that the Company is incorporated in Delaware, payment of the Common Stock's "par
value," as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law, shall not be made by deferred payment. 

        In
the case of any deferred payment arrangement, interest shall be compounded at least annually and shall be charged at the minimum rate of interest necessary to avoid (1) the
treatment as interest, under any applicable provisions of the Code, of any amounts other than amounts stated to be interest 

8

 

under
the deferred payment arrangement and (2) the treatment of the Option as a variable award for financial accounting purposes. 

        (e)   Transferability of an Incentive Stock Option.    An Incentive Stock Option shall not be transferable except by
will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionholder only by the Optionholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionholder may, by
delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Optionholder, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise
the Option. 

        (f)    Transferability of a Nonstatutory Stock Option.    A Nonstatutory Stock Option shall be transferable to the
extent provided in the Option Agreement. If the Nonstatutory Stock Option does not provide for transferability, then the Nonstatutory Stock Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the
laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionholder only by the Optionholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionholder may, by delivering written
notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Optionholder, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option. 

        (g)   Vesting Generally.    The total number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option may, but need not, vest
and therefore become exercisable in periodic installments that may, but need not, be equal. The Option may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may be exercised
(which may be based on performance or other criteria) as the Board may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Options may vary. The provisions of this subsection 6(g) are subject to
any Option provisions governing the minimum number of shares of Common Stock as to which an Option may be exercised. 

        (h)   Termination of Continuous Service.    In the event an Optionholder's Continuous Service terminates (other than
upon the Optionholder's death or Disability), the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination)
but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date three (3) months following the termination of the Optionholder's Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter
period specified in the Option Agreement), or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after termination, the Optionholder does not exercise his
or her Option within the time specified in the Option Agreement, the Option shall terminate. 

        (i)    Extension of Termination Date.    An Optionholder's Option Agreement may also provide that if the exercise of
the Option following the termination of the Optionholder's Continuous Service (other than upon the Optionholder's death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of
shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of the term of the Option set
forth in the Option Agreement or (ii) the expiration of a period of three (3) months after the termination of the Optionholder's Continuous Service during which the exercise of the
Option would not be in violation of such registration requirements. 

        (j)    Disability of Optionholder.    In the event that an Optionholder's Continuous Service terminates as a result of
the Optionholder's Disability, the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination), but only within
such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date twelve (12) months following such termination (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement) or
(ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after termination, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein,
the Option shall terminate. 

9

 

        (k)   Death of Optionholder.    In the event (i) an Optionholder's Continuous Service terminates as a result
of the Optionholder's death or (ii) the Optionholder dies within the period (if any) specified in the Option Agreement after the termination of the Optionholder's Continuous Service for a
reason other than death, then the Option may be exercised (to the extent the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of death) by the Optionholder's estate, by a person who
acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated to exercise the Option upon the Optionholder's death pursuant to subsection 6(e) or 6(f), but only within
the period ending on the earlier of (1) the date eighteen (18) months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement) or (2) the
expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after death, the Option is not exercised within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate. 

        (l)    Early Exercise.    The Option may, but need not, include a provision whereby the Optionholder may elect at any
time before the Optionholder's Continuous Service terminates to exercise the Option as to any part or all of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option prior to the full vesting of the Option.
Any unvested shares of Common Stock so purchased may be subject to a repurchase option in favor of the Company or to any other restriction the Board determines to be appropriate. The Company will not
exercise its repurchase option until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid a charge to earnings for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed
following exercise of the Option unless the Board otherwise specifically provides in the Option. 

7.     PROVISIONS OF STOCK AWARDS OTHER THAN OPTIONS.  

        (a)   Stock Bonus Awards.    Each stock bonus agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and
conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of stock bonus agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate stock bonus agreements need
not be identical, but each stock bonus agreement shall include (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following
provisions: 

          (i)  Consideration.    A stock bonus may be awarded in consideration for past services actually rendered to the
Company or an Affiliate for its benefit. 

         (ii)  Vesting.    Shares of Common Stock awarded under the stock bonus agreement may, but need not, be subject to a
share repurchase option in favor of the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board. 

       (iii)  Termination of Participant's Continuous Service.    In the event a Participant's Continuous Service
terminates, the Company may reacquire any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant which have not vested as of the date of termination under the terms of the stock bonus agreement.
The Company will not exercise its repurchase option until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid a change to earnings for financial accounting
purposes) have elapsed following receipt of the stock bonus unless otherwise specifically provided in the stock bonus agreement. 

        (iv)  Transferability.    Rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under the stock bonus agreement shall be
transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the stock bonus agreement, as the Board shall determine in its discretion, so long as Common Stock awarded under
the stock bonus agreement remains subject to the terms of the stock bonus agreement. 

        (b)   Restricted Stock Awards.    Each restricted stock purchase agreement shall be in such form and shall contain
such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. The terms and 

10

 

conditions
of the restricted stock purchase agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate restricted stock purchase agreements need not be identical, but each
restricted stock purchase agreement shall include (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions: 

          (i)  Purchase Price.    The purchase price under each restricted stock purchase agreement shall be such amount as
the Board shall determine and designate in such restricted stock purchase agreement. The purchase price shall not be less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Common Stock's Fair Market
Value on the date such award is made or at the time the purchase is consummated. 

         (ii)  Consideration.    The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the restricted stock purchase
agreement shall be paid either: (i) in cash at the time of purchase; (ii) at the discretion of the Board, according to a deferred payment or other similar arrangement with the
Participant; or (iii) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board in its discretion; provided, however, that at
any time that the Company is incorporated in Delaware, then payment of the Common Stock's "par value," as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law, shall not be made by deferred payment. 

       (iii)  Vesting.    Shares of Common Stock acquired under the restricted stock purchase agreement may, but need not,
be subject to a share repurchase option in favor of the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board. 

        (iv)  Termination of Participant's Continuous Service.    In the event a Participant's Continuous Service
terminates, the Company may repurchase or otherwise reacquire any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant that have not vested as of the date of termination under the terms of the
restricted stock purchase agreement. The Company will not exercise its repurchase option until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid a charge to
earnings for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following the purchase of the restricted stock unless otherwise provided in the restricted stock purchase agreement. 

         (v)  Transferability.    Rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under the restricted stock purchase agreement
shall be transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the restricted stock purchase agreement, as the Board shall determine in its discretion, so long as
Common Stock awarded under the restricted stock purchase agreement remains subject to the terms of the restricted stock purchase agreement. 

        (c)   Stock Unit Awards.    Each stock unit award agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and
conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of stock unit award agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate stock unit award
agreements need not be identical, provided, however, that each stock unit award agreement shall include (through incorporation of the provisions hereof
by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions: 

          (i)  Consideration.    At the time of grant of a stock unit award, the Board will determine the consideration, if
any, to be paid by the Participant upon delivery of each share of Common Stock subject to the stock unit award. The consideration to be paid (if any) by the Participant for each share of Common Stock
subject to a stock unit award may be paid in any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board in its sole discretion and permissible under applicable law. 

         (ii)  Vesting.    At the time of the grant of a stock unit award, the Board may impose such restrictions or
conditions to the vesting of the stock unit award as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate. 

11

 

       (iii)  Payment.    A stock unit award may be settled by the delivery of shares of Common Stock, their cash
equivalent, any combination thereof or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the stock unit award agreement. 

        (iv)  Additional Restrictions.    At the time of the grant of a stock unit award, the Board, as it deems
appropriate, may impose such restrictions or conditions that delay the delivery of the shares of
Common Stock (or their cash equivalent) subject to a stock unit award after the vesting of such stock unit award. 

         (v)  Dividend Equivalents.    Dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares of Common Stock covered by a
stock unit award, as determined by the Board and contained in the stock unit award agreement. At the sole discretion of the Board, such dividend equivalents may be converted into additional shares of
Common Stock covered by the stock unit award in such manner as determined by the Board. Any additional shares covered by the stock unit award credited by reason of such dividend equivalents will be
subject to all the terms and conditions of the underlying stock unit award agreement to which they relate. 

        (vi)  Termination of Participant's Continuous Service.    Except as otherwise provided in the applicable stock unit
award agreement, such portion of the stock unit award that has not vested will be forfeited upon the Participant's termination of Continuous Service. 

        (d)   Stock Appreciation Rights.    Each stock appreciation right agreement shall be in such form and shall contain
such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of stock appreciation right agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate
stock appreciation right agreements need not be identical; provided, however, that each stock appreciation right agreement shall include (through
incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions: 

          (i)  Strike Price and Calculation of Appreciation.    Each stock appreciation right will be denominated in shares
of Common Stock equivalents. The appreciation distribution payable on the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be not greater than an amount equal to the excess of (i) the aggregate Fair
Market Value (on the date of the exercise of the stock appreciation right) of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of shares of Common Stock equivalents in which the Participant is
vested under such stock appreciation right, and with respect to which the Participant is exercising the stock appreciation right on such date, over (ii) an amount (the strike price) that will
be determined by the Board at the time of grant of the stock appreciation right. 

         (ii)  Vesting.    At the time of the grant of a stock appreciation right, the Board may impose such restrictions or
conditions to the vesting of such stock appreciation right as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate. 

       (iii)  Exercise.    To exercise any outstanding stock appreciation right, the Participant must provide written
notice of exercise to the Company in compliance with the provisions of the stock appreciation right agreement evidencing such stock appreciation right. 

        (iv)  Payment.    The appreciation distribution in respect to a stock appreciation right may be paid in Common
Stock, in cash, in any combination of the two or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the stock appreciation right agreement evidencing such stock
appreciation right. 

         (v)  Termination of Continuous Service.    In the event that a Participant's Continuous Service terminates, the
Participant may exercise his or her stock appreciation right (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such stock appreciation right as of the date of termination) but only within
such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date three (3) months following the 

12

 

termination
of the Participant's Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the stock appreciation right agreement), or (ii) the expiration of the term of the stock
appreciation right as set forth in the stock appreciation right agreement. If, after termination, the Participant does not exercise his or her stock appreciation right within the time specified herein
or in the stock appreciation right agreement (as applicable), the stock appreciation right shall terminate. 

8.     COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.  

        (a)   Availability of Shares.    During the terms of the Stock Awards, the Company shall keep available at all times
the number of shares of Common Stock required to satisfy such Stock Awards. 

        (b)   Securities Law Compliance.    The Company shall seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having
jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Stock Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Stock Awards; provided,
however, that this undertaking shall not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Stock Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to
any such Stock Award. If, after reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority which counsel for the Company deems necessary for the
lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company shall be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Stock Awards unless and until
such authority is obtained. 

9.     USE OF PROCEEDS FROM STOCK.  

        Proceeds from the sale of Common Stock pursuant to Stock Awards shall constitute general funds of the Company. 

10.   MISCELLANEOUS.  

        (a)   Acceleration of Exercisability and Vesting.    The Board shall have the power to accelerate the time at which a
Stock Award may first be exercised or the time during which a Stock Award or any part thereof will vest in accordance with the Plan, notwithstanding the provisions in the Stock Award stating the time
at which it may first be exercised or the time during which it will vest. 

        (b)   Stockholder Rights.    No Participant shall be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a
holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to such Stock Award unless and until such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of the Stock Award pursuant to its terms. 

        (c)   No Employment or other Service Rights.    Nothing in the Plan or any instrument executed or Stock Award granted
pursuant thereto shall confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Stock Award was granted or shall affect the
right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the
terms of such Consultant's agreement with the Company or an Affiliate or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of
the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be. 

        (d)   Incentive Stock Option $100,000 Limitation.    To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined
at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and
its Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), the Options or portions thereof which exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as
Nonstatutory Stock Options. 

13

 

        (e)   Investment Assurances.    The Company may require a Participant, as a condition of exercising or acquiring
Common Stock under any Stock Award, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant's knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to
employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that he or she is capable of evaluating, alone or
together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Stock Award; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Participant is
acquiring Common Stock subject to the Stock Award for the Participant's own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock. The foregoing
requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, shall be inoperative if (1) the issuance of the shares of Common Stock upon the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock
under the Stock Award has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act or (2) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by
counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on
stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the
transfer of the Common Stock. 

        (f)    Withholding Obligations.    To the extent provided by the terms of a Stock Award Agreement, the Participant may
satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under a Stock Award by any of the following means (in addition to the Company's
right to withhold from any compensation paid to the Participant by the Company) or by a combination of such means: (i) tendering a cash payment; (ii) authorizing the Company to withhold
shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to the Participant as a result of the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Stock Award,  provided, however, that no
shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such
lesser amount as may be necessary to avoid variable award accounting); or (iii) delivering to the Company owned and unencumbered shares of Common Stock of the Company that have been held for
more than six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid a charge to the Company's earnings for financial accounting purposes). 

        (g)   Performance Stock Awards.    A Stock Award may be granted, may vest, or may be exercised based upon service
conditions, upon the attainment during a Performance Period of certain Performance Goals, or both. The length of any Performance Period, the Performance Goals to be achieved during the Performance
Period, and the measure of whether and to what degree such Performance Goals have been attained shall be conclusively determined by the Board in its sole discretion. The maximum benefit to be received
by any individual in any calendar year attributable to Stock Awards described in this subsection 10(g) shall not exceed the value of one hundred sixty-six thousand six hundred
sixty-six (166,666) shares of Common Stock. 

11.   ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN STOCK.  

        (a)   Capitalization Adjustments.    If any change is made in the Common Stock subject to the Plan, or subject to any
Stock Award, without the receipt of consideration by the Company (through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than
cash, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other transaction not involving the receipt of consideration by the Company), the
Plan will be appropriately adjusted in the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to subsection 4(a) and the maximum number of securities subject to award to any
person pursuant to subsection 5(c) and 10(g), and the outstanding Stock Awards will be appropriately adjusted in the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of Common Stock subject to
such outstanding Stock Awards. The Board shall make such adjustments, and its determination shall be final, 

14

 

binding
and conclusive. (The conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as a transaction "without receipt of consideration" by the Company.) 

        (b)   Dissolution or Liquidation.    In the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, then all
outstanding Stock Awards shall terminate immediately prior to such event, and shares of Common Stock subject to the Company's repurchase option may be repurchased by the Company notwithstanding the
fact that the holder of such stock is still in Continuous Service. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options granted under the 1997 Stock Option Plan shall be subject to subsection 11(c) below in the
event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company. 

        (c)   Corporate Transaction.    In the event of (i) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially
all of the securities or assets of the Company, (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving corporation or (iii) a reverse merger in which the Company is the
surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger are converted by virtue of the merger into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or
otherwise, then any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation may assume any Stock Awards outstanding under the Plan or may substitute similar stock awards (including an award to acquire the same
consideration paid to the stockholders in the transaction described in this subsection 11(c)) for those outstanding under the Plan. In the event any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation does
not assume such Stock Awards or substitute similar stock awards for those outstanding under the Plan, then with respect to Stock Awards held by Participants whose Continuous Service has not
terminated, the vesting of such Stock Awards (and, if applicable, the time during which such Stock Awards may be exercised) shall be accelerated in full, and the Stock Awards shall terminate if not
exercised (if applicable) at or prior to such event. With respect to any other Stock Awards outstanding under the Plan, such Stock Awards shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) prior to such
event. 

12.   AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN AND STOCK AWARDS.  

        (a)   Amendment of Plan.    The Board at any time, and from time to time, may amend the Plan. However, except as
provided in Section 11 relating to adjustments upon changes in Common Stock, no amendment shall be effective unless approved by the stockholders of the Company to the extent stockholder
approval is necessary to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code, Rule 16b-3 or any Nasdaq or securities exchange listing requirements. 

        (b)   Stockholder Approval.    The Board may, in its sole discretion, submit any other amendment to the Plan for
stockholder approval, including, but not limited to, amendments to the Plan intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations thereunder regarding the
exclusion of performance-based compensation from the limit on corporate deductibility of compensation paid to certain executive officers. 

        (c)   Contemplated Amendments.    It is expressly contemplated that the Board may amend the Plan in any respect the
Board deems necessary or advisable to provide eligible Employees with the maximum benefits provided or to be provided under the provisions of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder
relating to Incentive Stock Options and/or to bring the Plan and/or Incentive Stock Options granted under it into compliance therewith. 

        (d)   No Impairment of Rights.    Rights under any Stock Award granted before amendment of the Plan shall not be
impaired by any amendment of the Plan unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the Participant and (ii) the Participant consents in writing. 

        (e)   Amendment of Stock Awards.    The Board at any time, and from time to time, may amend the terms of any one or
more Stock Awards; provided, however, that the rights under any Stock Award shall not be impaired by any such amendment unless (i) the Company
requests the consent of the Participant and (ii) the Participant consents in writing. 

15

 

13.   TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE PLAN.  

        (a)   Plan Term.    Unless sooner terminated by the Board pursuant to Section 3, the Plan shall automatically
terminate on the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or approved by the stockholders of the Company, whichever is earlier. No Stock Awards may be
granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated. 

        (b)   No Impairment of Rights.    Suspension or termination of the Plan shall not impair rights and obligations under
any Stock Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the Participant. 

14.   EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN.

        The
Plan shall become effective upon its adoption by the Board, but no Stock Award shall be exercised (or, in the case of a stock bonus, shall be granted) unless and until the Plan has
been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval shall be within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. 

15.   CHOICE OF LAW.

        The
law of the State of Delaware shall govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to such state's conflict of laws rules. 

16

  

 
 

Appendix A    
    

RIGEL PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.  

 
 

2001 NON-OFFICER EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN    
    

ADOPTED JULY 19, 2001

AMENDED DECEMBER 13, 2002

STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL NOT REQUIRED  

1.     PURPOSES.

        (a)   Eligible Stock Award Recipients.    The persons eligible to receive Stock Awards are the Employees (other than
Officers) and Consultants of the Company and its Affiliates. 

        (b)   Available Stock Awards.    The purpose of the Plan is to provide a means by which eligible recipients of Stock
Awards may be given an opportunity to benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock through the granting of the following Stock Awards: (i) Nonstatutory Stock Options, (ii) stock
bonus awards and (iii) rights to acquire restricted stock. 

        (c)   General Purpose.    The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to retain the services of the group of persons
eligible to receive Stock Awards, to secure and retain the services of new members of this group and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and
its Affiliates. 

2.     DEFINITIONS.

        (a)   "Affiliate" means any parent corporation or subsidiary corporation of the Company, whether now or
hereafter existing, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Code. 

        (b)   "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company. 

        (c)   "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 

        (d)   "Committee" means a committee of one or more members of the Board appointed by the Board in
accordance with Section 3(c). 

        (e)   "Common Stock" means the common stock of the Company. 

        (f)    "Company" means Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation. 

        (g)   "Consultant" means any person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to
render consulting or advisory services and who is compensated for such services. However, the term "Consultant" shall not include either Directors who are not compensated by the Company for their
services as Directors or Directors who are merely paid a director's fee by the Company for their services as Directors. 

        (h)   "Continuous Service" means that the Participant's service with the Company or an Affiliate,
whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. The Participant's Continuous Service shall not be deemed to have terminated merely because of a change in the capacity
in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Consultant or Director or a change in the entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that
there is no interruption or termination of the Participant's Continuous Service. For example, a change in status 

1

 

from
an Employee of the Company to a Consultant of an Affiliate or a Director will not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service. The Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in
that party's sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service shall be considered interrupted in the case of any leave of absence approved by that party, including sick leave, military leave
or any other personal leave. 

        (i)    "Director" means a member of the Board of Directors of the Company. 

        (j)    "Disability" means the inability of a person, in the opinion of a qualified physician acceptable
to the Company, to perform the major duties of such person's position with the Company or with an Affiliate because of the sickness or injury of such person. 

        (k)   "Employee" means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. Mere service as a Director
or payment of a director's fee by the Company or an Affiliate shall not be sufficient to constitute "employment" by the Company or an Affiliate. 

        (l)    "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

        (m)  "Fair Market Value" means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows: 

          (i)  If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on the Nasdaq National Market or the Nasdaq
SmallCap Market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or market
(or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the day before the date of grant (the "determination date", or if the determination date is not a market trading
day, then the last market trading day prior to the determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Board deems
reliable. 

         (ii)  In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value shall be determined in good faith by the
Board. 

        (n)   "Non-Employee Director" means a Director who either (i) is not a current
Employee or Officer of the Company or its parent or a subsidiary, does not receive compensation (directly or indirectly) from the Company or its parent or a subsidiary for services rendered as a
consultant or in any capacity other than as a Director (except for an amount as to which disclosure would not be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K promulgated
under the federal securities laws ("Regulation S-K")), does not possess an interest in any other transaction as to which disclosure would be required under Item 404(a) of
Regulation S-K and is not engaged in a business relationship as to which disclosure would be required under Item 404(b) of Regulation S-K; or
(ii) is otherwise considered a "non-employee director" for purposes of Rule 16b-3. 

        (o)   "Nonstatutory Stock Option" means an Option not intended to qualify as an "incentive stock
option" within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder. 

        (p)   "Officer" means a person who possesses the authority of an "officer" as that term is used in
Rule 4460(i)(1)(A) of the Rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. For purposes of the Plan, a person employed by the Company in the position of "Vice President" or
higher shall be classified as an "Officer" unless the Board or Committee expressly finds that such person does not possess the authority of an "officer" as that term is used in
Rule 4460(i)(1)(A) of the Rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. 

        (q)   "Option" means a Nonstatutory Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan. 

2

 

        (r)   "Option Agreement" means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder evidencing
the terms and conditions of an individual Option grant. Each Option Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan. 

        (s)   "Optionholder" means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if
applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option. 

        (t)    "Participant" means a person to whom a Stock Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if
applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Stock Award. 

        (u)   "Plan" means this Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2001 Non-Officer Equity
Incentive Plan. 

        (v)   "Rule 16b-3" means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the
Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect from time to time. 

        (w)  "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

        (x)   "Stock Award" means any right granted under the Plan, including an Option, a restricted stock
purchase award and a stock bonus award. 

        (y)   "Stock Award Agreement" means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Stock
Award evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Stock Award grant. Each Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan. 

3.     ADMINISTRATION.

        (a)   Administration by Board.    The Board shall administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates
administration to a Committee, as provided in Section 3(c). 

        (b)   Powers of Board.    The Board shall have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express
provisions of the Plan: 

          (i)  To determine from time to time which of the persons eligible under the Plan shall be granted Stock Awards; when and how
each Stock Award shall be granted; what type or combination of types of Stock Award shall be granted; the provisions of each Stock Award granted, including the time or times when a person shall be
permitted to receive Common Stock pursuant to a Stock Award; and the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which a Stock Award shall be granted to each such person. 

         (ii)  To construe and interpret the Plan and Stock Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and
regulations for its administration. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may
correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Stock Award Agreement, in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effective. 

       (iii)  To effect, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of any adversely affected Optionholder, (1) the
reduction of the exercise price of any outstanding Option under the Plan, (2) the cancellation of any outstanding Option under the Plan and the grant in substitution therefor of (A) a
new Option under the Plan covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock, (B) a stock bonus, (C) the right to acquire restricted stock, and/or (D) cash, or
(3) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles. 

        (iv)  To amend the Plan or a Stock Award as provided in Section 12. 

         (v)  Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best
interests of the Company which are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan. 

3

 

        (c)   Delegation to Committee.

          (i)  General.    The Board may delegate administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees of one
(1) or more members of the Board, and the term "Committee" shall apply to any person or persons to whom such authority has been delegated. If administration is delegated to a Committee, the
Committee shall have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee any of the administrative
powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board shall thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent
with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. The Board may abolish the Committee at any time and revest in the Board the administration of the Plan. 

         (ii)  Committee Composition when Common Stock is Publicly Traded.    At such time as the Common Stock is publicly
traded, in the discretion of the Board, a Committee may consist solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors, in accordance with Rule 16b-3. Within the scope of such
authority, the Board or the Committee may delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board who are not Non-Employee Directors the authority to grant Stock Awards to eligible
persons who are not then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act. 

        (d)   Effect of Board's Decision.    All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good
faith shall not be subject to review by any person and shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons. 

4.     SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

        (a)   Share Reserve.    Subject to the provisions of Section 11 relating to adjustments upon changes in Common
Stock, the Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Stock Awards shall not exceed in the aggregate three million five hundred thousand (3,500,000) shares of Common Stock. 

        (b)   Reversion of Shares to the Share Reserve.    If any Nonstatutory Stock Option shall for any reason expire or
otherwise terminate, in whole or in part, without having been exercised in full, the shares of Common Stock not acquired under such Nonstatutory Stock Option shall revert to and again become available
for issuance under the Plan. 

        (c)   Source of Shares.    The shares of Common Stock subject to the Plan may be unissued shares or reacquired
shares, bought on the market or otherwise. 

5.     ELIGIBILITY.

        (a)   Eligibility for Specific Stock Awards.    Stock Awards may be granted to Employees, who are not Officers, and
Consultants; provided, however, that Officers who are not previously employed by the Company may be granted Stock Awards as an inducement essential to
such individuals entering into employment contracts with the Company. 

        (b)   Consultants.

          (i)  A Consultant shall not be eligible for the grant of a Stock Award if, at the time of grant, a
Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act ("Form S-8") is not available to register either the offer or the sale of the Company's securities to
such Consultant because of the nature of the services that the Consultant is providing to the Company, or because the Consultant is not a natural person, or as otherwise provided by the rules
governing the use of Form S-8, unless the Company determines both (i) that such grant (A) shall be registered in another manner under the Securities Act
(e.g., on a Form S-3 Registration Statement) or (B) does not require registration under the Securities Act in order to comply
with the requirements of the Securities 

4

 

Act,
if applicable, and (ii) that such grant complies with the securities laws of all other relevant jurisdictions. 

         (ii)  Form S-8 generally is available to consultants and advisors only if (i) they are natural
persons; (ii) they provide bona fide services to the issuer, its parents, its majority-owned subsidiaries or majority-owned subsidiaries of the issuer's parent; and (iii) the services
are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction, and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the issuer's securities. 

6.     OPTION PROVISIONS.

        Each
Option shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. The provisions of separate Options shall include (through incorporation
of provisions hereof by reference in the Option or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions: 

        (a)   Term.    The term of an Option shall not exceed 10 years, either at the time of grant of the Option or
as the Option may be amended thereafter. 

        (b)   Exercise Price of a Nonstatutory Stock Option.    The exercise price of each Nonstatutory Stock Option shall be
not less than the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option on the date the Option is granted. 

        (c)   Consideration.    The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to an Option shall be paid, to the
extent permitted by applicable statutes and regulations, either (i) in cash or by check at the time the Option is exercised or (ii) at the discretion of the Board at the time of the
grant of the Option or at any time prior to the time of exercise in the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option (1) by delivery to the Company of other Common Stock, (2) according to a
deferred payment or other similar arrangement with the Optionholder or (3) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board. Unless otherwise specifically provided
in the Option, the purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to an Option that is paid by delivery to the Company of other Common Stock acquired, directly or indirectly from the Company, shall
be paid only by shares of the Common Stock of the Company that have been held for more than six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid a charge to earnings for
financial accounting purposes). At any time that the Company is incorporated in Delaware, payment of the Common Stock's "par value," as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law, shall not be
made by deferred payment. 

        In
the case of any deferred payment arrangement, interest shall be compounded at least annually and shall be charged at the market rate of interest necessary to avoid a charge to
earnings for financial accounting purposes. 

        (d)   Transferability of a Nonstatutory Stock Option.    A Nonstatutory Stock Option shall not be transferable except
by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionholder only by the Optionholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionholder may, by
delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Optionholder, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise
the Option. 

        (e)   Vesting Generally.    Each Option shall be evidenced by an Option Agreement executed by the Company and the
Optionholder. The total number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option may vest and therefore become exercisable as set-forth in the Option Agreement. The Option may be subject to
such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may be exercised (which may be based on performance or other criteria) as the Board may deem appropriate. The provisions of this
Section 6(e) are subject to any Option provisions governing the minimum number of shares of Common Stock as to which an Option may be exercised. 

5

 

        (f)    Termination of Continuous Service.    In the event an Optionholder's Continuous Service terminates for any
reason other than upon the Optionholder's death or Disability, the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date
of termination or as otherwise permitted by the Company) but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the three (3) months following such termination (or such longer
or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement), or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after termination, the Optionholder does not
exercise his or her Option within the time specified in the Option Agreement, the Option shall terminate. 

        (g)   Extension of Termination Date.    An Optionholder's Option Agreement may also provide that if the exercise of
the Option following the termination of the Optionholder's Continuous Service (other than upon the Optionholder's death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of
shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act or similar requirements of applicable law of another jurisdiction to which the Option is subject, then the
Option shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of the term of the Option set forth in the Option Agreement, or (ii) the expiration of a period of three (3) months
after the termination of the Optionholder's Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option would not be in violation of such registration requirements or similar requirements. 

        (h)   Disability of Optionholder.    In the event that an Optionholder's Continuous Service terminates as a result of
the Optionholder's Disability, the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination or as otherwise
permitted by the Company), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the twelve (12) months following such termination (or such longer or shorter period specified
in the Option Agreement) or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after termination, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option
within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate. 

        (i)    Death of Optionholder.    In the event (i) an Optionholder's Continuous Service terminates as a result
of the Optionholder's death or (ii) the Optionholder dies within the period (if any) specified in the Option Agreement after the termination of the Optionholder's Continuous Service for a
reason other than death, then the Option may be exercised (to the extent the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of death or as otherwise permitted by the Company) by the
Optionholder's estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated to exercise the Option upon the Optionholder's death pursuant to
Section 6(d), but only within the period ending on the earlier of (1) the date eighteen (18) moths following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the
Option Agreement) or (2) the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after death, the Option is not exercised within the time specified herein, the
Option shall terminate. 

        (j)    Early Exercise.    The Option may include a provision whereby the Optionholder may elect at any time before the
Optionholder's Continuous Service terminates to exercise the Option as to any part or all of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option prior to the full vesting of the Option. Any unvested
shares of Common Stock so purchased may be subject to a repurchase option in favor of the Company or to any other restriction the Board determines to be appropriate. 

7.     PROVISIONS OF STOCK AWARDS OTHER THAN OPTIONS.

        (a)   Stock Bonus Awards.    Each stock bonus agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and
conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of stock bonus agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate stock bonus 

6

 

agreements
shall include (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions: 

          (i)  Consideration.    A stock bonus award may be awarded in consideration for past services actually rendered to
the Company or an Affiliate for its benefit. 

         (ii)  Vesting.    Shares of Common Stock awarded under the stock bonus agreement may be subject to a share
repurchase option in favor of the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board. 

       (iii)  Termination of Participant's Continuous Service.    In the event a Participant's Continuous Service
terminates, the Company shall automatically reacquire any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant which have not vested as of the date of termination under the terms of the stock
bonus agreement. 

        (iv)  Transferability.    Rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under the stock bonus agreement shall be
transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the stock bonus agreement, as the Board shall determine in its discretion, so long as Common Stock awarded under
the stock bonus agreement remains subject to the terms of the stock bonus agreement. 

        (b)   Restricted Stock Purchase Awards.    Each restricted stock purchase agreement shall be in such form and shall
contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of the restricted stock purchase agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions
of separate restricted stock purchase agreements need not be identical, but each restricted stock purchase agreement shall include (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the
agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions: 

          (i)  Purchase Price.    The purchase price under each restricted stock purchase agreement shall be such amount as
the Board shall determine and designate in such restricted stock purchase agreement. 

         (ii)  Consideration.    The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the restricted stock purchase
agreement shall be paid either: (i) in cash at the time of purchase; (ii) at the discretion of the
Board, according to a deferred payment or other similar arrangement with the Participant; or (iii) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board in its
discretion; provided, however, that at any time that the Company is incorporated in Delaware, then payment of the Common Stock's "par value," as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law, shall
not be made by deferred payment. 

       (iii)  Vesting.    Shares of Common Stock acquired under the restricted stock purchase agreement may be subject to a
share repurchase option in favor of the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board. 

        (iv)  Termination of Participant's Continuous Service.    In the event a Participant's Continuous Service
terminates, the Company may repurchase or otherwise reacquire any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant which have not vested as of the date of termination under the terms of
the restricted stock purchase agreement. 

         (v)  Transferability.    Rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under the restricted stock purchase agreement
shall be transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the restricted stock purchase agreement, as the Board shall determine in its discretion, so long as
Common Stock awarded under the restricted stock purchase agreement remains subject to the terms of the restricted stock purchase agreement. 

7

 

8.     COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

        (a)   Availability of Shares.    During the terms of the Stock Awards, the Company shall keep available at all times
the number of shares of Common Stock required to satisfy such Stock Awards. 

        (b)   Securities Law Compliance.    The Company shall seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having
jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Stock Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Stock Awards; provided, however, that this
undertaking shall not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Stock Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Stock Award. If, after reasonable
efforts, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority which counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock
under the Plan, the Company shall be relieved from any liability for failure to grant Stock Awards in compliance with applicable law or to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Stock
Awards unless and until such authority is obtained. 

9.     USE OF PROCEEDS FROM STOCK.

        Proceeds
from the sale of Common Stock pursuant to Stock Awards shall constitute general funds of the Company. 

10.   MISCELLANEOUS.

        (a)   Stockholder Rights.    No Participant shall be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a
holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to such Stock Award unless and until such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of the Stock Award pursuant to its terms. 

        (b)   No Employment or other Service Rights.    Nothing in the Plan or any instrument executed or Stock Award granted
pursuant thereto shall confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Stock Award was granted or shall affect the
right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the
terms of such Consultant's agreement with the Company or an Affiliate or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of
the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be. 

        (c)   Investment Assurances.    The Company may require a Participant, as a condition of exercising or acquiring
Common Stock under any Stock Award, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant's knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to
employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that he or she is capable of evaluating, alone or
together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Stock Award; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Participant is
acquiring Common Stock subject to the Stock Award for the Participant's own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock. The foregoing
requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, shall be inoperative if (1) the issuance of the shares of Common Stock upon the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock
under the Stock Award has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act or (2) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by
counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on
stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the
transfer of the Common Stock. 

8

 

        (d)   Withholding Obligations.    To the extent provided by the terms of a Stock Award Agreement, the Participant may
satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under a Stock Award by any of the following means (in addition to the Company's
right to withhold from any compensation paid to the Participant by the Company) or by a combination of such means: (i) tendering a cash payment; (ii) authorizing the Company to withhold
shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to the Participant as a result of the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Stock Award, provided, however, that
no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law; or (iii) delivering to the Company owned and unencumbered shares of
Common Stock. 

11.   ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN STOCK.

        (a)   Capitalization Adjustments.    If any change is made in the Common Stock subject to the Plan, or subject to any
Stock Award, without the receipt of consideration by the Company (through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than
cash, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other transaction not involving the receipt of consideration by the Company), the
Plan will be appropriately adjusted in the type, class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 4(a), and the outstanding Stock Awards will be appropriately
adjusted in the type, class(es) and number of securities and price per share of securities subject to such outstanding Stock Awards. The Board shall make such adjustments, and its determination shall
be final, binding and conclusive. (The conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as a transaction "without receipt of consideration" by the Company.) 

        (b)   Dissolution or Liquidation.    In the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, then all
outstanding Stock Awards shall terminate immediately prior to such event. 

        (c)   Asset Sale, Merger, Consolidation or Reverse Merger.    In the event of (i) a sale, exchange, lease or
other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving corporation or (iii) a reverse merger
in which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger are converted by virtue of the merger into other property, whether in the
form of securities, cash or otherwise (individually, a "Corporate Transaction"), then any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation shall assume or continue any Stock Awards outstanding under the
Plan or shall substitute similar stock awards (including an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders in the Corporate Transaction) for those outstanding under the Plan. In the
event any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation refuses to assume or continue such Stock Awards or to substitute similar stock awards for those outstanding under the Plan, then with respect
to Stock Awards held by Participants whose Continuous Service has not terminated, the vesting of such Stock Awards (and, if applicable, the time during which such Stock Awards may be exercised) shall
be accelerated in full, and the Stock Awards shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the Corporate Transaction. With respect to any other Stock Awards outstanding under the
Plan, such Stock Awards shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) prior to the Corporate Transaction. 

12.   AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN AND STOCK AWARDS.

        (a)   Amendment of Plan.    The Board at any time, and from time to time, may amend the Plan. However, except as
provided in Section 11 relating to adjustments upon changes in stock, no amendment shall be effective unless approved by the stockholders of the Company to the extent stockholder approval is
necessary for the Plan to satisfy any Nasdaq or securities exchange listing requirements. The Board may in its sole discretion submit such amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval. 

9

 

        (b)   No Impairment of Rights.    Rights under any Stock Award granted before amendment of the Plan shall not be
materially impaired by any amendment of the Plan unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the Participant and (ii) the Participant consents in writing. 

        (c)   Amendment of Stock Awards.    The Board at any time, and from time to time, may amend the terms of any one or
more Stock Awards; provided, however, that the rights under any Stock Award shall not be materially impaired by any such amendment unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the Participant
and (ii) the Participant consents in writing. 

13.   TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE PLAN.

        (a)   Plan Term.    The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. No Stock Awards may be granted under the
Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated. 

        (b)   No Impairment of Rights.    Suspension or termination of the Plan shall not impair rights and obligations under
any Stock Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the Participant. 

14.   EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN.

        The
Plan shall become effective immediately upon its adoption by the Board. 

15.   CHOICE OF LAW.

        The
law of the State of California shall govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to such state's conflict of laws
rules. 

10

QuickLinks

Exhibit 10.30

2000 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

Appendix A

2001 NON-OFFICER EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00124-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00124-of-00352.parquet"}]]